General Technical Specification

Technical Specification
Document / Documento n.
PROJECT
Progetto
Sheet
Pagina
PBMAL00010
ENGINEERING AND RESEARCH DIVISION

PLANTS DEVELOPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION
of
di
Security
Indice Sicurezza
MALACAS (PERU)
275
Index
Unit 6 - SCGT POWER PLANT

Company Use
TITLE
Titolo
BOP General Technical Specification
CLIENT
Cliente
JOB no.
Document no.
EPC1
CLIENT
SUBMITTAL
Inoltro al Cliente
[]
SYSTEM
Sistema
DOCUMENT
TYPE
Tipo Documento
00A
FOR
APPROVAL
Per Approvazione
ST
[]
FOR
INFORMATION
ONLY
Per Informazione
DISCIPLINE
Disciplina
REV
DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS / Descrizione delle revisioni
00
Issued for RdO
01
Revised for order
01
04/12/15
Date
Data
FILE
File
NOT
REQUESTED
Non Richiesto
PBMAL0001000.doc
TR
SRI/SBP
REV
[]
Scope
Scopo
Prepared by
Preparato
MEM/PRO
ELE/SEC
CIV/IMP
SAE/SAF
Co-operations
Collaborazioni
QUA/CPC
COS/AVV
SRI/SBP
SRI
Approved
by
Approvato
Issued by
Emesso
Questo documento propriet di Enel Ingegneria e Ricerca Spa. E severamente proibito riprodurre anche in parte il documento o
divulgare ad altri le informazioni contenute senza la preventiva autorizzazione scritta.
This document is property of Enel Ingegneria e Ricerca Spa. It is strictly forbidden to reproduce this document, wholly or partially, and
to provide any related information to others without previous written consent.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
275
INDEX
DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................................. 13
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................. 13
1.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 16

1.1
INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................. 16
1.2
PLANT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 16
1.3
GENERAL WORKING PLAN ................................................................................ 17
1.3.1
Project Time Schedule ............................................................................... 17
1.4
PLANT SITE CHARACTERISTICS ........................................................................ 18
1.5
GENERAL DATA ............................................................................................... 19
1.5.1
Lay-out area description ............................................................................ 19
1.5.2
Seismic conditions..................................................................................... 21
1.5.3
Meteorological conditions ........................................................................... 21
1.5.4
Wind conditions ........................................................................................ 22
1.5.5
Geotechnical conditions.............................................................................. 22
1.6
NOISE GENERAL CRITERIA ............................................................................... 22
1.6.1
Near field noise......................................................................................... 22
1.6.2
Far field noise ........................................................................................... 26
1.6.3
Noise and vibration control measures during construction and commissioning
activities 26
1.7
PERMITS, ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY ............................................................. 26
1.8
LAYOUT CONSTRAINTS .................................................................................... 27
1.9
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION .......................................................................... 28
1.9.1
REGULATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS..................................................... 28
1.9.2
REFERENCE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION................................................... 29
1.10
RISK STUDIES AND REVIEWS ........................................................................... 29
1.10.1
Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) approach to Project ............................ 29
1.10.2
Project Health, Safety and Environmental Reviews (PHSERs) ......................... 30
1.10.3
Design and safety reviews .......................................................................... 30
1.10.4
HAZard and OPerability study (HAZOP) ........................................................ 30
1.10.5
3D Model Safety Review............................................................................. 32
1.10.6
Input for Hazardous area classification......................................................... 32
1.10.7
Management of design changes .................................................................. 32
1.10.8
Other Studies ........................................................................................... 32
1.10.9
SIL Assessment ........................................................................................ 33
1.11
EXTERNAL TERMINAL POINTS ........................................................................... 33
1.11.1
Medium Voltage System............................................................................. 34
1.11.2
I&C Battery .............................................................................................. 34
1.12
INTERNAL BATTERY LIMITS .............................................................................. 34
1.12.1
Mechanical & Piping ................................................................................... 34
1.12.2
Civil......................................................................................................... 35
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
275
1.12.3
Electrical .................................................................................................. 35
1.12.4
I&C ......................................................................................................... 36
1.12.5
Other Terminal Points ................................................................................ 36
2.
GENERAL SPECIFICATION .................................................................................... 37

2.1
GENERAL ....................................................................................................... 37
2.2
LANGUAGE ..................................................................................................... 37
2.3
UNIT.............................................................................................................. 37
2.4
DOCUMENTS STAMP AND SIGNATURE ............................................................... 37
2.5
ACCOMODATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND .................................................. 37
2.6
BUILDINGS AND FOUNDATIONS ....................................................................... 38
2.7
ERECTION AND CHECKING OF WORK ................................................................ 38
2.8
QUALITY OF MATERIALS .................................................................................. 39
2.9
DESIGN AND STANDARDIZATION ..................................................................... 39
2.10
STORAGE CRITERIA......................................................................................... 39
2.11
SUBCONTRACTING .......................................................................................... 40
2.12
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL ................................................... 41
2.12.1
General.................................................................................................... 41
2.12.2
Contractor Quality Management System ...................................................... 41
2.12.3
Subcontractor / Subcontractors Quality System ............................................ 43
2.12.4
Quality audits on Quality Management Systems ............................................ 44
2.12.5
Supervision on supply................................................................................ 44
2.12.6
Inspection and testing ............................................................................... 44
2.12.7
Quality Control Plans (QCP) ........................................................................ 45
2.12.8
Inspection Test at Receiving ....................................................................... 45
2.12.9
Metrology Management System .................................................................. 46
2.12.10
Final Dossier (Manufacturing and Erection) ................................................ 46
2.12.11
Activities progress monitoring.................................................................. 46
2.12.12
Environmental management system ......................................................... 46
2.13
TRAINING ...................................................................................................... 47
2.14
SPECIAL TOOLS .............................................................................................. 48
2.15
OIL, CHEMICALS AND CONSUMABLES................................................................ 48
2.16
SPARE PARTS ................................................................................................. 48
3.
SCOPE OF WORK (SUPPLY AND SERVICES) ............................................................ 49

3.1
GENERAL ....................................................................................................... 49
3.2
SUPPLY .......................................................................................................... 51
3.2.1
Mechanical ............................................................................................... 51
3.2.2
Civil......................................................................................................... 54
3.2.3
Electrical .................................................................................................. 56
3.2.4
I&C ......................................................................................................... 57
3.2.5
Construction ............................................................................................. 60
3.2.6
Commissioning ......................................................................................... 62
3.2.7
Miscellanea............................................................................................... 62
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
275
3.3
SERVICES ...................................................................................................... 63
3.4
EXCLUSIONS FROM THE SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND SERVICES.................................. 67
3.4.1
3.5
Gas Turbine Package (GTP) ........................................................................ 67

OPTIONAL ...................................................................................................... 72
4.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND HOME OFFICE ORGANIZATION .................................... 74
5.
PERMITTING & ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES ......................................................... 78

5.1
PERMITTING ACTIVITIES.................................................................................. 78
5.2
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES ........................................................................... 81
5.2.1
Organization Chart .................................................................................... 82
5.2.2
Training ................................................................................................... 82
5.2.3
Communications ....................................................................................... 82
5.2.4
Informes de seguimiento............................................................................ 83
6.
PROJECT SCHEDULE AND PHYSICAL PROGRESS MONITORING ................................. 84

6.1
GENERAL ....................................................................................................... 84
6.2
PROject CONTROL ........................................................................................... 86
7.
ENGINEERING SERVICES ..................................................................................... 87
7.1
SCOPE OF THE SERVICES AND ORGANIZATION .................................................. 87
7.2
DESIGN ENGINEERING SERVICES ..................................................................... 88
7.2.1
Studies to be performed by the Contractor ................................................... 88
7.2.2
Designs to be carried out by the Contractor .................................................. 89
7.3
ERECTION ENGINEERING SERVICES .................................................................. 91
7.4
QUANTITY MONITORING AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM .......................... 92
7.5
TESTING AND START-UP PROCESS SERVICES .................................................... 94
7.6
OTHER SERVICES............................................................................................ 96
7.6.1
Operation and maintenance instructions manuals .......................................... 96
7.6.2
Plant test protocols and certificates ............................................................. 97
7.6.3
The Owners personnel training ................................................................... 97
7.7
8.
OWNERS INSPECTION OF THE CONTRACTORS ENGINEERING SERVICES .............. 97

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION............................................................................... 98
8.1
SCOPE OF SUPPLY ........................................................................................... 98
8.2
FUEL GAS SYSTEM .......................................................................................... 99
8.2.1
Scope of work........................................................................................... 99
8.2.2
General Requirements ..............................................................................100
8.3
LIQUID FUEL SYSTEM .....................................................................................100
8.3.1
Scope of work..........................................................................................100
8.3.2
8.4
DEMINERALIZED WATER SYSTEM.....................................................................102
8.4.1
Scope of work..........................................................................................102
8.4.2
8.5
FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................104
8.5.1
Scope of work..........................................................................................104
8.5.2
System / component descriptions...............................................................106
MALACAS (PERU)
8.6
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
275
INSTRUMENT AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.........................................................111
8.6.1
Scope of work..........................................................................................111
8.6.2
8.7
SERVICE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ...............................................................112
8.7.1
Scope of work..........................................................................................112
8.7.2
8.8
INDUSTRIAL WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.....................................................113
8.8.1
Scope of work..........................................................................................113
8.8.2
General requirements ...............................................................................113
8.9
OMISSIS .......................................................................................................114
8.10
DRAINS AND CONDENSATE WATER ..................................................................114
8.10.1
Scope of work..........................................................................................114
8.10.2
8.11
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS (HVAC) ....................115
8.11.1
Scope of work..........................................................................................115
8.11.2
Design criteria .........................................................................................115
8.12
CATHODIC PROTECTION EQUIPMENT ...............................................................116
8.12.1
Transformer rectifiers and control equipment...............................................116
8.12.2
Buried pipework and structures..................................................................117
8.13
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................119
8.13.1
Provision for handling ...............................................................................119
8.13.2
Protection of moving parts ........................................................................119
8.13.3
Balancing ................................................................................................119
8.13.4
Tools and tackle for maintenance ...............................................................119
8.13.5
Pumps ....................................................................................................119
8.13.6
Tanks .....................................................................................................121
8.14
PIPING AND LAYOUT DESIGN CRITERIA ............................................................121
8.14.1
Equipment Layout ....................................................................................122
8.14.2
Piping Layout Criteria ...............................................................................122
8.14.3
Buried pipes ............................................................................................123
8.14.4
Accessibility for operation and maintenance.................................................124
8.14.5
Safety requirements .................................................................................124
8.14.6
Clearance for pipes and valves...................................................................124
8.14.7
Clearance for crossing and passage ............................................................125
8.15
PIPING AND PIPING COMPONENTS ...................................................................125
8.15.1
Basic features of piping .............................................................................125
8.15.2
Elbows ....................................................................................................126
8.15.3
Flanges ...................................................................................................126
8.15.4
Gaskets ..................................................................................................126
8.15.5
Branch Connections ..................................................................................127
8.15.6
Non Metallic Piping ...................................................................................127
8.16
PIPING DESIGN CRITERIA ...............................................................................127
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
275
8.16.1
High Pressure Steam, Feed-Water, Drain and Blowdown Pipework..................128
8.16.2
Piping for Pumps and Compressors .............................................................128
8.16.3
Pipe Supports and Expansion .....................................................................129
8.16.4
Stress Analysis ........................................................................................129
8.17
VALVES.........................................................................................................131
8.17.1
General...................................................................................................131
8.17.2
Valves for High Pressure and High Temperature Services ..............................133
8.17.3
Valves For Low Pressure Steam, Water, Drain And Air Services ......................133
8.17.4
Valves for Gas Services.............................................................................133
8.17.5
Valves for Oil Services ..............................................................................134
8.17.6
Safety and Relief Valves............................................................................134
8.17.7
Pressure reducing and control valves ..........................................................135
8.17.8
Vent Valves .............................................................................................136
8.17.9
Motor Operated Valves..............................................................................136
8.18
PAINTING......................................................................................................136
8.18.1
General...................................................................................................136
8.18.2
Corrosion protection .................................................................................137
8.18.3
Surface Preparation and Painting................................................................138
8.18.4
Inspection and Testing..............................................................................139
8.18.5
Paint Colors .............................................................................................140
8.19
INSULATION ..................................................................................................140
8.19.1
General...................................................................................................140
8.19.2
Insulation Materials ..................................................................................142
8.19.3
Special Applications ..................................................................................142
8.19.4
Detailed Design Requirement.....................................................................143
8.20
NOISE REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................143
8.20.1
9.
Noise level ..............................................................................................143
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION ...............................................................................146

9.1
SCOPE OF SUPPLY ..........................................................................................146
9.2
TERMINATING POINTS ....................................................................................147
9.3
DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA ..............................................................147
9.3.1
General...................................................................................................147
9.3.2
Standards and codes ................................................................................147
9.3.3
Design of electrical power systems .............................................................148
9.3.4
Protective relaying design and system earthing............................................149
9.3.5
Power system studies ...............................................................................149
9.3.6
Switch gear control and synchronizing equipment ........................................150
9.4
GENERATOR ..................................................................................................150
9.5
EXCITATION SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT .............................................................150
9.6
MAIN CONNECTIONS ......................................................................................150
9.6.1
General...................................................................................................150
9.6.2
Flexible connections, joints and disconnecting links ......................................151
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
275
9.7
GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER .......................................................................151
9.8
TRANSFORMERS ............................................................................................152
9.8.1
General...................................................................................................152
9.8.2
Rated power ............................................................................................153
9.8.3
Noise and vibration ..................................................................................153
9.8.4
Windings .................................................................................................153
9.8.5
Earthing ..................................................................................................153
9.8.6
Tanks and ancillary fittings ........................................................................153
9.8.7
Transport ................................................................................................153
9.8.8
Auxiliary Power Transformer ......................................................................153
9.8.9
Dry-type MV/LV Distribution and excitation transformers ..............................154
9.9
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS ..............................................................................155
9.10
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS ..............................................................................155
9.11 SWITCHBOARDS, CUBICLES, RELAY PANELS, MARSHALLING BOXES, ENCLOSURES

AND ANCILLARY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ..................................................................155
9.11.1
General...................................................................................................155
9.11.2
Small wiring ............................................................................................156
9.11.3
Indicating instruments ..............................................................................156
9.12
MEDIUM VOLTAGE (MV) SWITCHGEAR..............................................................156
9.12.1
9.13
LV SWITCHBOARDS........................................................................................158
9.13.1
9.14
General...................................................................................................159
PROTECTION AND METERING SYSTEM ..............................................................161
9.15.1
9.16
General...................................................................................................159
DC SUPPLIES AND UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS ................159
9.14.1
9.15
Design and layout ....................................................................................158
Protection system ....................................................................................161
EMERGENCY DIESEL EQUIPMENT .....................................................................162
9.16.1
General...................................................................................................162
9.16.2
Foundations and supports .........................................................................162
9.16.3
Fuel and fuel systems ...............................................................................163
9.16.4
Engine ....................................................................................................163
9.16.5
Starting equipment ..................................................................................163
9.16.6
Generator ...............................................................................................163
9.16.7
Generating set protection ..........................................................................164
9.16.8
Generator control panel ............................................................................164
9.16.9
Noise ......................................................................................................164
9.17
ELECTRICAL MOTORS .....................................................................................165
9.17.1
9.17.2
Design and construction ............................................................................165
9.17.3
Terminal arrangement ..............................................................................165
9.17.4
Air coolers ...............................................................................................166
9.18
EARTHING .....................................................................................................166
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
275
9.18.1
General...................................................................................................166
9.18.2
Arrangement of earthing and bonding.........................................................166
9.19
LIGHTNING AND SURGE PROTECTION ..............................................................167
9.20
CABLING SYSTEM...........................................................................................167
9.20.1
General...................................................................................................167
9.20.2
MV and LV power cables ...........................................................................167
9.20.3
Control cables..........................................................................................168
9.20.4
Instrumentation cables .............................................................................168
9.20.5
Telephone cables .....................................................................................168
9.20.6
Fire resistant cables..................................................................................168
9.20.7
Fire precautions .......................................................................................168
9.20.8
Cable identification and Schedules..............................................................169
9.21
General...................................................................................................170
9.21.2
Lighting ..................................................................................................170
9.21.3
Small power ............................................................................................170
9.21.4
Emergency and safety lighting ...................................................................170
9.21.5
Secondary distribution ..............................................................................171
9.22
10.
LIGHTING AND SMALL POWER INSTALLATION ...................................................170
9.21.1
GAS RISK AREAS, AREA CLASSIFICATION AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ..............171
CONTROL, INSTRUMENTATION AND COMMUNICATIONS .........................................172
10.1
INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................172
10.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...............................................................................173
10.2.1
Introduction ............................................................................................173
10.2.2
Standards ...............................................................................................174
10.2.3
Signal Levels ...........................................................................................174
10.2.4
Hazardous areas ......................................................................................175
10.2.5
Insulation and isolation .............................................................................175
10.2.6
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) ...........................................................176
10.2.7
Earthing ..................................................................................................176
10.2.8
Cabling ...................................................................................................177
10.2.9
Identification ...........................................................................................177
10.2.10
Installation ...........................................................................................178
10.2.11
Flow measurements ..............................................................................179
10.2.12
Level measurements .............................................................................180
10.2.13
Pressure measurements .........................................................................181
10.2.14
Temperature measurements...................................................................182
10.2.15
Position measurements ..........................................................................182
10.2.16
Quality measurements ...........................................................................183
10.2.17
Control valves and actuators ..................................................................183
10.2.18
Motorized valves ...................................................................................183
10.2.19
Manual valves.......................................................................................184
10.2.20
Cubicles and racks ................................................................................184
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
275
10.2.21
Testing ................................................................................................185
10.2.22
Training ...............................................................................................186
10.2.23
Documentation .....................................................................................186
10.3
OPERATIONAL PHILOSOPHY ............................................................................186
10.4
CONTROL AND MONITORING OF PLANT ............................................................188
10.4.1
10.5
Electrical distribution system .....................................................................189
PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................................................................190
10.5.1
General system design..............................................................................190
10.5.2
Operator's facilities...................................................................................190
10.5.3
Engineers workstation (not applicable to Solution B).....................................191
10.5.4
System response times .............................................................................191
10.5.5
Spare capacity .........................................................................................191
10.5.6
Software .................................................................................................192
10.5.7
Networks ................................................................................................196
10.5.8
Data communications with external entities .................................................197
10.6
STATION CLOCK SYSTEM ................................................................................198
10.7
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS......................................................................199
11.
10.7.1
Scope .....................................................................................................199
10.7.2
Standard and regulation applicable.............................................................199
10.7.3
Contractor responsibilities and organization .................................................199
10.7.4
Telecommunication System .......................................................................199
CIVIL WORKS ....................................................................................................203
11.1
SCOPE OF CIVIL WORKS .................................................................................203
11.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CIVIL WORKS ....................................................206
11.2.1
Activities related to the requirements of public bodies...................................207
11.2.2
Civil program and method statements ........................................................208
11.2.3
Soil investigations ....................................................................................208
11.2.4
Design ....................................................................................................209
11.2.5
Storage tanks ..........................................................................................212
11.2.6
Underground network ...............................................................................212
11.2.7
Road, paved areas and site finishing...........................................................214
11.2.8
Steelwork................................................................................................217
11.2.9
Record drawings ......................................................................................219
11.3
DESCRIPTIONS OF CIVIL WORKS .....................................................................219
11.3.1
Gas turbine and generator foundations .......................................................220
11.3.2
Stack......................................................................................................220
11.3.3
Omissis...................................................................................................221
11.3.4
Storage tanks ..........................................................................................221
11.3.5
Drainage systems.....................................................................................221
11.3.6
Underground cable ducts, drawpits, service trenches, etc. .............................223
11.3.7
Lightning protection systems .....................................................................223
11.3.8
Cathodic protection systems ......................................................................223
MALACAS (PERU)
11.3.9
11.4
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
10
of
di
275
Concrete slabs for miscellaneous pipe supports ............................................223
ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................224
11.4.1
Rainwater pipes and outlets.......................................................................224
11.4.2
Damp proofing.........................................................................................224
11.4.3
Stairs .....................................................................................................224
11.4.4
Landscaping ............................................................................................225
12.
REDUNDANT EQUIPMENT ....................................................................................226
13.
CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION ..........................................................................227
13.1
LOCATION OF SITE, ACCESS AND USE OF SITE .................................................227
13.2
SITE FACILITIES ............................................................................................228
13.3
SITE SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND COMMISIONING PERIODS .............231
13.3.1
Site construction electricity supplies ...........................................................231
13.3.2
Water supplies .........................................................................................235
13.3.3
Certification of materials ...........................................................................235
13.3.4
Storage of materials .................................................................................235
13.3.5
Plant and equipment.................................................................................235
13.3.6
Concreting strategy ..................................................................................235
13.3.7
Setting out and monitoring........................................................................236
13.3.8
Access ....................................................................................................236
13.3.9
Fencing ...................................................................................................237
13.3.10
Landscaping .........................................................................................238
13.3.11
Lay-down area......................................................................................238
13.3.12
Other services ......................................................................................238
13.4
SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE ..........................................................239
13.5
PREFABRICATION LEVEL .................................................................................241
14.
COMMISSIONING AND START-UP.........................................................................242
14.1
GENERAL ......................................................................................................242
14.2
SCOPE ..........................................................................................................242
14.3
COMMISSIONING REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION .................................................242
14.3.1
General...................................................................................................242
14.3.2
Commissioning and Start-Up Manual ..........................................................243
14.3.3
Commissioning and Start-Up schedule ........................................................243
14.3.4
Test Forms ..............................................................................................244
14.3.5
Test Procedures .......................................................................................244
14.4
COMMISSIONING AND START UP ACTIVITIES ON SITE .......................................245
14.4.1
General...................................................................................................245
14.4.2
Functional tests .......................................................................................247
14.4.3
Operational tests......................................................................................247
14.4.4
Completion tests ......................................................................................248
14.4.5
Performance test......................................................................................248
14.4.6
Reliability Run Test...................................................................................249
14.5
NOISE PROCEDURE AND TEST .........................................................................249
MALACAS (PERU)
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
11
of
di
275
Noise Procedure .......................................................................................249
14.5.2
Noise Performance Test ............................................................................250
Guarantees and performance test.....................................................................250
14.6.1
Guaranteed performance...........................................................................250
14.6.2
BOP auxiliary power consumption...............................................................251
14.6.3
Noise ......................................................................................................251
DATA TO BE PROVIDED BY BIDDERS ....................................................................253
15.1
16.
PBMAL00010
14.5.1
14.6
15.
Document
Documento n.
DEVIATIONS & CLARIFICATIONS......................................................................253
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION, PRIORITY LEVEL AND LAWS .................................254
16.1
GENERAL ......................................................................................................254
17.
APPENDIXES......................................................................................................255
18.
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................256
18.1
GENERAL DOCUMENTS ...................................................................................256
18.2
MECHANICAL / PROCESS DOCUMENTS .............................................................256
18.3
ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................257
18.4
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DOCUMENTS ...............................................257
18.5
CIVIL DOCUMENTS .........................................................................................258
18.6
ERECTION DOCUMENTS ..................................................................................258
18.7
LAYOUT DOCUMENTATION ..............................................................................258
18.7.1
DOCUMENTATION OF THE EXISTING PLANT ................................................258
18.7.2
DOCUMENTATION OF FUTURE PLANT..........................................................259
18.8
HEALTH AND SAFETY ......................................................................................259
18.9
PROJECT MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................259
18.10
AUTHORIZATIONS.......................................................................................259
18.11
Quality.......................................................................................................260
18.12
Permitting and environment .........................................................................260
18.13
TECHNICAL ALIGNMENT SHEET.....................................................................260
19.
Authorization .....................................................................................................261
19.1
Resolucion Directoral ......................................................................................261
19.2
INFORME TECNICO SUSTENTATORIO................................................................261
19.3
PRESCRIPTIONS.............................................................................................261
20.
LAWS AND REGULATIONs ...................................................................................262
20.1
MAIN LOCAL REGULATION AND TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES ....................................262
20.2
ELECTRICAL ..................................................................................................268
20.3
INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL ......................................................................269
20.4
NOISE EMISSIONS, GAS EMISSION ..................................................................270
20.5
FIRE FIGHTING ..............................................................................................270
20.6
VIBRATIONS ..................................................................................................271
20.7
EQUIPMENT CODIFICATIONS ...........................................................................271
20.8
PERFORMANCE TEST ......................................................................................271
20.9
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL .................................................................................272
20.10
H&SE- QUALITY MNG SYSTEMS.....................................................................274
MALACAS (PERU)
Enel
ENER GY IN TUNE WITH Y OU.

Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Paqina
Questa documento
e proprieta
12
of
di
275
di En el Ingegneria e Ricerca Spa. E' severamente proibito riprodurre anche in parte if documento o
divulgare ad altri le informazioni contenute senza Ia preventiva autorizzazione scritta.

This document is property of Enel Ingegneria e Ricerca Spa. It is strictly forbidden to reproduce this document, w holly or partially,
and to provide any related information to others without pr evious written consent.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
13
of
di
275
DEFINITIONS
Owner, Client or Employer
Endesa EEPSA (Empresa Electrica de Piura).
Owners Engineer
ENEL E&C (ENEL Engineering & Construction).
Gas Turbine Package Supplier
Company in charge of contract for the supply of the Gas

Turbine and its auxiliary system, that will issue the relevant
certification according to the applicable laws and regulations
(for details see par. 1.3).
BOP Contractor, Contractor
Company offering / performing EPC service in the field of

Engineering, Permitting, Manufacturing, Construction and
Commissioning
activities
subject
of
this
technical
specification (for details see par. 1.3).
BOP Contract, Contract
Contract awarded to BOP Contractor.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
AC
Alternate Current
ASC
Service Common Area
ASS
Automatic Synchronization System
BEP
Best Efficiency Point
BL
Battery Limit
BOP
Balance Of Plant
CCCW
Closed Circuit Cooling Water
CCR
Central Control Room
CEMS
Continuous Emission Monitoring System
COD
Commercial Operation Date
COES
Comit de Operacin Econmica del Sistema Interconectado, equivalent to

Peruvian Electrical Grid operator.
CTS
Component Technical Specification
DC
Direct Current
DCS
Distributed Control System
DDP
Delivery Duty Paid
DDU
Delivery Duty Unpaid
DEHC
Digital Electro Hydraulic Control System
DLE
Design Level Earthquake
Earthquake action for the Design Level
EDI
ElectroDeionization (System)
MALACAS (PERU)
EPS
Supplier Engineering Plan & Schedule
ESD
Emergency Shutdown system
FSNL
Full Speed No Load
GL
Ground Level
GT
Gas Turbine
GTCMPS
Gas Turbine Control Monitoring Protection System
GTCS
Gas Turbine Control System
GTP
Gas Turbine Package
GTPED
GT Engineering Delivery
GTS
General time Schedule
HMI
Human Machine Interface
HP
High Pressure
HSE
Health Safety and Environment
HV
High Voltage
HVAC
Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning
IGV
Inlet Guide Vanes
ITP
Inspection and Test Plan
JB
Junction Box
KoM
Kick-Off Meeting
LP
Low Pressure
LRFD
Load and Resistance Factor
MCC
Motor Control Centre
MCL
Maximum Continuous Load
MCM
Manufacturing Certification Manual
MCR
Maximum Continuous Rate
MES
Main Equipment Supply
METL
Minimum Environmental Technical Load
MOV
Motor Operated Valve
MPR
Maximum Peak Rate
MT
Magnetoscopic Test
MTL
Minimum Technical Load
MTR
Minimum Technical Rate
MTRA
Minimum Technical Rate Ambiental
N/A
Not Applicable
NCL
Nominal Continuous Load
NCR
Nominal Continuous Rate
NDE
Non Destructive Examinations
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
14
of
di
275
MALACAS (PERU)
NPR
Nominal Peak Rate
NTP
Notice to Proceed
NWL
Normal Water Level
PLC
Process Local Controller
PT
Dye Penetrant Test
PTS
Purchase Technical Specification
QCP
Quality Control Plan
QMS
Quality Management System
RT
Radiographic Test
SCGT
Single Cycle Gas Turbine
SIL
Safety Integrity Level
SLE
Service Level Earthquake
SLS
Serviceability Limit State
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
15
SOE
Sequence Of Events
SOW
Scope Of Work
TIT
Turbine Inlet Temperature
TOC
Top of Concrete
TU
Contract Completion Date (from Italian term Termine Ultimazione)
ULS
Ultimate Limit State
UPS
Uninterruptible Power Supply
UT
Ultrasonic Test
VMS
Vibration Monitoring System
WWT
Waste Water Treatment (System)
of
di
275
MALACAS (PERU)
1.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.1
INTRODUCTION
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
16
of
di
275
This document covers the minimum acceptable requirements for the Design, Material
Procurement, Manufacturing, Assembling, Installation, Commissioning and Performance Test
Supervision of:
o
Balance of Plant equipment and all necessary auxiliary and ancillary mechanical,
electrical and control & instrumentation equipment;
Spare part for 2 years (in option);
for a SCGT power plant located in Peru whose Gas Turbine Package (GTP hereafter; see
definition below) is provided by external Suppliers.
Scope of supply and services is detailed in Chapter 3.
1.2
PLANT DESCRIPTION
The Malacas Power Plant, whose owner is the Empresa Elctrica de Piura S.A., EEPSA, is a
thermal generation complex, or Thermal Power Plant, composed of five (5) gas turbines, and
their corresponding mechanical, electrical and instrumentation and control (I&C) auxiliary
systems.
The Malacas Power Plant (Malacas PP) is located approximately at 4.5 km in the north of the
Talara city, in Piura region, Peru.
The three (3) first units installed in Malacas PP are very old machines now out of service, and
they correspond to the Units N 1, 2 and 3, or GT1 Unit, GT2 Unit and GT3 Unit, in open cycle.
The fourth unit, Unit N 4 or GT4 Unit, also in open cycle, is in operation with natural gas as
unique base fuel, and with demineralized water injection for the mitigation of nitrogen oxides
(NOX), for peak hours conditions.
The Unit N 5, or GT5 Unit, also in open cycle, was installed and commissioned during the
years 2012 and 2013, in the form of cold reserve, and it consisted in adding a gas turbine of
Siemens manufacturer, model SGT6-5000F, in open cycle, with a gross output power of
approximately 200 MW, generating with B5 diesel fuel oil, which is composed of 95% of diesel
fuel oil N 2 and a 5% of biodiesel. The new GT5 Unit was projected to operate in special
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
17
of
di
275
conditions such as critical conditions of the interconnected system of Peru, and other like black
out, electrical rationing, lack of generation in other power plants, etc.
As indicated above, the GT1, GT2 and GT3 Units are out of service. Besides being old
machines, which leads to a great number of problems associated to operation and
maintenance reliability, they have a very high heat rate comparing to more modern machines.
For this, is foreseen the replacement of the electric generation capacity of the GT1, GT2 and
GT3 Units, basically because of the said gas turbines have an available environmental space.
The replacement of the old Mitsubishi units should be performed through a unique gas turbine,
the Unit N 6, or the GT6 Unit.
1.3
GENERAL WORKING PLAN
ENEL planned to split the entire plant implementation in two main parts:
GTP Supply: supply of a Gas Turbine with its relevant auxiliaries, load gear,
generator, stack, fuel gas compressor, MV motor (including transportation to Site), plus
erection supervision and commissioning supervision; and
BOP Contract: Design, purchasing, construction and commissioning of the entire plant
within the Battery limits stated in the documents, excluding the supply and transport to
site of the GTP described above, but including its unloading and positioning onto
foundation, erection and commissioning.
ENEL will be in charge of the contract management for GTP and BOP and of the relevant
general coordination.
ENEL will be the Owner Engineer up to Commercial Operation Date (COD) of the Contracts and
from COD ENEL will own and operate the plant.
1.3.1
Project Time Schedule
The General Time Schedule main deadline is shown in document [CPC.1]:
COD:
22.12.2016
GTP Supplier will provide engineering documentation for developing BOP detail engineering.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
18
of
di
275
GTP Supplier Main components and Material will be delivered to site (Main Equipment Supply MES) according the attached GTP equipment delivery schedule (refer to par. 18.13).
GTPED and MES dates have to be regarded as a reference and subject of variation to the real
data given from the GTP and to be adjusted during negotiation phase.
The BOP Contractor shall comply with the project execution dates and shall declare the missing
dates related to Contractor scope of work.
A detailed time schedule shall be issued by the Contractor within dates to be agreed during the
KOM, and updated during contract execution if necessary, in compliance with time schedule
discussed during technical alignment.
During project execution, after an initial KoM to be held within 15 days from the NTP, regular
monthly progress meetings will be held together with Owners Engineer project team at
Owners Engineer premises in Italy / Peru or at Project site.
1.4
PLANT SITE CHARACTERISTICS
According to what said above, the Project shall consist in the engineering, supply, construction
and commissioning of the Unit N6 with a total gross capacity of around 50 MW at generator
terminals and for site conditions, achieved by a configuration of one (1) gas turbine, with dual
fuel, natural gas as base fuel and diesel B5 fuel oil as alternative fuel, operating in open cycle.
Installation of all the equipments shall be considered outdoor. Gas Turbine base fuel is natural
gas, the backup fuel is Diesel B5 fuel oil. The power plant has to be designed to withstand the
extreme environmental conditions to which it may be subjected, and under these conditions it
must be able to be operated continuously and in compliance with the normal regime.
See Annex [G.7] for detailed site and environmental characteristics.
Annex [C.4] summarizes seismic and wind loads and related combinations.
In any case, the design shall be in accordance to the relevant local laws valid at the moment of
contract signature, with special attention to seismic aspects.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
19
of
di
275
Fuels:
Natural gas;
Liquid fuel.
For fuels characteristics see Annex [G.7].

Auxiliary fluids available in site are:
Service air;
Instrument air;
Industrial water;
Potable water;
Demineralized water;
Fire fighting water.
For auxiliary fluids characteristics see Annex [G.7].
1.5
1.5.1
GENERAL DATA
Lay-out area description
The new GT6 area will be located in Malacas Power Plant area, at West site of the existing GTs
1-2-3.
The whole GT6 power plant and the relevant auxiliaries have been compactly arranged in a
0,631 ha area, dedicated for the power generation and relevant GT auxiliaries.
Adjacent, at the South side of GT6, will be arranged in a 0,3 ha area the dedicated area for the
site facilities and the necessary infrastructure for the construction of the plant, such as site
offices and parking vehicles.
The plant is directly adjacent to the Talara - Lobitos mainroad, and is not connected to the
railway (ref. to doc [LAY.1]).
The Contractor has to consider that in the area are present the following existing equipment to
be demolished:
Diesel tank 3M-1 (cap. 123906 gallons);
Diesel tank 3M-2 (cap. 133103 gallons);
Diesel tank EBF-101 (cap. 9317 gallons);
Diesel transfer pumps (quantity: 2);
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
20
of
di
275
Existing fire-fighting foam tank (the existing fire-fighting foam tank could be removed
from the area and reused as spare in case its mechanical conditions are evaluated
suitable);
Fire-fighting piping (underground);
Natural gas piping (underground);
Existing septic well;
Existing bathroom located in northern side of GT6 area;
Diesel piping and valve;
Civil containments basin and platforms.
In the power plant preliminary general layout the following main area can be identified:
1.
Power Island;
2.
Electrical Area;
3.
Natural Gas Area;
4.
GT Utilities Area;
5.
Diesel Pumps Transfer Area;
6.
Site Facilities Area.
POWER ISLAND
The power island is arranged approximately West of the existing GTs 1-2-3.
In this area the position of the chimney has been defined in the doc [LAY.1] cannot be
changed, as it has already obtained environmental authorization.
In this area will be installed:
GT6 unit;
relevant mechanical and electrical auxiliaries;
chiller system and water storage tank (IF ANY).
ELECTRICAL AREA
The electrical area is arranged in North part of the power island area.
MV and LV electrical rooms;
Emergency diesel generators;
I&C cabinets.
NATURAL GAS AREA
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
21
of
di
275
The Natural gas area is arranged West of the GT6 area, adjacent to the existing fence.
Natural gas compressors and air fin coolers;
Natural Gas treatment and measurement system;
Natural gas drum.
GT UTILITIES AREA
The Utilities GT auxiliaries area is arranged between the Natural gas area and the electrical
area.
Daily Diesel tank and pumps;
Instrument air production and storage system;
Firefighting foam tank system;
Daily demineralized water tank and pumps.
DIESEL TRANSEFER PUMPS AREA

3
The Diesel transfer pumps area is arranged close to the 6000 m existing diesel oil tanks.
Diesel transfer pumps.
SITE FACILITIES AREA

The Site facilities is arranged at South of the GT6 dedicated area.
the necessary infrastructure for the construction of the plant, such as site offices and
parking vehicles;
one dedicated entrance on the East side, have to be provided for the access at the area
in order to minimize the heavy vehicles traffic inside the plant.
1.5.2
Seismic conditions
Refer to document [C.4] for relevant information regarding seismic conditions.
1.5.3
Meteorological conditions
General information regarding site conditions can be found in document [G.7].
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

1.5.4
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
22
of
di
275
Wind conditions
Refer to document [G.7] for relevant information regarding wind conditions and document
[C.4] for wind load.
1.5.5
Geotechnical conditions
Refer to document [C.4] for relevant information regarding geotechnical conditions.
1.6
NOISE GENERAL CRITERIA
For the complete set of applicable regulations and laws refer to Section 20, following
summarized:
D.S. n. 085-2003-PCM Aprueban el Reglamento de Estndares Nacionales de Calidad

Ambiental para Ruido;
R.M. N 375-2008-TR Norma Bsica de Ergonoma y de Procedimiento de Evaluacin de

Riesgo Disergonmico.
The noise limits shall be applicable under still wind and moderate downwind conditions. In case
more stringent Peruvian normative are applicable, the lower limit shall be applied.
The Contractor must include in its engineering phase all necessary studies on noise emissions
from equipment, according vendors data sheets, in order to establish and forecast a noise plot
plan model. Based on this model the Contract must propose noise mitigation works to be
implemented in order to fulfill Peruvian noise codes and regulations both inside and outside the
Plant.
1.6.1
Near field noise
1.6.1.1
SITE PLANT BOUNDARY
The overall A-weighted sound pressure levels, shall not exceed in any of the measuring point,
along the nearest neighboring property boundaries, the values set by the Peruvian normative
and regulations, as per Decreto Supremo N 085-2003-PCM:
The noise level limits measured at any point on the site boundary fence are:
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
Sound Pressure Level (LAeqT) for Zona Industrial

(*)
(*)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
23
of
di
275
80 dB(A) day [7:01-22:00]

70 dB(A) night [22:01-7:00]
These limits are valid at the boundaries of the Malacas power plant and in the closest
receptors/control points [see below for Plant layout and location map of receptors points and
fence].
1.6.1.2
INSIDE PLANT AREA
For the area of Power Plant in all the points of measure, the continuous equivalent level of
Sound Pressure "A weighted" measured at 1.5 meters above the ground or accessible areas
(i.e. platform, stairways, etc.) shall not exceed 85 dB(A), tolerance + 0 dB according to
requirements set out in Peruvian laws above summarized.
The near field noise requirements reported above are relevant to whole Power Plant area while
the specific limits for component are reported below.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
24
of
di
275
1.6.1.3
SINGLE EQUIPMENT
For each of the supplied components, equipments the Sound Pressure Level must be measured
at a distance of 1 meter from the respective equipment and / or acoustic relevant noise
enclosure (if any), and at 1.5 meters above the ground or accessible areas, such as platform,
stairways, etc.
Noise measurement will be corrected taking into account the background noise.
All given values are intended inclusive of the measuring tolerance.
I)
MACHINERY (FANS, PUMPS, MOTORS)
The Sound Pressure Level (A-weighted Lp Aeq) of the each supplied equipment (fan, pump,
motor, ect.) measured at 1 m distance from each equipment with relevant noise enclosure (if
any), and 1.5 m high from the ground or accessible areas, such as platform, stairways, etc.,
and inclusive environment reverberations (reflections) shall not exceed 82 dB(A) for each
point of measures.
II)
HVAC SYSTEM
Each HVAC system shall be designed to prevent the room noise level from exceeding the
following levels:
Area
Sound Pressure Level dB(A)
Control room
50
Air Compressors Station
70
LV and MV electrical rooms
60
Water treatment and Fire Fighting Bldg
70
Stores
60
Offices
50
The noise levels shall be measured at 1.5 meters above floor level and in the absence of other
plant, equipment or systems operating and occupants.
For the of HVAC machines the Sound Pressure Level (A-weighted Lp Aeq) measured at 1 m
distance from each equipment with relevant noise enclosure (if any), and 1.5 m high from the
ground or accessible areas, such as platform, stairways, etc., and inclusive environment
reverberations (reflections) shall not exceed 82 dB(A) for each point of measures.
MALACAS (PERU)
III)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
25
of
di
275
DIESEL GENERATOR
The Sound Pressure Level (A-weighted Lp Aeq) of the whole supply (motor, generator and
auxiliaries, air intake, exhaust gas silencer and pipe) measured outside the container at 1 m
distance and 1.5 m high from the ground, and inclusive environment reverberations
(reflections) shall not exceed 82 dB(A) for each point of measures.
IV)
VARIOUS EQUIPMENT
Moreover it is requested that the Sound Pressure Level, measured 1 meter away from the
various equipments in continuous and discontinuous operation (i.e. start up vents, blow down
vents, etc) in any point of their surface, shall not exceed 90 dB(A).
For the spring loaded safety valves is required that the Sound Pressure Level measured 1
meter shall not exceed 105 dB(A).
1.6.1.4
EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN GTP SUPPLY
The Equipment supplied by GTP Supplier will have the following guaranteed values to be used
by Contractor as input data for the noise limit verification and guarantees at plant boundary
limit (noise impact study and modelling).
V)
GAS TURBINE
The Sound Pressure Level (A-weighted Lp Aeq) of the whole supply (GT and auxiliaries, air
intake) measured at 1 m distance from each equipment with relevant noise enclosure (if any),
and 1.5 m high from the ground or accessible areas, such as platform, stairways, etc., and
inclusive environment reverberations (reflections) shall not exceed 82 dB(A) for each point of
measures.
VI)
STACK
The Sound pressure level at 1 meter from the surface of the stack (included inlet duct) shall
not exceed 82 dB(A) in any measuring point; and the Sound Pressure Level Lp, computed as
a logarithmic average of the levels Lpi measured at the knots of grids on the stack outlet, shall
not exceed 80 dB(A).
VII)
DUCTS
The Sound Pressure Level (A-weighted Lp Aeq) of the whole supply, the various gas ducts
measured at 1 m distance from each ones, and 1.5 m high from the ground or accessible
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
26
of
di
275
areas, such as platform, stairways, etc., and inclusive environment reverberations (reflections)
shall not exceed 80 dB(A) for each point of measures.
VIII)
VARIOUS EQUIPMENT
The Sound Pressure Level (A-weighted Lp Aeq) of the different equipment of whole supply
IX)
NATURAL GAS TREATMENT, METERING AND COMPRESSION STATION
The Sound Pressure Level (A-weighted Lp Aeq) of the different equipment of whole supply
1.6.2
Far field noise
The relative Sound Pressure Level at local receptors (if any) as time-averaged sound pressure
level LpA shall be not superior to the limits as stated in Peruvian Legislation (see 1.6.1.1).
1.6.3
Noise and vibration control measures during construction

commissioning activities
The Contractor shall comply with any limits laid down by the relevant authorities.
and
Contractor and Subcontractor shall ensure that noise levels from plant, equipment and
processes, for which they are responsible, are reduced at source, to below the limits indicated
within the Peruvian regulations and normative. Exceptions to the noise level allowed shall be
notified to Owner.
Where noise levels inside the plant exceed the limits or time weighted exposures over
accepted international standards, suitable hearing protection shall be provided to persons who
are exposed to the high noise levels.
1.7
PERMITS, ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY

ENDESA
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
27
of
di
275
ENDESA EEPSA S.A. is the power generating company, belonging to ENEL Group, Owner of the
Malacas Power Plant.
In the frame of the Malacas Refurbishment project form a permitting point of view, ENDESA
will act as a the Authorization Holder (Promoter) with the following responsibilities:
-
To get the basic installation permit, consisting on the Environmental
Certification (Informe Tecnico Sustentatorio), the Plan de Monitoreo Arqueologico,

the Plan de Abandono, the Estudio de Preoperatividad and the Autorizacin de
Generacin;
-
To sign and submit the official permitting request in front of the relevant
authorities (permitting items relevant to Contractor activity excluded);

-
to follow-up of all the official authorization requests managed with Authorities.
ENEL
ENEL E&C is a company of Enel Group that shall act as the Owner Engineer for the
implementation of the Malacas Refurbishment project.
In the
frame of
the
Malacas
Refurbishment project,
ENEL
E&C
has
the following
responsibilities:
-
Monitoring and controlling the detailed engineering design, the permitting, the
manufacturing, the construction and the commissioning activities progress within the
whole project schedule.
CONTRACTOR
The Contractor is the company in charge to carry out all the permitting and environmental
activities in the scope of work of present Technical Specification.
The Contractor has the following responsibilities:
Develop and issue all the permitting activities and documents in compliance with the
requirements of the present specification;
to hold all the necessary qualifications, as company or as professionals, foreseen by the
Peruvian Regulations, in order to bear responsibilities of the appointed activities.
1.8
LAYOUT CONSTRAINTS
The Contractor will have to consider the following constraints:

MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
28
of
di
275
The position of the GT stack, defined at the following coordinates as indicated in general
layout:
E: 470,629.049;
N: 9,498,317.069;
The arrangement of the GT equipment as close as possible to what is represented in the

document [LAY.1];
In analogy to what is currently used in the units 4 and 5, is necessary to minimize the
installation of piping and cables on pipe-rack.
The Contractor will have to consider the installation in trench.
1.9
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
The Bidder / Contractor shall develop its activities, subject of this specification, taking into
account as a minimum the below mentioned referenced documentation; it is responsibility of
the Contractor to finally identify the Regulatory and Environment Permitting Framework such
as all the Peruvian laws / codes / regulations, legal acts of local governance authorities
included.
1.9.1
REGULATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
Engineering, design, manufacture and testing of all proposed equipment shall be carried out in
accordance with latest edition of appropriate internationally recognized standard and codes
and in conformity with legal requirements and Peruvian rules in force.
In case internationally recognized standard and codes will be used (ISO, ASME, ANSI, ASTM,
DIN, EN, AGMA, SIS, SSPC, IEC, NFPA, ASA etc.) the Supplier shall demonstrate and certify 60
days before the starting of manufacturing or purchasing that the internationally recognized
standard and codes fulfils all the requirements of Peru laws standards, codes, rules and
directives. All integrations and modifications required to comply with the these laws,
standards, codes, rules and directives shall be under the Suppliers responsibility and shall be
implemented at His care and charge. It is also clarified that any approval process by OWNERS
ENGINEER /Client, Bodies and Authorities (for authorization, permission, certification, etc.)
including all relevant documentation shall be under the Suppliers responsibility and shall be
implemented at His care and charge. Finally it is understood that any modification /
substitution of parts and components that may arise during the Contract execution due to
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
29
of
di
275
original design inadequacy / noncompliance with the Peru laws, standards, codes, rules and
directives shall be at Supplier expenses and responsibility.
As a minimum requirement the Bidder / Supplier shall consider the list of laws and regulations
as indicated in Section 20.
1.9.2
REFERENCE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
The list of technical documentation attached to this specification is presented in Section 19.
1.10
1.10.1
RISK STUDIES AND REVIEWS

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) approach to Project
The Contractor shall provide the HSE Plan containing the information relevant to the approach
and management of HSEs issues foreseen throughout the entire life of the project.
The HSE Plan is the primary document of the management of Health, Safety and Environment.
It is a live document to be reviewed by the Contractor during the different project phases to
reflect any change may be required by project changes.
The HSE Plan shall mainly describe:
The HSE management system;
The HSE policy;
The HSE Objectives;
Organization and HSE personnel: roles and responsibilities;
The HSE activities and deliverables foreseen during Engineering, Construction and
commissioning phase;
Identification, assessment and management of significant HSE risks associated with

the work;
The procedures and control processes that will be used to mitigate risks and deal
with the consequences, including emergency response preparation and contingency
plans;
HSE reporting;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
30
of
di
275
The implementation for continuous improvement in HSE performance;
Hereafter a description of the main activities to be included in Contractors scope of work.
1.10.2
Project Health, Safety and Environmental Reviews (PHSERs)
The PHSER shall be implemented over various stages of the Project from basic design through
to the operational phase. The PHSERs to be conducted during the Project are as follows:
- Engineering / Pre-Construction PHSER;
- Construction PHSER (multiple reviews will be undertaken);
- Pre-START-UP PHSER.
The PHSERs shall be organized and managed by the Contractor and will include the
participation from the Owner.
1.10.3
Design and safety reviews
The Contractor shall lead or participate in various design reviews and safety studies during the
course of the project phases. These reviews and studies are required to ensure that the design
achieves the required standard of safety and technical integrity.
The Contractor shall provide all information necessary for the effective implementation of the
studies.
The risk matrix to be used as criteria for risk assessment shall be agree with Client before
project starting. An example of Risk Matrix is provided in Appendix 17.
Safety studies and reviews (such as HAZID, HAZOP, Fault and Event Tree Analysis,
Quantitative Risk Assessments, etc.) will be carried out at appropriate stages throughout the
Project in order to assess the risks and to demonstrate that the measures implemented in the
design are adequate to manage the risks to ALARP (As Low As Reasonably Practicable).
1.10.4
HAZard and OPerability study (HAZOP)
As part of the Safety Engineering activities, the Contractor shall be required to undertake
HAZard and OPerability studies to assess the plant system design and process interactions that
could lead to hazardous situations especially during unusual plant conditions such as start up,
shutdown, load rejection, failure of auxiliary equipment or supply system failure.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
31
of
di
275
The Contractor shall undertake HAZOP studies including, but not limited to, BOPs equipment /
systems, gas detection and protection, fire detection and protection systems, chemicals
storage, steam pipes and valves, etc..
Participation of Power Train supplier could be required in order to consider interfaces and
critical issue relevant to control and emergency shut down (ESD) system.
Contractor shall ensure that all P&IDs that are approved for construction (AFC) have been
HAZOP studied and including any changes.
Contractor shall ensure that any changes made during construction which affect P&IDs are
HAZOP studied.
It is a Client requirement that all HAZOP actions associated with the P&IDs are closed out to
Clients satisfaction.
The Contractor shall be responsible for:
The programming of HAZOP studies as part of the design process to ensure that there
are no delays to the overall program of works;
Organization and management of HAZOP studies. It will include participation from the
Client;
Development and submission of HAZOP procedure for approval to the Client within 60
days from CONTRACT DATE. The procedure shall ensure that each study and report is
undertaken in a structured approach based on a standard methodology and format of
reporting.
The HAZOP shall be carried out by a team led by an Independent Chairman who did not
perform the design; the Independent Chairman may belong to the same organization that
performed the design (contractor or his subcontractor) and shall have references in HAZOP
studies.
The Contractor and the Client shall review the reports and consider areas of concern jointly
with the Contractor.
The undertaking of HAZOP studies shall in no way, relieve the Contractor of his obligations
under the contract.
MALACAS (PERU)
1.10.5
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
32
of
di
275
3D Model Safety Review
The 3D model shall be used by the Contractor to perform reviews during the engineering phase
(at 30%, 60%, 90% of project development) to ensure that the following issues are being fully
considered in the design:
accessibility to equipment / instruments / valves / areas;
maintainability;
constructability;
safe operability;
availability of escape routes;
avoidance of any functional interferences that could introduce additional risks.
Client reserves the right to participate to 3D model safety reviews in any moment during the
Contract.
1.10.6
Input for Hazardous area classification
Hazardous substances shall be identified and listed by Contractor in a SAFETY FLUID LIST.
Material Safety Data sheets shall be used as source of information about their hazardous
characteristics.
These data shall be used by Contractor as input data for the hazardous area classification.
1.10.7
Management of design changes
P&IDs, and in general relevant HSE documentation, that have undergone HAZOP study shall
require HSE Management of Change for their modification in order to confirm that design
changes do not invalidate the HAZOP analysis and do not introduce additional hazard.
Contractor will prepare post HAZOP Management of change control procedure dedicated to the
project.
1.10.8
Other Studies
The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating and undertaking any additional design reviews
or safety studies required to justify the design. All such studies will be subject to review by the
Owner.
The additional design reviews and safety studies will include, but not be limited to, the
following:
Operability Review A series of workshops during both the Engineering phase to

review operability issues, including manual handling and human factors, of the
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
33
of
di
275
proposed design. These workshops will be managed by the Client with assistance from
the Contractor.
Supplier of the Contractor, and, where necessary, quantify, the risks of identified
hazards and shall carry out a detailed Quantitative Risk Assessments safety study.
Contractor shall identify and implement appropriate controls to reduce the risks to
ALARP.
Impact on deadlines and costs generated by actions taken as result of the risk studies
and reviews (HAZOP, SIL, 3D Model, etc.) shall be in charge to the BOP Supplier for
what concerns its own supply.
1.10.9
SIL Assessment
Safety Function and systems (SIL) shall be identified and the minimum requirements to
availability and reliability for safety functions / systems (SIL) shall be determined. The design
must be verified in order to ensure a SIL level of the SIFs identified equal or higher than the
minimum level identified by the preliminary. Any recommendation or action arisen from SIL
assessment by notified body which certifies the assessment shall be implemented in the design
and their cost will be evaluated case by case.
After the HAZOP session, what will be considered as necessary for safety (or necessary to
accomplish a safety function) shall undergo a SIL verification/assessment. The BOP Supplier
will be responsible only for its own supply for SIL concerns. If anything arises at the interface
between GTP and BOP, for what concerns SIL certification, the responsibility is up to the part
owning the controller of the loop.
Impact on deadlines and costs generated by actions taken as result of SIL shall be in charge to
the BOP Supplier for what concerns its own supply as described above.
1.11
EXTERNAL TERMINAL POINTS
External mechanical battery limits (terminal points) are intended as the connection point of
each fluid entering / leaving the Power Plant. In particular, external mechanical battery limits
are listed below. Contractor is in charge to define and provide detail information relevant to
any other additional external battery limits required by design.
MALACAS (PERU)
1.11.1
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
34
of
di
275
Medium Voltage System
Terminal Point is considered at MV bushings of existing step-up transformer TF-20-21 75 MVA,

and the terminal of existing 13.2 kV switchgear, the scope of supply includes the new cables
from 13.2 kV switchgear.
Another MV Terminal point is the GT3 cubicle existing 13.2 kV where shall be connected the
Bus bar from GT6.
1.11.2
I&C Battery
Connection with the public telephone system.
1.12
INTERNAL BATTERY LIMITS
1.12.1
Mechanical & Piping
The Contractor will have in its scope of work the connections between the existing equipment
and the mechanical battery limits of the GTP.
The GTP vendors shall supply a detailed drawing with all the battery limits (type, number for
each type of connection and position) also in the offer stage (at least a preliminary list with
typical drawings). The terminal points location shall be agreed with OWNERS ENGINEER.
The battery limits of supply are hereafter detailed, if necessary tie-in are included:
A. Natural gas ([M.8]):
a. Connection to existing natural gas network;
b. Gas treatment system inlet.
B. Liquid fuel ([M.7]):
a. Connections to the existing suction line of liquid fuel tanks;
b. Connections to the existing discharge nozzle/line of liquid fuel tanks;
c. Connections to the GT liquid fuel system inlet.
C. Demineralized water ([M.6]):
a. Connections to the existing demi water tank (suction and recirculation return
lines);
b. CCCW system (fin fan coolers) make-up;
c. GT compressor washing skid;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
35
of
di
275
d. GT Chiller system make-up.

D. Firefighting water:
a. Connection to existing firefighting network
E. Instrument air:
a. Connection to new instrument air system (provided by GTP);
b. Interconnection with the existing system of the plant for emergency.
F. Service air:
a. Connection to new compressed air system (provided by GTP);
b. Connection to existing service air distribution system of the plant for emergency.
G. Industrial water:
a. Industrial water existing distribution system.
H. Potable water:
a. Connection to existing potable water distribution system.
I. Drains:
a. All drains shall be collected according to the fluid type from the boundary of the
equipment / collecting header to the proper pit.
b. Condensate water from chiller to existing tank.
J. Waste water:
a. Existing oil/water separator or existing oily water sewage.
In the above list, the battery limits for temporary systems - as blowing and cleaning - are not
shown. For these systems, the battery limits will be defined during the detailed engineering
stage.
1.12.2
Civil
For main equipment and structures supplied by GTP supplier: Foundation TOC; anchor bolts
and inserts supplied by GTP supplier; relevant grouting shall be positioned and installed by
Contractor.
For sewage and drainage systems the closest, also outside the work area, and suitable pit for
the relevant system.
1.12.3
Electrical
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
36
of
di
275
The main battery limits of BOP supply toward the GTP are indicated here below:
Generator: main outlet terminal box;
Generator Neutral grounding terminal: earth side;
Excitation system: MV inlet terminals;
Static Starter system Chiller Units: MV inlet / outlet terminals;
Static Starter system Compressors units: LV inlet / outlet terminals;
MCC, Vac and Vdc distribution panels: incoming breaker terminals;
Incoming breaker of the MCCs and of the lighting / sockets distribution board;
DC emergency motor starter: incoming terminations;
Terminal connection bars of the primary earthing system.
1.12.4
I&C
The main battery limits of BOP supply toward the Power Train are indicated here below:
GTCMPS gateways and terminal strip for serial and hardwired connections;
Compressor Control System gateways and terminal strip for serial and hardwired
connections;
CEMS Ethernet and terminal strip for serial and hardwired connections;
Compressed Air For Instruments by GTP Supplier;
Gateway and Terminal strip of existing network communication of Malacas Power Plant.
1.12.5
Other Terminal Points
Access road: Includes all works on the site, access, and infrastructure required to
interconnect the different areas of implementation. The access road and its connection
with the public road shall be considered as part of the work.
MALACAS (PERU)
2.
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
2.1
GENERAL
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
37
of
di
275
Omissis
2.2
LANGUAGE
The official language of the Contract will be English.

The official documents to be addressed to the Peruvian authorities, including drawings, must
be written in Spanish language or fully bilingual, if required by the local Peruvian authority.
All O&M Manuals, necessary to power plant people to run the plant and to do maintenance,
shall be in Spanish.
2.3
UNIT
SI units shall be used in all documents. Even though international codes can be used,
calculation reports in other systems of units can be accepted provided that the equivalences to
SI units are made explicit.
2.4
DOCUMENTS STAMP AND SIGNATURE
All the documents shall be duly signed and stamped by an engineer with valid certificate
(colegiatura) from the Colegio de Ingenieros del Per
2.5
ACCOMODATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND
On the area dedicated to the construction of Unit 6 a number of underground services may be
present. The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying, removing and relocating these
services where necessary to permit work to proceed under this Contract. The Contractor shall
also be responsible for removing any underground obstacles as necessary, disposing of any
contaminated land in compliance with the environmental and safety laws of Peru, and
incorporating measures to prevent the contamination of ground water, or water courses,
during the contract or as a result of the plant being constructed.
MALACAS (PERU)
2.6
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
38
of
di
275
BUILDINGS AND FOUNDATIONS
Unless otherwise specified, all foundations, ducts, trenches, foundation bolts, floor plates for
pipes and cables will be provided by the Contractor.
Any temporary civil works required for the installation of plant and equipment shall be
provided by the Contractor.
2.7
ERECTION AND CHECKING OF WORK
As each part of the Works is constructed and erected it shall be made available for inspection
by the Owner. This particularly applies to the accurate plumbing of all stanchions and columns,
and to the leveling, setting and aligning of the various parts, and to the fitting and adjusting of
bearings and other parts. Prior to erection the representative of the Contractor shall issue an
inspection and test plan to ascertain from the Owner which parts he wishes to inspect and
approve from time to time, but such approval shall in no way exonerate the Contractor from
any of his responsibilities.
The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the correctness of all electrical connections made
between plant and equipment supplied under this Contract and between plant supplied under
the Contract and external equipment.
The carrying out of all work included in the Contract shall be supervised throughout by a
sufficient number of qualified representatives of the Contractor who have had thorough
experience in the erection, commissioning and operation of plant similar to that supplied.
Specifically, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owners approval the detailed erection
instructions for the structures, equipment, and elements to be assembled. Instructions shall
contain those of the manufacturer and those prepared by the Contractor; they shall include
erection methods, erection sequence diagrams, and special indications for the handling of
major components, adjustment tolerance for sets and sub-sets, characteristics of the
instruments to be used during the erection, controls to be performed during the different
erection stages, control protocol forms, etc. Furthermore the Contractor shall illustrate the
method to manage the Mechanical Completion.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owners approval the resume of the on-site
head of works and of the entire supervising and skilled personnel who shall participate in the
work and the corresponding controls.
The Contractor shall propose and get the Owners approval regarding the necessary actions to
be taken to correct defects, design or manufacturing errors, or omissions detected during the
erection, and shall complement and correct the corresponding drawings.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
39
of
di
275
The Contractor shall specify the conditions for on-site technical activities and supervise their
compliance.
2.8
QUALITY OF MATERIALS
All materials shall be in accordance to the Project Standards listed in the present Specification
and its attachments; the materials shall guarantee all functional requirements defined in the
Technical Specifications as well as the constructive requirements in terms of robustness,
reliability and durability, and shall withstand variation of environment condition without
deterioration of performance. All the equipment shall be of the class most suitable for working
in the local conditions, in no case will be accepted refurbished equipment.
The Contractor shall provide on file all raw material test reports (according to relevant
standard) for all items supplied, as for agreed QCPs, and shall be subject to Owner's inspection
/ expediting. Material test report shall also be added to Final Dossier for manufacturing.
2.9
DESIGN AND STANDARDIZATION
The Contractor shall maximize the standardization of the component used.

The Contractor shall prepare a report on standardization for each of the key items to
demonstrate how standardization is considered for each area of the Power Plant and how it is
imposed to subcontractor and vendor packages. The reports shall include all supporting data
and shall be submitted to the Client for approval.
2.10
STORAGE CRITERIA
For the GTP Supply the Contractor must follow the GTP Supplier prescriptions while for the
Contractors supplies, depending on the nature of the elements to store, the Contractor will be
obliged to use the following type of storage and management:
indoor warehouses, premises designed to store all the equipment which may suffer
damages if stored in the open air, such as electrical equipment, instrumentation
equipment, electric motors without protection from the elements, etc.; the spare
parts which must be later transferred to the site must also be kept indoors. Must be
controlled the humidity and temperature conditions.
prefabrication yard, open areas to store large parts, prefabricated unit erections,
pipes, etc., on transit to their assembly on site; the storage of parts in this area will
follow rationality criteria based on the erection sequence;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
40
of
di
275
storage, the particularly delicate parts stored exposed to the elements will be
protected by suitable means, according to the manufacturers instructions; critical
equipments must be stored and support carefully before erection, according good
practice of industry, considering protection for seismic events;
handling, Contractor must have the corresponding procedures available for the
handling of components whose characteristics (singular maneuvers) require specific
methods;
classification and identification of all materials must be properly classified according

to their characteristics, as well as properly identified, the record of each element
stored must be available for inspection by Owner or its representative and will
contain at least the following information:
o
Identification of the apparatus or part;
Supplier;
Reference;
Description;
Delivery note no.;
Delivery date;
Location.
All actions concerning equipment maintenance indicated by the manufacturers regarding the
storage phase (heating, protection, humidity,...) must be performed until they are installed in
their location where the manufacturers recommendations and procedures performed for said
purpose will continue to be followed.
2.11
SUBCONTRACTING
Plant construction and erection will be directly performed by the Contractor, and in the event
that the total or partial subcontracting of activities is necessary, it must comply with the
following points:
In the bid phase the Bidder must indicate its subcontracting Plan for the activities
included in this Specification (engineering, construction, erection and commissioning)
and for the specializations within each activity or those which are common (scaffolds,
maneuvers, painting, NDT, etc.).
This Plan must include the full list of subcontractors foreseen to perform the works. This
list must distinguish between those contracts where the manufacturing and erection are
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
41
of
di
275
performed by the same company and those where this will not be the case (it shall
clearly indicate the Package Plants that would be contracted).
The Contractor will be responsible for all subcontractors and their activities, but always
aiming for the minimum number of subcontractor companies on site, in accordance to
the local and federal laws and with local subcontracting policies.
The Contractor shall verify the competence of subcontractors employed. In order to do

this, a procedure for approval of every subcontractor must be issued by the Contractor.
This procedure will include the requirements that according to the Contractors criteria
must be fulfilled by the subcontractor in order to preserve the adequate levels in safety
and quality. These evaluation must take in account the following information (provided
by the subcontractor):
-
Information regarding the scope of the works to be subcontracted: name of the

company, scope of works, main Contractor, list of experience / references of the
company, etc.
Safety and health information: safety and health certificates held by the
company, safety and health organization planned for the construction work,
certificate of compliance with safety and health requirements established on site,
companys safety and health ratios, etc.
Environmental information: environmental certification held by the company,

certificate of commitment to comply with the environmental requirements
established in the construction work, etc
2.12
Quality control information: quality control certification held by the company.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL
2.12.1
General
For the equipment and services to be supplied under this contract scope of work, the
Contractor shall assure the implementation of a Quality Management System fulfilling ISO
9001:2008 Standard.
2.12.2
Contractor Quality Management System
The Contractor shall provide evidence to the Owner regarding the correct implementation of
required Quality Management System.
The Contractor shall prepare the Project Quality Plan for the contract scope of work, taking into
account the provisions set forth in the ISO 10005 Guidelines for Quality Plans.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
42
of
di
275
The Contractor must issue both Project Quality Plan for Manufacturing and the Project Quality
Plan for Erection.
Project Quality Plan for Manufacturing will define the Contractor organization for this project,
indicate the reference people for each activity, show how to manage the Non Conformities and
Design Changes and set which quality records and tracks must be kept to assure quality
traceability. This document must contain, at least, these topics:
SCOPE OF DOCUMENT AND FIELD OF APPLICATION
GENERAL ASPECTS
2.1
REGULATIVE REFERENCES
2.2
INPUTS
2.2.1 List of contractual documents
QUALITY TARGETS AND RESPONSIBILITY

3.1
QUALITY TARGETS
3.2
ORDER ORGANIZATION AND RESPONISBILITY

3.2.1 Dedicated flowchart
3.2.2 Roles and Responsibilities
3.3
COMMUNICATION
3.3.1 Management of communication with customers
EXECUTION OF THE ORDER

4.1
DESIGNING
4.1.1 List of activities and definition of timeframes
4.1.2 Management of documents with the customer
4.2
PROCUREMENTS
4.3
MANUFACTURING,INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

4.3.1 Reference procedures
4.3.2 Standard and special manufactures
4.3.3 Tools
4.3.4 Test
4.3.5 Internal audits plan (if any)
CLEARANCE OF SUPPLIES
5.1
MANUFACTURING COMPLETION DOSSIER
5.2
FINAL INSPECTION AND CHECK OF PACKING
5.3
PREPARATION OF PACKING LIST
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
43
of
di
275
Project Quality Plan for Erection will define the On Site Organization of the Contractor, clarify
the scope of work intended as main activities the Contractor will perform with the list of Main
subcontractor for each activities, show how to manage inspection for erection, how to manage
the Non Conformities, how to perform Audit on subcontractor, metrology management system,
document management, material incoming inspection and traceability, construction completion
and turnover to commissioning department.
The index of both document will be finally agreed between the Client and the Contractor before
signature of the Contract.
For Contractors constituted by an association of companies (such as: Consortium, Temporary
Association of Companies, Joint Venture, Pool or other associative organization), the QMS
requirements shall be implemented both by the association, and by every associated company.
The Project Quality Plan of the companies association shall provide methods and instructions
for management and coordination of technical matters, QMS implementation, activities
planning and scheduling and accounting activities. The management and the coordination of
the above items shall be implemented by the companies association through a single interface.
For the software products, when included into the scope of work, relevant to automation /
control / protection systems concerning people safety, equipment protection, environmental
protection, plant reliability and availability, the ISO 9001:2008 requirements shall be applied
as per the interpretation given by last ISO 90003 Standard.
2.12.3
Subcontractor / Subcontractors Quality System
As defined by paragraph 7.4.2 c) of ISO 9001:2008 Standard, for each equipment, materials
and services to be purchased / subcontracted by the Contractor under this contract scope of
work, the Contractor shall select the suitable Quality Management System requirements, as
applicable.
The Contractor is requested to prescribe and verify the implementation of selected QMS
requirements to its own subcontractors chosen among sub vendor list approved by Enel (refer
to attachment TAS par. 18.13) whom can ensure the application of such requirements. Other
sub-vendors can be selected only if they are exhaustively referenced for each own component
/ product by Contractor; Client evaluation of subcontractors certifications will be based on
objective elements, and in particular:
Availability of references for similar applications;
Subcontractors certifications;
Utilization of an adequate Quality System.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
44
of
di
275
The Contractor will check the effectiveness of the subcontractors QMS by mean of periodical
audits to assess the status of their QMS itself. Subcontractors audit plan will be sent to the
Owner who will have the right to witness the audit performed by the Contractor.
Subcontractors shall be exhaustively referenced for each own component / product.
2.12.4
Quality audits on Quality Management Systems
Client and their nominated Representative reserve the right to verify the implementation of the
Quality Management Systems by the Contractor and, where necessary, by its subcontractors
through proper forms of inspections or audits on the QMS.
Client will proceed to notify the Contractor for deficiencies pointed out, if any, and to require
implementation of appropriated corrective actions.
The Contractor shall implement at its own expenses all corrective actions required suitable to
assure conformity of supply.
2.12.5
Supervision on supply
Client and his nominated Representative reserve the right to perform supervision on every
activity carried out by the Contractor or its subcontractors relevant the contract scope of work.
Client and his nominated Representative will perform supervision on supply carrying out the
following activities:
Meeting attendance during design, manufacturing, erection and commissioning phases;
Review and approval of selected documents and drawings;
Observation and witnessing on manufacturing, erection and commissioning activities

carried out at Contractor and subcontractors premises or at site (according to agreed
Quality Control Plan);
Execution of tests and inspections;

Expediting activities at Contractor and / or subcontractors premises.
2.12.6
Inspection and testing
Equipment and materials shall be inspected and tested in accordance with document [QUA.1],
Procedures, Codes, Regulation and Laws applicable, summed up in the Project Quality Plans
(PQPs); Procedures and PQPs shall be previously approved by Client.
The QCP (see next paragraph) will be issued for both manufacturing and erection activities.
Workshop inspections and tests, performed by Contractor, or by its subcontractors, shall be at
Contractors care and costs.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
45
of
di
275
All tests on installed equipment at the worksite will be carried out by Contractor.
Client and his nominated Representative reserve the right to perform supervision on every of
these activities.
2.12.7
Quality Control Plans (QCP)
Tests and checks, both during manufacturing and erection phase, will be defined by the Quality
Control Plans (QCPs) prepared by Manufacturer of equipment / component and send by
Contractor to the Client. The content of QCPs will be agreed between Client and Contractor
before signature of Contract in order to check completeness with reference to the contractual /
standard specification, and define Witness / Hold point for the Owner.
These QCPs must show, as minimum, the following information:
working stages to be carried out;
reference documents for activities execution (inspection and testing procedures) and
results evaluation criteria (drawings, specifications, standards, codes );
type of certification for every control activities (chemical, physical and mechanical
analysis certificates, inspections and testing certificates);
activities requiring specific check by Contractor or Owner;
all remaining activities included in contract documents.
The QCPs shall be sent, for Client approval, one month before the scheduled start of the
activity (manufacturing or erection activity) according to the General Project Plan.
When test procedures are not specified on engineering documents or applicable standards, the
Contractor shall submit, for Client approval, its own procedures related to the inspection
foreseen in the agreed QCP.
All the activities specified on QCP can be carried out only after Client approval of QPC. For
activities witnessed by Client, the Contractor shall notice them at least 15 days in advance to
test / inspection date for manufacturing and 5 days for erection.
2.12.8
Inspection Test at Receiving
The Contractor shall check the materials at the arrival in site and shall prepare the relevant
inspection report. In this report the Contractor shall check the packing list, the Final Inspection
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
46
of
di
275
Report (manufacturing), the procedure for storage / handling of material and the materials
state (absence of damage due to transportation).
2.12.9
Metrology Management System
With reference to ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 3834 both the instruments used for measuring,
inspection and testing and the equipment used to carry out specific activities such as welding
have to be suitably identified and subject to a calibration and maintenance program.
This activity shall be carried out in accordance to national and international measurement
standards and norms and will be verified at specific intervals or prior to use. Contractor and
subcontractors, working on site, will have to demonstrate through a calibration and
maintenance plan, supported by the relevant certificates and documents, that the instruments
of control and the equipment used are fit for their purpose.
2.12.10 Final Dossier (Manufacturing and Erection)
The Contractor shall prepare the final dossier according to Client requirement indicated on
Purchase Technical Specification, both for Manufacturing phase and Erection phase. Final
Dossier will be the collection of all test records, test reports and raw material certification only
for relevant part of each component / equipment.
2.12.11 Activities progress monitoring
Client is authorized to check, at Contractor and subcontractors workshop and design offices,
the activities progress. During manufacturing, Client can verify the correct application of
Quality System.
The Contractor shall check continuously manufacturing activities progress, including its
subcontractors activities.
The Contractor shall submit, monthly, a progress report for every activity, and shall perform
final check to verify the right scope and quality of its supply, submitting the relevant note.
Final check certificate and all shipping documents will be submitted to Client that usually
witnesses the final check.
2.12.12 Environmental management system
The Contractor shall also develop the Project according with the requirements and provisions
of the Environmental Management System (Certified ISO 14001).
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
47
of
di
275
These requirements and provisions will be transferred to each Supplier / Contractor, working
on site, in order to reduce the negative environmental impacts generated by the activities and
products and to ensure the compliance with processes and applicable laws.
2.13
TRAINING
The Contractor shall train owners personnel before the beginning of the commissioning phase.
A complete documents package will be issued no later than two months before commissioning
start and will be composed as a minimum by:
Training schedule;
Training Manuals for Operation;
Training Manuals for Maintenance;
Teachers CV.
Training will be held on site in Spanish language and it will be Contractor responsibility to
provide a suitable classroom within its site temporary facilities equipped with audio-visual
facilities.
Teachers shall be fluent in Spanish and will have proven experience in the power technology of
the project.
Operation training shall deal as a minimum with the following topics:
Overall plant;
BoP;
DCS system and communication system.
Training related to GTP equipment is in GTP scope.

Courses will be focused on the various operating conditions of any major equipment / system
and of the power plant as a whole with particular reference to start up, load increase, stable
load, shut down, emergency conditions, etc.
Maintenance training will be oriented to teach the owner staff to manage maintenance
activities for the various BoP equipment so that be able to manage both routine and unplanned activities.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
48
of
di
275
All manual will be written in Spanish language.

Classroom training for operation and maintenance activities shall have a global duration of four
(4) weeks as a maximum.
2.14
SPECIAL TOOLS
The supply shall include a complete set of tools and special accessories needed for the
inspection, maintenance and operation of the BOP scope of supply. The bidder shall deliver a
detailed list of them along with the proposal.
2.15
OIL, CHEMICALS AND CONSUMABLES
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all the necessary materials, consumables
(oils, chemicals, etc) during commissioning and start up activities until COD (but not fuel for
GT).
2.16
SPARE PARTS
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all the necessary spare parts for
commissioning and Start-Up.
The Bidder shall quote a detailed list of spare parts required, after COD, of the equipment
offered, including spares to be kept in stock. This list shall be included in the proposal and shall
indicate separate prices for individual items.
MALACAS (PERU)
3.
SCOPE OF WORK (SUPPLY AND SERVICES)
3.1
GENERAL
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
49
of
di
275
The scope of work requested in present technical specification shall include all the engineering,
procurement, supply, construction, erection and commissioning activities necessary to achieve
commercial operation of a new simple cycle gas turbine power plant, under a turnkey contract.
As a general overview, the required activities are:
Integration engineering of the power plant.
Civil works of the power plant.
Erection of a GTP supplied by a third party
Design,
supply,
and
erection
of
all
necessary
Balance
of
Plant
equipment/components/materials, not included in GTP.
Mechanical erection of the power plant.
Electrical and I&C erection of the power plant.
Pre-commissioning (flushing, chemical cleaning and test) of the systems.
Commissioning of the power plant.
Transport at site of all the contractor supplied equipment/components/materials.
Unloading of the GTP transported by a third party
Storage of equipment/components/materials
Training according specified.
Documentation of engineering, construction, erection, commissioning, legalization, O&M

manuals.
The erection and commissioning activities of the GTP will be supervised by the GTP supplier.
All necessary information, documents, drawings, technical data, guidelines and instructions
relevant to GTP erection and commissioning will be provided by the GTP supplier.
The following table gives a summary overview of the division of responsibilities between BOP
contractor and GTP supplier in relation with main activities and scope.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
50
of
di
275
Commisioning
Sheet
Pagina
Erection
Unloading
Transport to site
Engineering
Supply
GTP Equipments
GT
GT
GT
BOP Equipments
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
Civil works for

GTP Equipments
BOP (detailed)
GT (input data)
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
Civil works for

BOP Equipments
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
Piping between
GTP Equipments
GT
GT
GT
BOP
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP GT
(supervision)
Piping between
BOP Equipments
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
Piping between
GTP and BOP
Equipments
BOP (detailed)
GT (input data)
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP GT
(supervision)
Piping between
GTP Equipments
and Power Plant
BOP (detailed)
GT (input data)
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP GT
(supervision)
Piping between
BOP Equipments
and Power Plant
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP GT
(supervision)
GT
GT
GT
BOP
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP (detailed)
GT (input data)
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP (detailed)
GT (input data)
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP GT
(supervision)
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
BOP
Cabling
between GTP
Equipments
Cabling
between BOP
Equipments
Cabling
between GTP
and BOP
Equipments
Cabling
between GTP
Equipments and
Power Plant
Cabling
between BOP
Equipments and
Power Plant
BOP GT
(supervision)
GT
(Supervision
and
coordination)
BOP (support)
BOP GT
(supervision)
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
51
of
di
275
Set forth below are the main supplies and services included in the scope of work.
It is to be understood that supplies and services shall be complete of all that is necessary to
achieve safe and proper commercial operation of the power plant (even if not explicitly listed in
this specification).
More detailed description and specifications of the scope of work are given in other chapters of
present documents.
3.2
SUPPLY
3.2.1
Mechanical
Interconnecting natural gas system:
o
Interconnecting piping between the existing gas pipeline to the connection with
gas treatment system
tie-in on the existing gas pipeline
valves, line components, supports and instrumentation as required
Interconnecting liquid fuel system, including:

3
Connection to the existing 6000 m liquid fuel tanks
2x100% forwarding pumps and filtration systems from the existing 6000 m
3
liquid fuel tanks to the 200 m GT daily tank and to the 5 m emergency diesel
storage tank
3
5 m liquid fuel storage tank for emergency generator
200 m liquid fuel daily storage tank for GT
1x100% forwarding pump from the 200 m GT daily tank to the existing 6000 m
liquid fuel tanks (emptying/recirculation system),

3
2x100% forwarding pumps from the 200 m GT daily tank to the GT
All equipment required for feeding the emergency diesel generator by means of
liquid fuel;
Interconnecting piping, valves, line components, supports and instrumentation

as required.
Demineralized water distribution system:

3
Connection to the existing 6180 m demineralized water tank
2x100% forwarding pumps
Interconnecting piping from forwarding pumps to closed cycle cooling water
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
52
of
di
275
Interconnecting piping from forwarding pumps to GT compressor washing skid,

provided with a quick coupling for hose connection
Flexible hose for connection to the GT compressor washing skid
Interconnecting piping from forwarding pumps to the GT chiller system
valves, line components, supports and instrumentation as required
Fire fighting system and interconnection with existing system:

o
all related piping, valves and operators, hangers and supports including
secondary steel, instrumentation and controls, miscellaneous equipment and
piping specialties
Fire detection and foam extinguish fire system for 200 m
liquid fuel daily
storage tank
o
Fire detection and CO2 extinguish fire system for Diesel generator container
A high velocity water spray deluge system for diesel generator fuel tank (if
outdoor)
Extension of the existing fire hydrant / water spray ring main system, complete
with pillar hydrants; each hydrant location shall be provided with a weatherproof
cabinet of steel construction complete with break glass lock, containing the
following equipment:
n. 1
hydrant turnkey and bar;
n. 1
hose standpipe with instantaneous outlet connections (where
needed);
n. 2
30 m lengths of best quality light synthetic fiber imperviously
jacketed hose with light alloy instantaneous couplings;

n. 2
o
hose branch pipes with gun metal adjustable jet / spray nozzles.
A fire hose reel system for general protection within the plant and inside the
buildings. Fire hose reels must have hose length 30 m and will be placed at a
maximum distance according to local code but not more than 30 meters each
others
Portable and wheeled fire extinguishers (powder and CO 2) to be located

throughout the plant
A fire alarm system comprising the main fire alarm panel and all contacts and
cabling between the main fire alarm panel, to be located in the control room and
the various protection, detection and alarm systems located throughout the
plant which shall include the gas turbine detection / alarm system terminal
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
53
of
di
275
block; the system shall be completed with manual call points and sirens /
strobes installed everywhere inside the protected plant
o
Fire detection and extinguishing system for Electrical, Control and switchgear
rooms (including false floor if present) with CO2 or clean gas automatic systems
Fire detection in tunnels and subterranean areas with electrical cables.
Fire fighting system signals from BOP and GT FFS needed for information to the
Control Room Operators (general alarms, anomaly, actuation,) have to be
connected from the FF control panels to the DCS and displayed in a dedicated
screen.
Instrument air distribution system to BOP users (instrument air production systems is
out of the scope):
o
Connection pipelines with relevant supports from instrument air production

systems (provided by GTP) to BOP final users
Interconnection pipelines with the existing system of the plant for emergency
with pressure reducer valve and a safety valve (if necessary)
Valves, line components and instrumentation as required.
Service air distribution system and interconnection with existing system:

o
Pipelines with relevant supports from existing service air system to BOP users
(included in the scope of supply) and to GT users
Pipelines with relevant supports from new compressed air system (provided by
GTP) with valve controlled by DCS at battery limit
Valves, line components, hoses and instrumentation as required. As a minimum

four (4) hoses located close to the main equipment shall be provided.
Industrial water distribution system and interconnection with existing system

o
Pipelines with relevant supports from the existing industrial water network to
BOP users
Valves, line components, hoses and instrumentation as required. As a minimum

four (4) hoses located close to the main equipment shall be provided.
Interconnecting potable water distribution system

o
Pipelines with relevant supports from the existing potable water network to BOP
users;
Valves, taps, line components and instrumentation as required by local rules. As

a minimum four (4) taps located close to the main equipment sh all be provided.
Drains system of all fluids (where required), composed by:
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
54
of
di
275
Pipelines with relevant supports from the boundary of the new equipment /
collecting header to the relevant pit;
Funnels, valves and line components as required.
All necessary oily water forwarding pumps and interconnecting piping to existing oily
water sewage or oil/water separator.
Regarding new GT lube oil drains, the BOP scope of supply includes:
o
connections from GT and oil console drain points, design 107C material C.S., to
a small containment pit;
a containment pit of about 1.5 m3, with level switch, design 107C material
C.S.;
forwarding pump , design 107C material C.S., design flow 4 m3/h head 15 m;
connection (with isolation manual valve) from pit to existing Power Plant oily
water treatment, design for oily water and 60C.
Regarding fuel storage daily and emergency diesel tanks (200 m3 and 5 m3), the oily
water system includes:
o
Forwarding pump (design temperature 60C, material C.S., design flow 3 m3/h,
head 15 m);
Connection (with isolation manual valve) from containment to existing Power

Plant oily water treatment, design temperature 60C.
Condensate water recovery system, from chillers to existing tank:

o
Connection from GT filter house to accumulator;
Drain accumulator tank (2m3, API 5 L Gr. B) with two level switches (high level
to start pump, low level to stop pump);
Filter;
Forwarding pumps 2x100% (nominal flow 1 kg/s, max flow 2 kg/s, head 20 m,
service discontinuous);
Connection to existing raw water tank.
2x100% redundant Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning system (HVAC) for
shelters/containers included in the scope of supply.
3.2.2
Civil
Reinforced concrete foundation of adequate size and designed to withstand all possible
imposed loads, for following list of equipment, but not limited to:
o
Turbine and generator enclosures
Gas turbine and generator set
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

Stack
Air Coolers
Pumps
Chillers
Chilled water storage tank
Minor machineries and equipment
Natural gas treatment & compression station
Air compression station
CEMS unit
Tanks
Daily liquid fuel tank of 200 m
Electrical and I&C containers
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
55
of
di
275
Transformers foundations, fire protection walls and compounds
Concrete slabs for miscellaneous pipe supports
Platforms, walkways, stairways, ladders and hand railing, racks, etc
Pipe rack and cable rack
Pipes trenches and cables trenches
Support for activities of mechanical and electrical erection
Works in the existing buildings relevant to the installation activities/modifications

necessary to install the equipment of new TG6
Buildings, as necessary
All underground networks, pipes, ducts, pits, service trenches, etc. for following buried
lines:
o
rain water drainage
oily water drainage
sanitary waste water drainage
electrical conduits
Earthing
Temporary and permanent roads, paved areas and relevant curbs in the plant area
Construction of access road from Talara Lobitos mainroad to secondary Power Plant
Gate (about 15m) with relevant access gate
Urbanization of the works area and Landscaping
Sanitary ware
All necessary aboveground structures
MALACAS (PERU)
3.2.3
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
56
of
di
275
Electrical
Unit auxiliary power transformer for the auxiliary systems
Bus duct for the connection between Generator Circuit Breaker and the GT6 medium
voltage cubicle to be installed in the existing 13.2 kV switchgear
MV Generator Circuit Breaker controlled by the synchronizing system, with isolating and
grounding switches, current and voltage transformers for transformer and generator
sides, surge arresters and surge capacitors
MV Electrical system including the new MV Switchgear panels in the existing electrical
building
Auxiliary power supplies systems including all LV switchgear (Power Centers provided
with microprocessor based protections and Motor Control Centers) including updating of
existing LV switchboards
Motors and electrical drive systems
Essential supplies system:

o
125 Vdc system, consisting of 2x100% individual sets, with an autonomy of 3

hours discharge. complete with:
2x100% accumulator batteries 125 Vd
2 battery chargers / rectifiers
2 insulation transformers
Distribution Panel boards
o 380/220 Vac UPS system consisting of:

2x100% inverters 380/220 V
By-pass transformers
Manual by-pass
Static Switch
Automatic Change-over
Distribution Panel boards.
Electrical equipment qualified for use in hazardous areas, as necessary
Protective relaying, fault event recorders, operational and fiscal metering systems and
equipment and all associated current and voltage transformers, as per COES
requirements
Emergency diesel generating set, sized and configured to enable the safe shutdown of
the BOP scope and to maintain essential power supplies in the event of loss of grid
supplies, complete with all accessories:
o
Baseframe, any steelwork, foundation bolts, tubes
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
57
of
di
275
Complete diesel fuel system including valves, piping and free standing daily
storage tank
Protection equipment to protect the generator set from damage due to fault
conditions (over-speed, oil pressure, cooling water level and high cooling water
temperature, etc.)
Generator control panel, mounted on board or free standing to form a pre-wired

package.
Lighting and small power systems and equipment:

o
Permanent lighting installations, road lighting, area floodlighting
Small power, socket outlets (16A), connection units for plant areas, equipment
room, building / shelters, maintenance and testing areas
Secondary distributions of cables, distribution boards, supplies for transportable

and fixed equipment, welding sockets (63A), environmental plant
Panels and sub-panels for the systems above mentioned.
Emergency and safety lighting systems
13.2 kV cables from existing 13.2 kV switchgears to transformer TF-20-21
MV and LV/control cables and cabling systems and equipment
Main and secondary Earthing and lightning protection systems and equipment,
Switchboards, cubicles, relay panels, marshalling boxes, enclosures and ancillary

electrical equipment
Cathodic protection system (impressed current type) for all buried pipe and equipment
including all tanks bases, complete with distributed ground beds, transformer rectifiers,
automatic current control based on potential difference measured by reference
electrodes.
3.2.4
I&C
All l&C equipment necessary to allow the safe and efficient operation of the power station
shall be supplied, installed, commissioned and tested.
Complete control, protection and monitoring systems of BOP equipment, common

services and all auxiliary equipment.
Distributed Control System (DCS): two solutions are envisaged, both of them as an
alternative shall be quoted:
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
58
of
di
275
Solution A: A new Distributed Control System (DCS) including all hardware,
software, operating licenses and associated equipment to provide integrated

control and monitoring of the overall TG6 BOP from the Central Control Room.
Solution B: Extension of the existing DCS ABB 800 XA including all necessary
hardware, software, operating licenses and associated equipment to provide

integrated control and monitoring of the overall TG6 BOP from the Central
Control Room. It is understood that it is Contractor duty to assess and document
the status of the existing DCS in order to establish which measures in terms of
HW (network devices, servers, controllers, I/Os) and SW are necessary to be
implemented for modification of the existing DCS in order to achieve TG6 BOPs
control. For the estimation, in case of impossibility to perform such assessment
in due time, a conservative approach shall be adopted, meaning that new DCS
equipment of the same technology of the existing ABB 800 XA shall be quoted.
Operator's facilities in Central Control Room (CCR):

o Solution A: one (1) operator's workstation (including its own client PC), one (1)
engineer's workstation, and two (2) 55 Graphic screens
(including their own
client PC) to be included and integrated with the 4 existing screens (disposition
as required by Power Plant staff). Each workstation shall consist of two high
resolution color visual display units (VDUs), a single keyboard and a cursor
positioning device. The resolution of the VDUs shall be 21 or better. All
keyboards, printers, peripheral devices, and their associated control desks.
o Solution B: a minimum one (1) operator's workstation (including its own client
PC) and two (2) 55 Graphic screens (including their own client PC) to be
included and integrated with the 4 existing screens (disposition as required by
Power Plant staff) shall be provided as extension of existing DCS; as engineering
workstation it shall be used the existing one. Each workstation shall consist of
two high resolution color VDUs, a single keyboard and a cursor positioning
device. The resolution of the VDUs shall be 21 or better. The workstations shall
have the capability of being configured as either an operator's workstation,
supervisor's workstation or engineer's workstation through different passwords
and shall be the main facility for monitoring and controlling the whole plant. As
printer it shall be used the existing one in CCR.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

Interfaces
between
the
DCS,
field
equipment,
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
packaged
59
control
of
di
275
systems,
instrumentation, actuators, motor control centers and all associated equipment and
devices; The integration through serial link of the GTP inside DCS in order to achieve its
control and supervision by DCS station located in CCR shall be quoted as an option.
Trip panel on control desk consisting of a trip panel equipped with protected hardwired
buttons for main equipment (GT, electrical equipment) emergency trip mounted on
control room desk. Cabling material design, supply and installation between push
button device and interfaced equipment shall be included in SoW as well. Each trip push
button shall be equipped with at least 3 contacts normally closed (NC).
Cables, terminations and cable ways for electrical connections between all the
equipment and devices included in SoW and also between supplied systems and other
systems.
Local instrumentation, instrumentation for process control and supervision, including

pressure, temperature, level and flow gauges, switches, transducers and transmitters,
and all associated bulk material for erection, tapping points, pipe work, valves and
actuators, thermo-wells, local cubicles and racks;
Cubicles, cabinets, racks and control panels with all necessary hardware for marshalling
and terminating incoming and outgoing plant cabling. This shall include gland plates,
glands, terminal blocks, intrinsic safety barriers, isolation devices, labeling and wiring.
Equipment shall be designed to operate in hazardous areas where necessary.
Extension of existing telecommunications systems including:

o
Data network
Telephone Services
Two Ways Radio System
Megaphone (intercom) system
Station clock system to synchronize the DCS and other control systems; in case of
solution B it shall be assessed the possibility to use the available ports of the existing
clock system.
Extension of existing closed circuit television (CCTV) and perimeter security systems to
monitor the equipment operation; the extension has to cover the new buildings and
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
60
of
di
275
environments where the new mechanical and electrical equipment included in BOP SoW
are being located;
Extension of existing plant fire detection system in order to integrate fire alarms from
the new mechanical and electrical equipment, as follows:
o
Fire alarms and extinguishing statuses from foam fire protection system
(included in mechanical part of BOP SoW) of 200 m
liquid fuel daily storage
tank;
o
Fire alarms and extinguishing statuses from CO2 fire protection system (included
in mechanical part of BOP SoW) of Diesel generator.
Fire alarms and extinguishing statuses from GT/Compressor/CEMS fire protection

system (supplied by others).
New detectors to be installed in rooms where new electrical equipment (LV and
MV switchboards, transformer) are being located;
New detection system for transformer
Suitable uninterruptible power supplies (UPS), with 100 per cent redundancy, shall be
provided in the control building in order to support the DCS and other control /
protection systems in the event of a power failure. The system shall be designed to
provide electrical noise free power for a minimum of 4 hours continuously.
3.2.5
Construction
Site facilities and set-up:
o
Dining rooms, storage enclosures for incorporated equipment and materials,

construction plant, arsenals and storerooms.
Site office accommodation for contractor and subcontractors staff personnel,

suitably furnished with desks, ergonomics chairs, benches and lockable filing
cabinets and complete with full office facilities, such as lighting and power,
internet, telephone lines, water supply and drainage.
Revamping of existing site offices used during Unit 5 construction in order to

enable them to be used to accommodate the Client's construction management
personnel suitably furnished with desks, ergonomics chairs, benches and
lockable filing cabinets and complete with full office facilities, such as lighting
and
power,
internet,
telephone
lines,
water
supply
and
drainage.
This
accommodation facility will be for the exclusive use of the Client and it shall
included at least:
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
61
of
di
275
Five (5) individual offices;

Two (2) meeting rooms;
One (1) secretary room;
Six (6) common offices;
Two (2) offices for four persons;
One (1) room of archives and warehouse;
One (1) kitchen dining room;
Two (2) bathrooms.
Missing furniture
will be
delivered by the
Power
Plant. Anyway,
final
accommodation shall be as indicated above.

o
Graded parking areas adequate for 20 vehicles for Clients staff
Space for temporary placement of the Residencia de Supervisin de la

Comisin in accordance with local Requirements
Building for the offices of the Delegacin Sindical in accordance with local
Requirements
All those auxiliary constructions necessary to perform the construction work:

indoor warehouse, site fencing, car park fencing, materials yard fencing, access
control, site lighting, car park and open land, changing rooms, toilets and
canteen, site office area, water, electricity and sewage infrastructures, access
roads, waste slabs, indoor enclosure properly ventilated for the storage of
bottles (propane, acetylene, oxygen), etc.
Voip network
Telephone lines
fire-fighting equipment
Waste disposal facilities
Sanitary facilities
First aid facilities
Domestic water system and waste water system
Electrical infrastructure system for the site office area and construction work
area, including the transformation facility, switchboards and underground
conduits.
MALACAS (PERU)
3.2.6
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
62
of
di
275
Commissioning
All the necessary permanent and temporary equipment, materials, consumables and
services to carry out all the commissioning and start-up activities and all the tests
necessary to confirm compliance with design basis:
o
Electrical Power for commissioning phase until COD
Auxiliary fluids (service air, instrument air, Demi water, service water, and so
on) consumption during commissioning phase and until COD, if not provided by
normal operation of Power Plant
Lubricating oils until COD
Chemicals until COD
Consumables required in connection with the construction, commissioning and

start-up until COD
o
3.2.7
Spare parts for commissioning and start-up until COD
Miscellanea
First and second filling of fluids necessary for BOP equipment are included in the scope
of supply (first and second filling of fluids of GT equipment shall be provided by the GTP
Supplier). Other liquids needed for erection or commissioning (compressed air, fluids or
materials for flushing and chemical cleaning,) are included in the scope of supply
(refer also to par. 3.2.6).
All necessary temporary equipment for construction, commissioning and testing; until
Completion of the Works
Equipment, materials and consumables for flushing and chemical cleaning of systems.
A complete set of any special tools and other equipment necessary for the dismantling,
re-erection and adjustment of the plant.
Any means to lift, handle, move the part subject to maintenance like cranes, lift jigs,
monorail with electric hoist, special trolleys, etc.
Corrosion protection, Surface Preparation and Painting
Insulating materials to be applied to piping, vessels, ductwork, and equipment for the
purpose of reducing heat loss, and personnel protection; insulation shall also be applied
to the piping and equipment for process control, fire protection and noise control, where
required
Acoustic devices (screens, covers, casings, enclosures) to implement noise mitigation

works, after noise modeling.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
63
of
di
275
Architecture and finishings in the buildings and structures and urbanization of the
works area
Spare parts:
o
Quoted list of spare parts for 2 years operation.
The Bidder shall quote a detailed list of spare parts required. This list shall be included
in the proposal and shall indicate separate prices for individual items.
3.3
SERVICES
Mandatory site visit preliminar to tender
Project management
Planning Project
control HSE
management
HSE activities during engineering, construction and commissioning phases
Purchasing and procurement of all the necessary equipment, components, materials,

services and works
Supply and production
Quality management
Quality assurance
Manufacturing/Erection testing and inspection activities
Expediting
Factory acceptance tests of all equipment are part of the scope of supply, including the
FAT of Control system
Transportation of the equipment, components, materials and facilities, from the place of
manufacture or acquisition to the site; Contractor shall be responsible for surveying all
routes to ensure that abnormal loads can be transported to their required destination
Custom clearance management of imported equipment, components, materials and

facilities
Quantity monitoring and material management system
Unloading,
handling,
storage,
care
and
maintenance
of
all
the
of
all
the
equipment/components/materials included in BOP scope;
Unloading,
handling,
storage,
care
and
maintenance
equipment/components/materials included in GTP scope (transported to site by third

party), as per GTP supplier instructions
Construction management
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
64
Supervision in site during the erection works and construction;
Protection of the environment, both during construction and commissioning;
Demolition works of the following items:
of
di
275
tank TK-3M-1 (capacity: 123,906 gallons)
tank EBF-101 (capacity: 9,317 gallons)
Diesel transfer pumps (quantity: 2)
Existing fire-fighting foam tank (the existing fire-fighting foam tank could be
removed from the area and reused as spare in case its mechanical conditions
are evaluated suitable)
Fire-fighting piping (underground)
Natural gas piping (from the tie-in point up to connection with new GTP
equipment, the routing id part in trench, part on pipe rack and part
underground)
Existing septic well
Existing bathroom located in northern side of GT6 area
Diesel piping and valve
Earthworks, site preparation and site clearance (including removal of tree stumps and
topsoil), construction, erection, completion of all foundations, structures, general civil
works, buildings, etc. required for the installation, commissioning, operation and
maintenance of BOP and GTP equipment/components/materials/facilities
Accommodation of existing underground works and removal of any underground

obstacles, as necessary
Any temporary civil works required for the installation of plant and equipment;
Construction, erection, site assembling, prefabrication, installation both of BOP and GTP
equipment/components/materials/facilities
Activities in the 220kV Switchyard for connections of new 13.2 kV cables to TF 20-21
Commissioning and start up of BOP and GTP equipment/components/systems, including

installation checks, preliminary mechanical and electrical checks, pressure tests, etc.
proving the integrity of all connections (mechanical and electrical), flushing and
cleaning of equipment and pipework, and all the functional and operational testing of
the plant to confirm compliance with design basis and operating and safety criteria:
o
functional tests;
operational tests;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
65
of
di
275
completion tests; o
performance test;
reliability run test.
Plant operation during commissioning phase (until COD)
Plant maintenance during commissioning phase (until COD)
Noise tests inside and outside Power Plant;
Training courses about operation and maintenance issues related to all power plant
equipment to be delievered in Spanish language (at factory and at site) to Owners
operation and maintenance staff;
Occupational safety management;
Permitting activities;
Environmental activities;
Additional site survey and investigations that the BOP Contractor deemed necessary to
integrate the reference geotechnical study enclosed to this specification and the specific
survey done by the Client for this project previously to NTP; the additional
investigations shall be executed to obtain supplementary site data and information for
the project and for complying with local regulations and procedures which may affect
the design, construction and completion of the civil works/equipment/systems/ facilities
in scope.
Assistance/support to Owners Engineer in obtaining permits, consents and approvals

from competent Authorities involved in the Project; any possible prescription coming
from the Public Bodies and exclusively related to Contractors responsibility will be
fulfilled at Contractors care and cost. It is Contractor charge to provide all
documentation required by law and by Authorities for permit purpose stamped and
signed as per authorities requirements.
Execution of instrumental investigations in field, aimed to identify the presence of war

devices in the areas affected by the works. The Contractor shall in particular carry out
each practice, including the authorization requests, surveys and documentary research
site in order to allow the issue of certificates of successful investigation by the
competent authorities.
Supply, erection, maintenance, operation and later evacuation from the site, of the
totality of the facilities required for the execution of works at site, including the potable
water provision, protection against fires, sewage systems, electrical systems and
networks, cleaning, security of the public, etc.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
66
of
di
275
Collection and elimination of the garbage and wastes of all the enclosures, installations,
and fronts of work. The garbage must be taken to authorized deposits.
Site security and safety services, including personnel for vigilance and control activities
in access of the plant during construction and commissioning phases.
Basic and detail design engineering services, erection engineering services, and
commissioning engineering services, related to all the BOP scope of work, including, but
not limited to:
o
Documentation control and management;
Issue of all basic and detailed design documentation, such as: technical
specifications,
design
specifications,
functional
specifications,
erection
specifications, P&IDs, single line diagrams, wiring diagrams, functional and

control diagrams, equipment lists, line lists, electric load lists, I/O lists, interface
point lists, outline drawings, layout drawings, foundations and civil works
construction drawings, mechanical and electrical construction drawings, shop
drawings, as-built drawings, data sheets, calculation reports, test specifications,
test
reports,
quality
control
plans,
inspection
and
test
plans,
material
certificates, WPS, etc.

o
Issue of O&M manuals corresponding to the plant as a whole, to every major and
auxiliary equipment and systems in general, and to each piece of equipment in
particular.
Endorsement and acceptance of the technical specification for the execution of

soil
investigations
and
geotechnical
tests,
geophysical
geo-chemical
investigations and geological studies on the site, etc. issued by Owners Engineer
during offer evaluation phase.
o
Endorsement of the Geotechnical Report (i.e. Estudios de Mecnica de Suelos,

EMS, as per Peruvian law E.050) prepared by the Client issuing the Official
report stamped and signed by a Professional Responsible.
Execution of structural and geotechnical design (basic and detailed) of all steel
structures and all reinforced concrete structures included in the Contract
Acoustic design, noise and vibration control engineering and noise modeling of
the plant, in order to fulfil the near and far field noise limits given in present
document and to comply with local / national noise codes and regulations;
Hazardous area classification and design of all electrical installations and

equipments in such areas to fulfil the applicable Peruvian Standards (mainly
CDIGO NACIONAL DE ELECTRICIDA, seccin 110, Lugares Peligrosos.)
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
67
of
di
275
Stress Analysis in accordance with ASME B31.1 Codes (mandatory for gas
systems)
Calculations for all the fire protection systems and flow rates.
Electrical Power system studies (e.g. power flow studies, fault level studies,
dynamic studies, etc.)
Design and Safety reviews
Design of Site Facilities and preparation of detailed drawings of the set-up; the
Contractor must update the drawings of site facilities, every time they are
modified
Certificates, projects and any documents needed for legalizing the new power
plant.
Execution of instrumental investigations in field, aimed to identify the presence

of war devices in the areas affected by the works.
3.4
EXCLUSIONS FROM THE SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND SERVICES
The following services and / or equipment will not be a part of the scope of work:
Execution of soil investigations and geotechnical tests, geophysical geo-chemical

investigations and geological studies on the site, etc. needed to perform the design of
Unit 6 of the plant; Client will provide a reference geotechnical study for bid purpose
and the technical specification of the geotechnical campaign currently underway. During
offer evaluation Client will send a report with the preliminary results of the geotechnical
investigations to confirm the reference geotechnical study; before NTP, Client will send
the final geotechnical results for the civil works design.
Land acquisition for the site
Permitting Activities: any tax or fee necessary for permit application not directly
managed by Contractor;
For Environmental Activities: any environmental activities not related to Contractor

Scope of Work;
Refurbishment of buildings ;
Gas and liquid fuel for GT commissioning.
3.4.1
Gas Turbine Package (GTP)
Gas Turbine Package (GTP) includes:
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
68
of
di
275
Supply of n. 1 dual fuel simple cycle, DLE, aeroderivative Gas Turbine with stack,
relevant Electric Generator and all auxiliary systems + natural gas treatment and
compression station
Engineering documentation
Transportation to Site
Site Supervision to Erection, to Commissioning and to Start-up: GTP supplier is required

to provide, complete site supervision of Erection and Commissioning activities (not only
advisory). In particular GTP supplier is required to provide an adequate number of
specialists to perform directly on site start-up and tuning of GTP Control Systems and in
general Automation Systems, and to provide coordination of the related activities of
commissioning personnel provided by BOP Contractor
Performance Test Assistance
Supply of spare parts
Special tools.
GTP Bidders are also allowed to submit as option offers for an Heavy Duty GT and/or the bid
for single fuel GT.
The detailed scope of work related to GTP contract is stated in specific documents; in the
following, a summary overview of GTP scope of supply is given, in order to allow the BOP
Contractor a better understanding.
Gas turbine and generator, complete with all auxiliary systems:

o
GT & Generator lube oil system, including tank, pumps, coolers, filters,
instrumentation
GT Hydraulic oil system, including tank, pumps, coolers, accumulators, filters,

instrumentation
Blow-off
system
and
relevant
pneumatic
system,
including
2x100%
air
compressors, driers, valves, drainages

o
Air intake system
Exhaust gas duct
GT Fuel gas supply and control system, including 2x100% coalescing filters,
valves, one single vent stack, condensate tank, 2x100% final filters, all
necessary instrumentation
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
69
of
di
275
GT Fuel oil supply and control system (if Dual Fuel), including valves, 2x100%
Filters, 2x100% Pumps, Final Strainers, instrumentation
Fin Fan Cooler station and Closed Circuit Cooling Water system to serve GT &
generator train, including 3x50% fin fan air coolers, 2x100% pumps, chemical
injection skid and tanks, Drain tank, Expansion tank
Noise enclosures and Insulations for Gas Turbine, Generator, Fuel Gas Skid, Fuel
oil Skid, Diffuser, Lube & hydraulic oil skid and all for all auxiliary systems
needing them:
Each enclosure shall be complete with: Ventilation system (2x100%),
Normal and emergency lighting system, Socket system, Fire detection
and Fighting system (gas turbine, load gear, exhaust bearing, lube oil
and gas module enclosures),
GT and generator Automatic Fire Fighting System using CO 2 - total flooding - to

protect the GT enclosure, Generator Enclosure, lube and hydraulic oil skids and
the fuel gas- fuel oil related skids, complete with a fire detection and alarm
system for all the enclosure mentioned, local fire control panel, the CO 2 system
will be mainly composed by: piping, nozzles supports, gas bottles racks,
actuation and selector valves, enclosure for bottles, instruments
Chiller system for intake air to the GT, including:

o
2x100% refrigerators, closed circuit system for chilled water, 2x100% pumps,
chemical injection skid and tanks, drain tank, expansion tank, instrumentation.
Chilled water storage tank (max dimension 15 m diameter x 14 m height, 6

hours autonomy)
Instrument Air System with Nitrogen production System, including:

o
2x100%
air
compressors,
1x100%
instrument
air
receiver,
valves,
all
instrumentation, protective shelter

o
N2 Bottles plus with regulation and protection valves (if N 2 is needed for purging
needs of GT)
2x100% N2 redundant production system with 1x100% N2 receiver to be

provided for gas fuel compressor
Fuel Gas Filtering, Regulation and Metering station, including:

o
wet and dry filters, condensate tank, electrical heaters, N. 2x100% self actuated
pressure reducing valves, 1 dispersion tower for the safety valves and
purge/vent line discharges (shall be in common with gas compressor station and
also with GT supply).
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
70
of
di
275
Local fiscal metering station (flow computers), installed in a dedicated air

conditioned container.
Nitrogen reduction station for purging purposes.
Enclosure for regulation valves lines (with natural ventilation and n. 2 gas
leakage detectors).
Instrumentation. including valves, instruments, and accessories.
Fuel Gas Compressor driven by a MV motor, complete with all auxiliary systems
including:
o
Gas compressor lube oil system, embedded in compressor skid or on a dedicated

skid in same enclosure
Compressor
Inlet
temporary
filter,
condensate
tank,
Accumulation
Drum
downstream compressor, Gas coolers

o
Instrumentation
Fin fan coolers station to serve gas compressor train, all auxiliaries and outlet
gas cooler, including 3x50% fin fan air coolers.
Noise enclosures and Insulations for Treatment and metering station (including
all regulation valves), Fuel Gas Compressor skid, including outlet gas coolers all
other auxiliaries (i.e. instrument/service air, fin fan cooler etc.)
Each enclosure shall be complete with: Ventilation system (2x100%),
Normal and emergency lighting system, Socket system, Fire detection
and Fighting system
Gas compressor Automatic Fire Fighting System using CO2- total flooding - to
protect
each enclosure (i.e. compressor, lube oil, etc.), complete with a fire
detection and alarm system for all the enclosure mentioned, local fire control
panel, the CO2 system will be mainly composed by: piping, nozzles supports, gas
bottles racks, actuation and selector valves, enclosure for bottles, instruments
Gas turbine stack (height 18.29 m) of the steel self standing type, single skin, complete
with inlet duct, Gas silencer positioned inside the stack and thermal insulation on all
internal surface of the stack and inlet duct, service platforms and ladders (including
relevant support structure) positioned on the stack walkways with grating, stairs, hand
railing.
Gas Turbine and Generator Control, Monitoring and Protection System (GTCMPS)
common for GT and generator and for all the provided mechanical and electric
equipment (including auxiliary equipment of GT/generator set and the co-ordination of
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
71
of
di
275
the GT static starting system, of the static excitation system of the electric protection
devices)
Gas turbine and generator electrical equipment and systems

o
Generator Excitation system with slip rings housing complete with air-opencircuit ventilation.
Static Starter System, (SFC) complete with transformer and control unit
Generator protection panels.
Generator synchronization panel
Generator Voltage Regulator
Generator Metering and Transducer panel
Neutral grounding cubicle
Isolated Phase Bus Duct and its supports from the Generator to the Generator
Circuit Breaker (GCB).
Battery and UPS system for GT safe shutdown
All AC/DC drive motors and actuators required for the proper operation of new
machinery and auxiliary equipment included in the supply;
MCCs (Motor Control Centres) and LV switchboards, sub-distribution boards and

local control boards/boxes for the power supply of the electrical equipment and
systems included in the scope of supply. All electrical switchboards and panels
shall be installed in one dedicate I&C\Electrical Shelter.
Earthing connections up to connection points located on the main earth plate, for
all the equipment included in the supply
Control, monitoring and protection system (PLC) for Filtering, Regulation and Metering
station and for Gas Compressor;
Gas Compressor and Filtering, Regulation and Metering station Electrical equipment and
systems
o
MV drive motor of gas compressor.
All AC/DC drive motors and actuators required for the proper operation of new
machinery and auxiliary equipment included in the supply;
MCCs (Motor Control Centres) and LV switchboards, sub-distribution boards and

local control boards/boxes for the power supply of the electrical equipment and
systems included in the scope of supply.
All electrical switchboards and panels, PLC system cabinets and Fire fighting
control and detection system cabinets shall be installed in a dedicated air
conditioned I&C\Electrical container included in scope of supply
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
72
of
di
275
Earthing connections up to connection points located on the main earth plate, for
all the equipment included in the supply
Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS) to analyze flue gas from the stack,
including gas sampling system, gas sample conditioning system; the CEMS instruments
shall be installed in a dedicated container, included in scope of supply
Gas turbine stack Electrical equipment and systems

o
Aircraft Warning Light System (AWLS);
Lighting and Motive Power System (L&MPS);
Earthing and Lightning Protection System (E&LPS)
All interconnection piping, complete with relevant pipe rack and supports, valves and
line components, for all the utility and process fluids:
o
among GT & generator train, Gas Compressor and Filtering, Regulation and
Metering Station
among GT & generator train and all relevant auxiliary systems/skids
among Gas Compressor train and all relevant auxiliary systems/skids
among Filtering, Regulation and Metering Station and all relevant auxiliary
systems/skids
among components inside the various systems/skids.
All interconnection cables (I&C and power), cableways and supports among all
equipment included in the supply
o
Power
connections
of
all
AC/DC
motors
and
valves
to
relevant
MCC/switchboards/panels, directly or through dedicated JBs on edge of skids;

o
I&C connections of all the field instrumentation and solenoids to relevant control
system/PLC cabinets directly or through dedicated JBs on edge of skids
I&C connections of all MCC/switchboards/panels to relevant control system/PLC

cabinets
Baseplates, anchor bolts and foundation inserts for GT & generator train, Gas
Compressor train, Filtering, Regulation and Metering Station, GT stack and all related
auxiliaries and accessories.
3.5
OPTIONAL
The following services and / or equipment might be a part of the scope of work and shall be
quoted separately by the Contractor:
(J-01) Two-year-operation Tools and Spare Parts Supply for Main Equipment
(J-03) Extension of existing DCS System (price reduction)
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
73
of
di
275
(J-04) Integration of existing Emergency Diesel generator (price reduction). The reuse
of the existing emergency generator set will be considered with the single connection
between old EDG set and new plant. The existing EDG will be considered as a new
equipment that will be adapted for new unit.
(J-05) Remedial treatment or removal/replacement of any contaminated/unsuitable

strata of material. The Contractor shall also be responsible for disposing of any
contaminated land in compliance with the environmental and safety laws of Peru, and
incorporating measures to prevent the contamination of ground water, or water
courses, during the contract. The Contractor shall define a unit rate cost to
remove/dispose/replace the eventual contaminated material assuming a reference
volume of 600 m3 (it is intended that the total cost for the removal of the contaminated
material will be based on real quantities).
(J-06) Use of ENELs offices for BOP staff (price reduction)
(J-07) Liquid fuel existing pipes upgrading and integration (price reduction). New
interconnecting pipe of liquid fuel coming from the diesel B5 tanks has a common
routing (from area TG4, see photograph Attachment 4) with two old pipes that supplied
liquid fuel to the old fuel tanks in the area of TG6 to be demolished. Shall be quoted, as
an OPTIONAL the save of the reuse of one of this pipes, after test and upgrading
(cleaning and painting), instead of installing a new one.
(J-08) 15 m3 emergency underground containment (pit) for waste oil storage. The pit
shall be complete with a connection (with isolation manual valve) from the lube oil drain
forwarding pump discharge line. Emergency underground containment shall have
design 107C and material C.S.
J-09 Balance of water and electricity consumption for domestic use (not relevant the
execution of works). The option can be released also partially.
MALACAS (PERU)
4.
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
74
of
di
275
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND HOME OFFICE ORGANIZATION

Project execution shall be undertaken by a full-time dedicated project team led by the project
manager of the Contractor and based at the plant site, who will be the designated interface
towards Owner for any and all aspects related to the Works.
The aim of The Contractor team is not only of achieving the given contract targets for the
power station but also of making aware Owner of any constrain or information which should be
given to the other contractors responsible of the remaining lots. This flow of information
between Owner and Contractor is essential for assuring a smooth and homogeneous
development of the Project.
It is consequently compulsory that the communication stream between the parties be daily and
effective and that regular monthly meetings be held, chaired by Owner and involving any
affected party. Contractor and Owner will promptly call for any other meeting which should be
incumbent for clearing any important issue.
Within the Contractor organization regular weekly meetings shall be held with the complete
team attendance so that any interface information be spread within the various disciplines.
For what concerns to external contractors, a kick off meeting shall be held for any of them
after contract signature.
The team shall expedite documents submission according to the schedule foreseen by the
technical specification and will timely review and comment them.
Regular visits shall be held to any of the contractors facilities with particular attention to major
or critical suppliers, which will be selected since the beginning, with the purpose of assessing
the time schedule and quality plan respect.
Any potential cause of time schedule slippage which will be detected shall be immediately
mitigated through dedicated actions. For major suppliers, if required in case of major issues,
the Contractor should maintain the presence of a liaison engineer at supplier offices.
The key components of the project team will visit site regularly with monthly frequency and for
this reason it is advisable that the monthly meeting with Owner be held at site from a certain
date on.
Any received claim from contractors will be timely reviewed and managed in order to keep a
smooth progress of the works.
Key components of the project team are represented in the enclosed organization chart which
represents the minimum needed personnel. The Contractor is responsible to improve this team
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
75
of
di
275
with the needed number of specialists in order to cope with Project needs and in accordance to
its internal organization.
It shall be intended that anyone of the key components is assisted by several engineers which
are not represented in the chart.
A brief description of each component main tasks follows:
Project manager: For the power plant is responsible to coordinate the project team and
any project activity. Together with the project director he is taking care to liaise with
Owner by attending meetings, coordinating mail exchange, issuing regular monthly
reports and giving any requested information relevant to project progress. He keeps
relationships with the various suppliers and contractors and manages any project
activity in order to achieve the project targets and deadlines.
Quality Engineer: is responsible to verify that project requirements in terms of quality

are met during the manufacturing process in the various suppliers workshops. QE is
responsible to verify that suppliers perform the needed quality checks and collect the
relevant quality documentation shipping it to site on time. QE is responsible to organize
both quality and expediting inspections to suppliers premises in order to grant on time
shipments;
Project Controller: is responsible of cost control, budget adjustment and recast, issuing
project reports and measuring the accrued amounts. He coordinates also the Project
Planner;
Project Planner: is responsible to prepare and update the time schedule and of
distributing it to the various internal and external parties, monitoring it is respected and
measuring the progress of any activity;
Contract Administrator: is responsible to manage contracts, by checking suppliers

invoices consistency with contract and coordinating with administration department the
release of payments. CA is also responsible to check the correctness of subcontracts
process;
Procurement Coordinator: is responsible to liaise with the procurement department and

with the engineering department in order to assure the timely issuance of contracts.
Moreover PC shall control the manufacturing progress of equipment and materials in
coordination with the QE who arranges the workshops inspections and expediting;
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
76
of
di
275
Permit Engineer: supports Owner in getting needed authorizations from competent

authorities
by
coordinating
the
timely
delivery
of
the
needed
engineering
documentation;
Environmental, Health
and
Safety
Engineer:
is
responsible
to
assure
fulfilling
environmental, safety and health requirements during construction and commissioning

phases. He shall monitor and inspect all site activities in order to detect hazards and
safety violations and implement corrective actions;
Project Engineer: is
responsible to
coordinate the
various discipline engineers
(mechanical, electrical etc.) assuring a correct exchange of information. PE is the

technical interface with suppliers in case of multi-discipline issues and also shall
coordinate the exchange of technical documentation or clarification with colleagues at
site. PE shall verify the timely issuance of project drawings and documents in
accordance to the time schedule;
Discipline Engineer (process, mechanical, piping, etc.): is responsible of the correctness

and of the timely issuance of drawings and documents issued by its department and
shall
also
check
the
compliance of
supplier documentation with
the
contract
specification;
Site Manager: is responsible to coordinate any site activity granting their safe and
timely execution and the respect of any applicable law. SM assures the monthly
assessment of the works executed by the various contractors. SM is also responsible of
the communication with the project manager or with the other components of the
project team when needed;
Commissioning manager: is responsible to coordinate any commissioning activity

starting from the turn over of any system from the construction phase. He will
coordinate the timely and proper execution of any cold / hot commissioning up to start
up. Then he will be responsible for systems and plant tuning up to the completion of the
final plant tests.
The Contractor shall appoint all the professional role required by the Peruvian laws in order to
develop all the activities included in this Technical Specification.
As a Minimum the supplier shall appoint:
-
Designer (Proyectista): a qualified engineer registered in the Peruvian Colegio
that will sign all the documents to be submitted to the authority;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
77
of
di
275
Site Manager (Jefe de Obra / Residente de Obra): a qualified engineer registered
in the Peruvian Colegio;

-
H&S Manager (Jefe de Prevencion de riesgos en Obra) a qualified engineer
registered in the Peruvian Colegio;

-
Environmental Manager (Jefe Medioambental de Obra) a qualified engineer
registered in the Peruvian Colegio.
Typical Project Team
MALACAS (PERU)
5.
PERMITTING & ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES
5.1
PERMITTING ACTIVITIES
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
78
of
di
275
Scope of work will include all the permitting activities necessary to carry out and complete
successfully the erection and commissioning of Malacas TG6 Power Plant until the achievement
of the resolution for the commercial operation.
The basic installation permits are excluded from the scope of supply being developed directly
by the Owner. They mainly consist on the approval of the Environmental Certification
(Informe Tecnico Sustentatorio), the Plan de Monitoreo Arqueologico, the Plan de
Abandono, the Studio de Preoperatividad and the Autorizacin de Generacin.
The Contractor will be responsible to issue and manage the necessary documentation to obtain
all the other permits needed to Construction, Commissioning and start up activities and for the
execution of the Project. At least the permits / authorizations listed in the preliminary
Authorization Plan and Program (APP) presented in reference document [AUT.1] shall be
included in the scope of supply.
The documentation will be issued in Spanish language and it will be signed and stamped by
legally authorized Engineer (Ingeniero Colegiado) by the Colegio de Ingenieros del Per.
It is of the utmost importance that the Contractor states at the very beginning of his own
activities all the permits / authorizations / licences to be managed with the Authorities and, for
each of them, the list of the information needed (to be issued by Power Train Contractor) and
associated time schedule. This schedule shall be agreed between the Contractor and Owners
Engineer.
The Contractor shall highlight to Owners Engineer from the early beginning of the Project what
are the Peruvian codes, standards, laws and regulations that shall be applied.
The permitting activities shall be inclusive of management of the Peruvian Administrations
involved in the authorizations needed, including preliminary contacts and meetings (if
necessary) to acknowledge their expectations, permit request preparation and submittal,
permit follow-up and expedite, participation to technical meetings, etc
The Contractor shall be focused on the Project milestones detailed in the preliminary Project
Time Schedule see reference document [CPC.1]; in case of delay of the EPC Contract start
date, the whole Project Schedule will be postponed accordingly. The Contractor shall comment
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
79
of
di
275
/ implement the intermediate milestones to allow Owners Engineer to match the Project
targets (Site Erection Activities Start and Completion dates).
The preliminary Authorization Plan and Program, presented in reference document [AUT.1],
shall be continuously implemented and updated by the Contractor in order to include all the
necessary authorizations for the erection and commissioning of the various systems of the
plant; the Authorization Plan and Program shall be considered as indicative and not limited to.
For documents not listed in attached preliminary Authorization Plan and Program [AUT.1],
Contractor has both the responsibilities to issue and manage the documentation to obtain the
permits, if not otherwise specified.
The basic installation permits are listed for easy reference only, even if they will be managed
directly by the Owner (Endesa) and shall be therefore excluded from the Contractor scope.
The Contractor shall raise to OWNERS ENGINEER attention any permitting missing activity
necessary for the execution of the project; in any case all the permitting activities (even those
missing in the preliminary permitting plan) shall be considered included in the scope of supply
without extra-costs for OWNERS ENGINEER. The Contractor shall give its commitment to
accomplish the agreed project schedule before the order assignment.
Any permit necessary for and / or requested by the Peruvian Administration shall be managed
by the Contractor with the competent Authorities. Any subsequent necessary modification of
these permits will also be managed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall appoint a qualified Engineer, from his own organization, who will be the
coordinator with OWNERS ENGINEER. It will be care of the coordinator to collect information
from OWNERS ENGINEER to finalize the permits requests to the Authorities; The Contractor
will submit to OWNERS ENGINEER the design staff components list, including a short
curriculum vitae and qualifications of each one and specifying whether they will be involved full
time or part time in the project and the relevant role. OWNERS ENGINEER reserve the right to
approve or refuse any of the staff component even during project execution; the Contractor
shall provide, upon request of OWNERS ENGINEER, the replacement position in due time
avoiding disruption in quality and in the performances of the activities.
The Contractor shall assist OWNERS ENGINEER in the whole permitting process and is
responsible of the definition of minimum requirements to be included in all the different
permits required for the execution of the project; the Contractor will be responsible of the
completeness of the whole permitting process for the execution of the plant, in the sense that
the Contractor shall:
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
80
of
di
275
indicate, within the time limit required by the project schedule, all the permits necessary
for the execution of the project;
define in detail the index of all the various permit document packages;
define the documentation and the technical information to be provided for each permit to
the competent Authorities in accordance to the Peruvian law in order to satisfy the
authority requirement;
indicate to OWNERS ENGINEER in due time the detail engineering documentation

necessary to complete successfully the permitting process according to the overall General
Time Schedule presented at reference document [CPC.1];
issue all the design documentation, duly signed and stamped by qualified engineer
(Ingeniero Colegiado in Per), to be attached to each application permit;
collect and review the compliance with the laws / regulations, translate to Spanish (when
necessary) and assembly of all the detail engineering documentation to be attached to any
permit request;
ascertain the compliance of the design projects, with the certification of an independent
notified company;
assist OWNERS ENGINEER and Endesa Eepsa for the presentation to the competent
Authority of any permit requested by the Peruvian regulations;
update
technical
documentation
after
Authorities
comments,
based
on
revised
documentation provided by OWNERS ENGINEER;
expedite with the Authorities and follow-up the actual status of the all the permitting
process, issuing a permit status report every 2 weeks, up to final permit achievement;
Update in due time before the Commissioning Activities the Environmental Certification
(Informe Tecnico Sustentatorio - ITS);
To perform any mandatory activity to be performed for the conformity assessment of the
various installations (building and / or systems) according to the Peruvian Law, once they
have been completed (erected and precommissioned), before the puesta en servicio;
ask and manage any verification / certification activity by Third Party or Notified Body,
should this result necessary for the completeness of the legalization process according to
the Peruvian law, until the commercial operation of the plant.
MALACAS (PERU)
5.2
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
81
of
di
275
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES
The Contractor will be responsible for the correct management during the construction and
commissioning works, according to the local laws, regulations and constrains/prescriptions;
The Contractor shall implement a proper Environmental Management System according to ISO
14001 or Peruvian equivalent Norm in order to monitor the environmental issues during the
project development (design, construction, commissioning).
The Contractor shall issue all the documentation foreseen by Peruvian Law that will relevant to
a Main Contractor. The Contractor shall submit for approval the project environmental
management documentation, including at least:
-
the Project Environmental System Manual with the relevant applicable procedures;
the Environmental Management Plan;
the Environmental Waste Management;
the Surveillance Plan / Program;
the Environmental Organization Structure to be implemented during the project;
the Owner will perform the necessary audit actions during the works in order to check the
correct development of Supplier activities;
Minimum Requirements for the Surveillance Plan / Program.
The Surveillance Plan / Program shall include:

a) general description of the Project;
b) site organization chart with clear identification of the responsibility;
c) revision of Environmental Certification (Informe Tecnico Sustentatorio) (ITS), if exist;
d) description of the environmental monitoring operations / actions;
e) planning of the all surveillance action to be performed: diagram and calendar date
referred to site activities;
f) Elaboration of a resume plan relevant to mitigation / monitoring action to be performed
for each environmental issue.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
82
of
di
275
Minimum Requirements for the Environmental Management Plan

The Environmental Management Plan shall include:
-
general description of the Project;
site organization chart with clear identification of the responsibility;
Laws and Regulation;
detailed plan that explain how the Contractor and its subcontractors shall comply with the
all environmental obligations and environmental aspects (emission, waste, emission, etc)
during all the construction and commissioning / start up activities, particularly for waste
management items, with relevant procedure to be performed.
detailed mitigation aspects (e.g. noise, dust, emission, waste water, waste, etc) to be
performed during the construction and commissioning activities until the Commercial
Operation Date (COD).
5.2.1
Organization Chart
The Contractor shall define the Environmental organization chart; OWNERS ENGINEER /
Endesa reserve the right to approve or refuse any of the staff component even during project
execution; the Contractor shall provide, upon request of OWNERS ENGINEER, the replacement
position in due time avoiding disruption in quality and in the performances of the activities.
5.2.2
Training
The Contractor shall issue and implement for site workers a continuous training program on
the environmental aspects.
5.2.3
Communications
Any environmental incident or accident at work whatever its magnitude should be reported to
Owners Engineer and to Endesa within a period not exceeding 24 hours if it is not serious and
immediately if it is a serious event.
Once the Contractor has communicated the event, the Contractor shall investigate it and issue
a report on it. This report shall be forwarded to Owners Engineer and to Endesa.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
83
of
di
275
If necessary, the Contractor is obliged to provide all information requested and to cooperate
and participate in potential commissions of inquiry or requirements demanded by the
Environmental Authorities or ENDESA EEPSA.
5.2.4
Informes de seguimiento
The Contractor shall issue a monthly report informes de seguimiento that shall include at
least:
-
Organization chart of the Contractor and its subcontractors;
Main construction activities;
Environmental action, recommendation and authority obligation performed in the

relevant time frame;
Description of incident and accident;
Photos.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
6.
PROJECT SCHEDULE AND PHYSICAL PROGRESS MONITORING
6.1
GENERAL
84
of
di
275
In the project schedule, the Contractor shall consider that the Power Plant will be in
commercial operation in the shortest possible delivery time.
For detail general working plan, see document [CPC.1].
Detailed monitoring of the progress of the overall Project will be achieved by the use of critical
path planning and review techniques, and with Primavera Software tool or similar.
The Contractor shall plan in detail his section of the Project using the same technique.
The Work shall be broken down into sufficient detail to enable a correct logical sequence of
activities to be established.
The issue of drawings shall be covered in detail with appropriate check point to cover design
information interface event with others. The manufacturing work shall be broken down
sufficiently for the information supplied to service the overall Project program.
With the exception of procurement activities, activity durations shall not exceed four working
weeks. Activities shall cover all aspects for which the Contractor and his subcontractors are
responsible.
Following the initial submission the networks shall be analyzed monthly or at such intervals as
may be determined by the Owner.
A schedule tabulated in order of beginning event by end event, showing for each activity:
Brief description of activity and responsibility code;
Duration;
Early and late starting and finishing dates;
Total float.
This schedule is only required to be included in the initial submission. Further copies shall be
provided at the discretion of the Owner after any major changes in logic.
A schedule tabulated in order of increasing total float giving the information requested in a.
above.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
85
of
di
275
A schedule tabulated in order of early start date by total float for a period of twelve weeks
starting at the up-date date.
The above analysis shall take account of the latest available information and any agreed
revision to logic shall be included.
Progress reports shall be produced by the Contractor and submitted to the Owner's
Representative and the Owner each month from the commencement of the Contract. They
shall be submitted no later than seven days after the report cut-off date. The reports which
shall be based on a critical path analysis of the Contract Schedule and include progress
statements against milestones and
trend
information shall
be
provided
to
suit
the
requirements of the Owner's Representative.

Forecast dates against key events and associated intermediate dates shall be given and the
basis upon which the forecast date is derived. Where slippage has been reported, the cause
must be clearly indicated together with the details of corrective action being taken. Critical
path analysis activity listings in at least activity number order and ascending total float order
should accompany each report. Each report shall carry a statement confirming the Contract
completion date shall be met.
Site progress reports shall include a schedule of resources employed including site labor. They
shall also include a schedule of work or plant to be erected during the following 3 months,
suitably annotated to show plant already delivered to site and held in store against erection
requirements. The Owner's Representative may call for additional reports when in his opinion
they are warranted. Labor disputes shall be reported to the Owner's Representative
immediately they occur.
Progress "S" curves are to be established and agreed with the Engineer and should be based
on the Contract Program. They shall be updated and included in each monthly progress report.
Progress reports shall include such schedules, charts and drawings as the Owner's
Representative considers necessary to adequately monitor the Contract.
The monthly progress reports shall be submitted as agreed to by the Owner and shall cover:
Scope of Work;
Execution Plan;
Key Event Completion Report;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
86
of
di
275
Schedule Update;
Progress S curve Early and Late (Overall, Engineering, Procurement, Manufacturing,

Construction and Commissioning);
Areas of Concern;
Payments and Certificates.
Color photographs with date shall be provided in each progress report to show the
progress of the major elements of manufacture, construction and erection.
All programs and progress reports shall be in a form approved by the Owner.
6.2
PROJECT CONTROL
Progress meetings
Monthly progress meetings shall be held to review and discuss the Contractor's progress
reports and any other relevant topics. These meetings shall take place as soon as possible
after the submission of the monthly report. Ad hoc meetings with the Contractor shall be held
when deemed necessary by the Owner's Representative to monitor or review technical or
commercial issues. All meetings shall be held at locations as deemed appropriate by the
Owner's Representative.
Site progress meetings shall be held weekly with the Contractor to review all aspects of
construction including planning, co-ordination, safety and resourcing.
Contractor shall elaborate Minute of Meetings for all progress meetings, for Owners approval.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

7.
ENGINEERING SERVICES
7.1
SCOPE OF THE SERVICES AND ORGANIZATION
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
87
of
di
275
The Contractor shall carry out every engineering activity detailed in this section and in the
sections corresponding to the mechanical, electrical, and control equipment, civil works,
erection, testing, commissioning and start-up, and every engineering activity necessary for the
execution and start-up of the works of the Plant.
In general, the engineering activities shall include, but not be limited to:
Preparation and compliance with the planning and scheduling of every work, control of
the follow-up of approved schedules, as well as issuance of periodical progress reports
as specified in this specification;
Execution of the basic and detailed design of the mechanical, electrical, and control
systems
and
equipment for
the
Plant, in
coordination with
the
engineering
corresponding to the equipment and performed by the corresponding manufacturers.

Design development shall include every activity necessary to define, to their full
extension, the equipment and material characteristics and the requirements regarding
civil works in general as well as equipment;
Performing of the technical and optimization studies required for the definition of
mechanical, electrical and control systems, equipment, and installations;
Drawings and calculation sheets;
Basic and detail engineering of all civil works required for the construction of the plant
(including foundations of equipment supplied by the GTP supplier, e.g.: gas turbine
foundation, generator foundation, compressor, chimney stack, etc.).
Basic and detailed engineering regarding the buildings architectural finishing;
Any other complementary basic study deemed necessary to complete the input data
and design activity for temporary works (if necessary);
Execution of any complementary basic studies, as for instance geotechnical and

geological reports, geotechnical and geophysical in situ and laboratory tests, etc.
needed to perform the design of Unit 6 (see section 11.2.3);
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
88
of
di
275
Based on the information from the manufacturers, the Contractor shall prepare the
erection instructions of all the equipment and the coordination and supervision of
erection verifications as well;
Preparation
of
testing
specifications,
tests
procedures
and
its
corresponding
coordination and supervision applied to the equipments and electro-mechanical

systems commissioning, start-up and guarantee tests;
Preparation, based on the information from the manufacturers, of the equipment and
electro-mechanical system operation and maintenance manuals and spare parts
catalogues;
Turn-over package of all equipment or system part of the scope of supply, including
documents related to erection, start-up and commissioning works;
As-built drawings, including those as-built drawing with red mark to be issued to the
Owner immediately after finishing the warranty test;
Control of every drawing and other technical document sent by the Contractor to the
Owner in order to verify that their contents meets the specifications and procedures.
Drawings and documents shall be in sets that allow a complete analysis.
7.2
DESIGN ENGINEERING SERVICES
7.2.1
Studies to be performed by the Contractor
a) Studies
The Contractor shall carry out the studies to define the works, system, equipment, and
material characteristics, as well as their arrangement and functionality.
b) Basic Design Report

During the first stage of the engineering, the Contractor shall prepare a basic design report
and submit it to the Owners comments.
This shall be a technical document presenting the Contractors analysis results regarding the
basic project and general studies carried out during this stage, together with the corresponding
conclusions.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
89
of
di
275
The report contents shall allow the Owner to verify that every basic technical aspect of the
civil, structure, electrical, and mechanical projects have been correctly understood and that the
Contractor shall be able to develop a complete, safe, and well-founded final design. The report
shall contain every necessary plan and description.
In this stage, particularly, studies on civil, electrical, mechanical, and control specialties that
define the project general characteristics shall be included.
The report conclusions shall include:
The final proposal regarding every work and equipment main parameter;
The modification proposal regarding the technical characteristics guaranteed in the

tender that were optimized in the studies;
The works, equipment, and basic auxiliary system physical arrangement.
The report approval shall start the detailed design stages.
Once the project has been completed, the Report shall be updated and complemented by the
Contractor, and he shall deliver it to the Owner as the Contract Technical Report.
7.2.2
Designs to be carried out by the Contractor
The design shall include all activities necessary to fully define the physical and operation
implementation of the works, equipment, and materials, as well as the technical aspects of the
Plant.
Design work shall include the following:
The works basic and detailed design;
Preparation and drawing of the works and equipment arrangement detailed drawings
at the Plant, that shall include plants at different elevations, as well as every
longitudinal and cross section necessary to accurately define the position of every
structure, equipment, and electro-mechanical system;
As a part of the civil works basic and detailed design, the Contractor shall deliver the
drawings, erection instructions, and material listings of every element embedded in
concrete; the foundation shapes; concrete recesses, weight and support for the
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
90
of
di
275
equipment erection; the hatch, trough, wall and slab bushings, and every piece of
information necessary to complete the plant civil works design.
Drawings shall provide details on the second and following stages of the equipment
embedded part concreting.
Preparation of the arrangement, detail, flow diagram, logic diagram, single line
diagram, wiring, and channeling drawings for every set of equipment and electromechanical system, and their permanent updating;
Matching of systems or set of equipments general drawings with the drawings
corresponding to each piece of equipment to be prepared by the corresponding
manufacturer shall be guaranteed;
Every drawing and the corresponding technical backup documents shall allow
complete and accurate definition of the following installations:
Generation and transformation;
Electrical, control, protection, measuring, and automation;
Auxiliary services;
Civil works;
Steel structures;
Architectural finishing.
Preparation of the calculation reports;
SW Integration of GT control systems, Compressor control systems, CEMS into DCS;
Determination and specification of the entire material and equipment necessary to

complete the works;
Execution of the general and detailed drawings modifications, so that every drawings
and technical document will always be a harmonic and updated whole;
Complete list of drawings, periodically updated, indicating the situation regarding the
scheduled and actual delivery date, the Owner's approval, and reviews;
Preparation and updating of full lists of the material and equipment main
characteristics, such as:
MALACAS (PERU)
Piping;
Valves;
Thermal insulation;
Pumps;
Electric motors;
Instruments;
Local and remote control equipment;
Alarms;
Cables;
Painting;
Special tools;
Lubricants;
Chemical products required for the plant operation.
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
91
of
di
275
Noise impact study with noise modeling
All documentation shall be send to the Owners Engineer for revision and comments. This
revision does not relieve the Contractor of its responsibilities.
7.3
ERECTION ENGINEERING SERVICES
The Contractor shall provide the following assembly engineering for steel structures,
equipment, and material structures:
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owners approval the detailed erection
instructions for the structures, equipment, and elements to be assembled. Instructions
shall contain those of the manufacturer and those prepared by the Contractor; they
shall include erection methods, erection sequence diagrams, and special indications for
the handling of major components, adjustment tolerance for sets and sub-sets,
characteristics of the instruments to be used during the erection, controls to be
performed during the different erection stages, control protocol forms, etc.;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
92
of
di
275
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owners approval the resume of the onsite head of works and of the entire supervising and skilled personnel who shall
participate in the work and the corresponding controls;
The Contractor shall propose and get the Owners approval regarding the necessary
actions to be taken to correct defects, design or manufacturing errors, or omissions
detected during the erection, and shall complement and correct the corresponding
drawings;
The Contractor shall specify the conditions for on-site technical activities and supervise
their compliance.
7.4
QUANTITY MONITORING AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Equipment, systems and material provided by GTP Supplier will be erected by Contractor on
the basis of the detailed design, material and equipment provided by GTP Supplier. Therefore
bulk material management included both in Contractor and GTP Supplier scope results to be a
strategic and critical activity that shall be carefully managed by Contractor, on the basis of
Material Take Off provided during detail design development by Contractor itself and by GTP
Supplier, every one for its scope.
Here below main concept of quantity monitoring and material management to be applied by
Contractor are described. Detail about these issues shall be defined after contract award.
Erection quantity monitoring (driver approach)

Drivers quantity identified for each of the involved disciplines are here below listed. These
values shall be update tentative every two months by Contractor on the basis of the
development of detailed design activities so to check for significant deviations from the
quantities defined at the beginning of the project in order to monitor and foresee possible
impact on the times and costs of the prefabrication / erection works.
The drivers quantities identified for the SCGT project are:
A)
Civil
Steel structures
B)
[kg]
Piping
Pipes
[kg]
MALACAS (PERU)
Supports
[kg]
Insulation
[m]
Painting
C)
D)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
93
of
di
275
[m]
Electrical
Cable trays
[m]
Cables
[m]
LV & MV Cubicles
[no.]
Instrumentation and Control

Hook ups
[no.]
Secondary connections (Pneumatic / electrical) [no.]

Junction Boxes
[no.]
Instruments to be erected
[no.]
Control Cubicles
[no.]
Cables
[m]
Feasibility curves
The availability of drawings and related materials on site will be monitored through the
feasibility curves for the drivers quantity such as for example:
-
steel structures;
piping;
supports;
cable trays;
cables;
electrical equipment.
Starting from the quantities defined during the Basic Design by Contractor and GTP Supplier
and according to the expected erection schedule defined in accordance with the overall project
time schedule, feasibility curves will be produced by Contractor at the start up of the project
for each driver on the basis of information provided by Contractor.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
94
of
di
275
Feasibility curves provide the indication of the actual bulk material quantities that can be
fabricated or erected at a certain stage of the project based on the availability of material at
construction site, related Issued For Construction drawings and expected delivery dates from
inspection and expediting activities.
During the project development the feasibility curves should be monthly (fortnightly during
peak periods of activity) updated in order to early identify any potential delay in design /
procurement / material availability and erection activities, so to timely define the necessary
recovery actions.
Contractor shall have available on time all data required to perform the feasibility analysis (Bill
of Materials for each construction drawings, purchase order quantities and expected delivery
dates, packing lists, etc).
Progress curves
The determination of physical progress of activities performed on site by implementing the
system which will be prepared for the calculation of physical progress and the drawing up of
progress curves.
For each Installation following issues shall be monitored:
final balance amount;
worked hours;
quantities at completion;
start and end dates, of monitored activities, deriving from the Site Operational Plan.
7.5
TESTING AND START-UP PROCESS SERVICES
The Contractor shall specify, schedule, and coordinate the activities corresponding to the
commissioning tests of the Plant (see point 14.4).
These services are the following, but are not limited to:
Prepare and submit to Owners comments the testing methods, the definition of
parameters to be controlled during the tests, the tolerances of values to be controlled, the
corresponding test reports forms, etc.;
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
95
of
di
275
Prepare and submit to Owners comments, together with the general testing schedule, a
complete and detailed listing of the equipment, standard instruments, special instruments,
devices, and elements required to efficiently carry out the tests;
Carry out the tests and verifications activities according to the general testing schedule;
Carry
out,
with
Owners
comments,
the
actions
necessary
to
correct
design,
manufacturing, erection, gage, and adjustment defects and errors detected during the
tests an verification activities;
Prepare and submit to Owners comments the reports and protocols corresponding to the
tests performed in each and every piece of equipment and installation;
Noise tests inside and outside the Power Plant
Emissions guarantees test with natural gas and Fuel oil.
Commissioning and start-up of the whole plant is defined as all activities made to take the
plant from end of erection to commercial operation of all equipment and systems, performance
and reliability verification, and checks that characteristic of plant are as required by the
Peruvian Energy Authorities (COES).
Commissioning and start-up will be carried out under overall management of the Contractors
commissioning and start-up team and according to the Projects schedule.
During the commissioning and start-up the Owners operation crew shall be fully integrated in
the organization.
The commissioning and start-up work shall be witnessed by the Owner.
The commissioning and star-up work shall be carried out on each equipment or system only
once finished their respective construction and erection activities. For this purpose, the
Contractor shall prepare the Turn Over Package from the Erection team to the Commissioning
team.
The Contractor shall follow all regulations established by the Dispatching Authorities during the
Completion tests (see point 14.4.4) or any other tests that involve any interconnection with
the HV grid or change in the load flow to the HV grid.
The Contractor shall include as part of the scope of supply all commissioning documents(see
point 14.3) and submitted it to the Owners comments.
The Commissioning documents shall include, but are not limited to:
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
96
of
di
275
All the specifications, procedures, recommendations, and regulations to be used to

carry out the commissioning and start-up work, making sure that all of them satisfy
pertinent Dispatching Authorities requirements and / or Peruvian Regulations;
A detailed step by step schedule for each equipment and system;
An organization chart of the Commissioning and Start-up team.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a monthly / weekly / daily tests schedule as needed
by the Owner.
7.6
OTHER SERVICES
7.6.1
Operation and maintenance instructions manuals
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owners comments the operation and maintenance
instructions corresponding to the equipment and systems in general, and to each piece of
equipment in particular.
The operation and maintenance Manuals shall include the plant as a whole and every major
and auxiliary piece of equipment.
The operation and maintenance Manuals shall be in Spanish language
Instructions shall include the schemes and drawings required for the disassembly, reassembly, repair, and
maintenance of
the
equipment and
parts, and
shall indicate
adjustments, tolerances, etc.

Operation instructions shall provide details on every start, operation, and stop normal
procedure, as well as emergency procedures and recommendations to follow during long
stoppages, and refer to the plant and its systems, sub-systems, and equipment.
Instructions shall be delivered in manuals with hard and tables of contents.
Operation and maintenance instructions shall include spare part catalogues for the entire
equipment supplied, which allow defining and purchasing spare parts during the plant
operation.
Spare part catalogues shall clearly indicate each piece of equipment and its manufacturer, and
the latter postal address.
MALACAS (PERU)
7.6.2
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
97
of
di
275
Plant test protocols and certificates
As soon as warranty tests are finished but before the turn over of the Power Plant to the
Owner the Contractor shall gather and deliver to the Owner a complete test report and
certificates carried out in accordance with the Contract.
7.6.3
The Owners personnel training
The Contractor shall provide the corresponding training for the Owners personnel. Training
may take place at the Contractors offices or plants, at those of the Contractors, on site, or at
the Owners offices. Training shall enable the personnel to correctly operate and maintain the
equipment.
During the project execution, the Owner may add other subjects also related to the plant
equipment in order to provide supplementary training.
7.7
OWNERS INSPECTION OF THE CONTRACTORS ENGINEERING SERVICES
Client and their nominated Representative reserve the right to verify the implementation of the
Quality Management Systems by Contractors Engineering Services through proper forms of
inspections or audits on the QMS.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
8.
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
98
275
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION
This chapter deals with technical requirements, detailed design and supply of all mechanical
equipment and systems required for construction and operation of a new complete single cycle
power plant. Main equipment are excluded from the scope of work covered by this
specification, as detailed in the following paragraph. All the detailed technical information will
be provided by Customer in a later stage: Contractor is in charge to provide full list of technical
information required to develop its own engineering activities.
Standards and codes to be applied and fulfilled are those specified in Section 20.
8.1
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
It is being understood that the scope of supply includes everything necessary for the
construction and operation of a new and complete single cycle power plant, with the exclusion
of what is under GTP scope, mainly:
GT and related auxiliaries (lube oil system, fin fan cooler, etc);
GT Generator;
Natural Gas compressor(s);
Natural Gas treatment system;
Instrument Air compressors;
Stack;
Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS).
For the above listed equipments it is anyway required Erection and Commissioning activities,
under the supervision of the Supplier of these items.
Here below key mechanical items, equipment and systems that are in the Scope of Supply are
listed:
Interconnecting natural gas system;
Interconnecting liquid fuel diesel oil system, including one 200 m and one 5 m liquid
fuel tanks;
Demineralized water distribution system;
Fire fighting system and interconnection with existing system;
Instrument air distribution system to BOP users (instrument air production systems is
out of the
scope)
andIngegneria
interconnection
with
existing system;
Questo documento
propriet
di Enel
e Ricerca Spa.
E severamente
proibito riprodurre anche in parte il documento o
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
99
of
di
275
Service air distribution system and interconnection with existing system;
Industrial water system and interconnection with existing system;
Interconnecting potable water system;
Drains;
Condensate water recovery system;
All necessary oily water forwarding pumps and interconnecting piping to existing oily
water sewage or oil/water separator;
Ventilation and air conditioning system (HVAC).
The detailed description of above listed mechanical equipment and systems is performed in the
following paragraphs.
The supply shall include also, for the equipment included in the scope of supply, the following:
Commissioning and start up spare parts;
Spare parts;
Special tools;
Tests at workshops and at site;
Maintenance equipment: cranes, hoists, special trolleys, etc.;
Engineering documentation.
Certification of supplied equipment proving law and standards fulfillment and suitable for local
Authorities permits release.
No prototypes are allowed. Everything in the scope of supply shall have a proven successful
operation in similar service / duty for at least 5 years.
Anti sparking materials shall be used where necessary according to the hazardous area
classification.
8.2
FUEL GAS SYSTEM
8.2.1
Scope of work
The scope of work includes the distribution system of fuel gas composed by:
- interconnecting piping between the existing gas pipeline to the connection with gas
treatment system;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
100
of
di
275
- tie-in on the existing gas pipeline;

- valves, line components and instrumentation as required.
See also reference document [M.8].

Gas system shall be compliant as a minimum to Local Laws and Gas Dispatcher Regulations.
The system shall be designed in such a way to avoid any gas vent.
8.2.2
General Requirements
See reference document [G.7].
Piping, valves and line components shall be in ASTM A 333 Gr 6 seamless (or equivalent).
The main pipeline and relevant valves or line components shall be DN150. Interface
characteristics are the following:
-
Design pressure, 20.7 barg
Existing pipeline size 8
This size shall be verified and confirmed on site on both sides. For gas treatment station side
any reduction fitting shall be provided to adapt to the battery limit size.
Tie-in connection for fuel gas supply will be located near the existing TG4 unit.
Included in the scope of supply the removal of existing piping from the tie-in point up to
connection with new equipment (GTP supply), approx. total length 260 m, and removal of
existing separator of the old MHI GTs. The existing routing of the pipe includes a part installed
in trench (110 m), then a part on pipe rack (115 m) and a final part underground (buried).
New pipe shall reuse the existing trench and existing pipe rack, if permitted by local rules and
laws in force. BOP Contractor shall verify, according local rules and laws in force, if
security/restricted areas are necessary: in this case, the piping layout shall be modified
accordingly.
8.3
LIQUID FUEL SYSTEM
8.3.1
Scope of work
The scope of work includes the distribution system of liquid fuel, composed by:
Connection to the existing 6000 m3 liquid fuel tanks;
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
101
of
di
275
2x100% forwarding pumps and filtration systems from the 6000 m existing liquid fuel
3
tanks to the 200 m GT daily tank (in option for dual fuel GT) and the emergency liquid
fuel storage tank;
3
5 m emergency liquid fuel storage tank;
All equipment required for feeding the emergency diesel by means of liquid fuel;
200 m GT daily liquid fuel tank;
1x100% forwarding pump from the 200 m GT daily tank to the existing 6000 m liquid
fuel
tanks,
including
interconnecting
piping,
valves,
line
components
and
instrumentation;
2x100% forwarding pumps from the 200 m GT daily tank to the GT, including manual
insulation valve at battery limit with GT;
Valves, line components and instrumentation as required;
Interconnecting piping, valves, line components and instrumentation as required.
8.3.2
Pipelines and relevant accessories sizing shall be performed in accordance to the following
criteria:
Pump suction lines

Nominal Diameter
[mm]
Maximum allowable
fluid velocity
[m/s]
25 - 50
0.7
Higher than 50
1.0
Pump discharge lines

Nominal Diameter
[mm]
Maximum allowable
fluid velocity
[m/s]
15 - 50
1.5
80 150
2.0
Higher than 150
2.5
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
102
of
di
275
The 200 m GT daily tank shall be filled (or emptied) within 8 hours, starting from the tank
completely empty (or filled). In case the GT daily tank is not present, the Emergency Diesel
tank shall be filled (or emptied) within 2 hours.
3
Each of the forwarding pumps from the 200 m GT daily tank to the GT and relevant suction
and discharge lines shall be sized for feeding the GT operating at full load and shall have the
following characteristics:
3
Design capacity: 15 m /h;
Pressure at battery limit with GT: 3-5 barg;
Diameter at battery limit with GT: 2;
Continuous recirculation flow line provided with self actuated control valve sized for
pump design capacity;
Pressure safety valve downstream of each pump;
At least 2 bladders.
Piping, valves and line components shall be in ASTM A 106 Gr B or API 5L (or equivalent), up
to the filters.
Tanks, piping, valves, impeller of pumps and line components after the filters shall be made in
stainless steel AISI 316L (or equivalent).
All the liquid fuel drains and vents shall be collected in a proper basin and from there
discharged to existing oily water sewage or oil/water separator by means of all the necessary
oily water forwarding pumps. Refer to par. 8.10.
8.4
DEMINERALIZED WATER SYSTEM
8.4.1
Scope of work
The scope of work includes the distribution system of demineralized water, composed by:
3
Connection to the existing 6180 m demineralized water tank;
2x100% forwarding pumps;
Interconnecting piping from forwarding pumps to closed cycle cooling water;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
103
of
di
275
Interconnecting piping from forwarding pumps to GT compressor washing skid, provided

with a quick coupling for hose connection;
Flexible hose for connection to the GT compressor washing skid;
Interconnecting piping from forwarding pumps to the GT chiller system tank (in option);
Valves, line components and instrumentation as required;
8.4.2
criteria:
Pump suction lines

Nominal Diameter
[mm]
--
Maximum allowable
fluid velocity
[m/s]
1.5
Pump discharge lines

Nominal Diameter
[mm]
Maximum allowable
fluid velocity
[m/s]
15 50
1.5
65 150
2.0
Higher than 150
2.5
The demineralized forwarding pumps and relevant suction and discharge lines shall be sized for
3
10 m /h.
The interconnecting line for CCCW system make-up shall be DN50.
Piping, valves and line components shall be in stainless steel AISI 316L (or equivalent). In
case of underground piping GRP is preferred (or equivalent).
MALACAS (PERU)
8.5
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
104
of
di
275
FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
8.5.1
Scope of work
The scope of work for the Fire Fighting Installation comprises the complete system design and
all related piping and equipment within the limits defined herein. It is not the intent to specify
all details of design and construction, however, the system described herein shall be construed
as the minimum requirements for the system. The final system design shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
The scope of supply includes all related piping, valves and operators, hangers and supports
including secondary steel, instrumentation and controls, miscellaneous equipment and piping
specialties.
All equipment shall be UL listed and FM approved.
Major equipment shall be as specified herein and shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
Foam extinguish fire system for diesel storage tank of 200 m (the existing firefighting foam tank could reused as spare in case its mechanical conditions are
evaluated suitable);
CO2 extinguish fire system for Diesel generator container;
A high velocity water spray deluge system for diesel generator fuel tank (if
outdoor);
Extension of the existing fire hydrant / water spray ring main system complete
with pillar hydrants complete with hose boxes. The maximum distance between
two pillar hydrants will be in accordance to local code. If local code is missing,
pillar hydrant spacing in main plant will be a maximum of 90 m according to
NFPA 850 so two hose streams can be directed to any single outbreak of fire.
The fire water main loop will be sub-divided by shut off valves in sections
allowing to have not more than five hydrants and users out of service, so that in
the event of a failure for a section, the water supply to the other sections of the
main loop is ensured. The network will be buried and will be so that, if a
breaking point comes out, the entire network (excluding the insulated part)
remains operational. The pumps for water main loop system shall be quoted as
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
105
of
di
275
option (refer to par. 3.5). The main fire water pump and fire main loop will be
sized to supply the maximum fire water demand at a maximum velocity of 3
m/s;
A fire hose reel system (with relevant cabinets) for general protection within the
plant and inside the buildings. Fire hose reels must have hose length 30 m and
will be placed at a maximum distance according to local code but not more than
30 meters each others;
Portable and wheeled fire extinguishers (powder and CO 2) to be located

throughout the plant;
A fire alarm system comprising the main fire alarm panel and all contacts and
cabling between the main fire alarm panel, to be located in the control room and
the various protection, detection and alarm systems located throughout the
plant which shall include the gas turbine detection / alarm system terminal
block; the system shall be completed with manual call points and sirens /
strobes installed everywhere inside the protected plant;
Fire detection, alarm and extinguishing system for Electrical, I&C and switchgear
rooms (including false floor if present) with clean gas portable systems (clean
agent bottles, halon free);
In tunnels and subterranean areas with electrical cables detectors of suitable

type shall be supplied;
Bidder can re-use an existing monitor, located in the TG6 area, as additional
component in case its mechanical conditions are evaluated suitable.
The Contractor shall provide all calculations for all the fire protection systems and flow rates
shall be proved by Site tests if required by the Client.
The Works shall be designed to ensure satisfactory operation in which continuity of service is
the first consideration and to facilitate inspection, cleaning and repairs. All equipment supplied
shall also be designed to ensure satisfactory operation under the reference ambient conditions
specified in this Technical Specification, and under such sudden variations of load and pressure
as may be met with under working conditions.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
106
of
di
275
The design shall embody all the established technologies to minimize deterioration throughout
the working life.
The Contractor shall provide evidence that the equipment offered embodies well established
and proven design practices appropriate to the intended purpose of the equipment as specified
in this Specification. The need for routine maintenance shall be minimized and to this end the
design shall provide easy access to all parts requiring inspection and maintenance.
Generally in the design of the plant buildings, materials shall be fire resistant and structures
shall be protected against fire in accordance with the appropriate regulations and codes,
including local codes and regulations. The layout of equipment shall be spaced in accordance
with these codes and standards. Pipework and cabling is to be segregated and protected from
physical damage.
Fire brigade access and escape routes and fire barriers are to be arranged to mitigate against
the spread of flame.
8.5.2
System / component descriptions
8.5.2.1
AUTOMATIC HIGH VELOCITY WATER SPRAY SYSTEMS
Automatic high velocity water spray systems shall be provided for the protection of emergency
diesel engine tank, as minimum.
The systems shall comply with requirements of NFPA 15. The rate of application of water spray
2
shall be not less than 10.2 liters/min/m .
Automatic high velocity water spray deluge installations shall be provided with a UL-FM deluge
valve complete with two section valves upstream and downstream the deluge valve itself. This
deluge valve when closed shall shut off all water supplies to the installation. The deluge valve
shall be equipped with double solenoid valve (if with electric opening system) and the two
sectioning valves shall be fitted with a pair of limit switches designed to indicate when the
valve is in the fully closed or fully open position. The water spray deluge installations shall
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
107
of
di
275
operate automatically and shall be provided with a bypass valve to allow for manual operation
of the installation. The deluge control valves shall be complete with all fixtures and fittings
necessary for test, instrumentation and operation which shall include at least one pressure
switch with one pair of normally open / normally close contacts which when activated will
transmit a 'system activated' alarm to the fire alarm panel.
All pipes downstream the deluge valve up to the open nozzles must be in painted galvanized
steel.
8.5.2.2
FOAM ESTIGUISH SYSTEM
One fire fighting protection system for the tank based on the Peruvian Laws / Regulations, and
NFPA standards, the most restrictive of them. The system will be based on foam injection,
monitors and cooling sprinklers, according to the reference design documents.
8.5.2.3
HOSE REEL SYSTEMS
The main plant buildings shall be provided with a hose reel system complying with FM
requirements.
The system shall comprise of a number of hose reels connected to the site fire hydrant ring
main. The hose reels shall consist of a 30 meter length of double braided rubber, non
collapsible hose mounted on reel drums which shall be of the swinging arm type.
Each hose reel shall be equipped with gun metal adjustable jet / spray nozzles which shall be
permanently connected to the water supply and shall be provided with a normally closed
isolating valve.
Fire hose reels will be placed at a maximum distance according to local code but not more than
30 meters each others.
8.5.2.4
SITE FIRE MAIN
The plant areas shall be provided with a buried fire main of not less than 200 mm nominal
diameter which shall be complete in all respects. All piping valves, hydrants, hose cabinets and
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
108
of
di
275
associated equipment needed to provide a ring main system, which shall include sufficient
section isolating valves for maintenance purposes, shall be supplied. The fire water main loop
will be sub-divided by shut off valves in sections allowing to have not more than five hydrants
and users out of service, so that in the event of a failure for a section, the water supply to the
other sections of the main loop is ensured. The network will be buried and will be so that, if a
breaking point comes out, the entire network (excluding the insulated part) remains
operational.
Fire main loop will be sized to supply the maximum fire water demand at a
maximum velocity of 3 m/s.
The buried pipework and fittings shall be in HDPE material unless otherwise approved. Above
ground piping and fittings shall, unless otherwise approved, be in painted carbon steel.
The maximum distance between two pillar hydrants will be in accordance to local code. If local
code is missing, pillar hydrant spacing in main plant will be a maximum of 90 m according to
NFPA 850 par 4-4.1.1 so two hose streams can be directed to any single outbreak of fire Each
hydrant location shall be provided with a weatherproof cabinet of steel construction complete
with break glass locks.
Each cabinet shall contain the following equipment:
-
n. 1
hydrant turnkey and bar;
n. 1
hose standpipe with instantaneous outlet connections (where needed);
n. 2
30 m lengths of best quality light synthetic fiber imperviously jacketed hose with
light alloy instantaneous couplings;

-
n. 2
hose branch pipes with gun metal adjustable jet / spray nozzles.
The general design of the fire main shall be to NFPA 14 to give a Class I standard, however the
hydrant fittings shall be in accordance with the FM requirement. The pillar hydrants (FM
approved type) shall be fitted with cast iron caps with blind ends, the caps being attached to
the valves by a substantial chain.
MALACAS (PERU)
8.5.2.5
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
109
of
di
275
PORTABLE / WHEELED EXTINGUISHERS
Portable and mobile extinguisher units shall be provided for immediate use by operators upon
fire occurrence. Portable extinguishers would be installed near each areas or in buildings.
Portable extinguishers will be installed in process plant in compliance with NFPA 10.
Each portable extinguishers located outside shall be provided with a cover sheet suitable for
direct sunshine.
The following portable / wheeled equipment shall be provided:
Dry Chemical Powder Fire Extinguishers, will be distributed throughout the plant and
buildings so where there are flammable products;
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Fire Extinguishers, will be located where electrical fires are
expected;
Wheeled Dry Chemical Powder Extinguishers, capacity about but not less than 50 kg
Extinguishing agent, will be located close to oil filled transformers (if necessary);
Breathing apparatus and other equipment as necessary will be defined by Contractor.
Capacity and type of extinguisher to be defined by Contractor according to fire risk and local
codes.
8.5.2.5.1.1 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Extinguishing System

High pressure fixed carbon dioxide total flooding system will be provided inside enclosure for
protection of diesel generator and will be designed to meet the requirements of NFPA 12 for
total flooding intervention . In the following area of the plant, high pressure fixed carbon
dioxide total flooding automatic extinguishing systems also including relevant area below false
floor and relevant area on false ceiling (if present) will be provided
Electrical room;
Switchgear room.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

8.5.2.6
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
110
of
di
275
FIRE AND GAS DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM
The fire alarms system shall be complete in all respects and shall include the main and local
fire alarm / control panels, the fire detection system (including the fire detection system for
clean gas and CO2 systems), the alarm contacts for local and remote signaling, all cabling
between the fire detectors and alarm contacts and the local and main fire alarm / control
panels. Any fire protection measure, which should be released by the I&C system can be
initiated either automatically or manually.
The automatic activation of a detector or an extinguishing system causes an acoustic

evacuation alarm in the building and area of origin. In areas with high noise levels, additional
to the acoustic alarm, a visible indication is provided. The noise level of the evacuation alarm
has to be higher than the noise level of the affected building / area in normal operation.
Each fire detector of the fire alarm system is labeled / displayed in such a way that it is
possible to identify where any fire detector is installed.
The following alarm facilities, including initiating devices shall be provided:

a. Local audible and visual indication of the operation of any water spray protection;
b. Remote audible and visual indication of the operation of any water spray protection;
c. Local and remote audible and visual indication of the operation of any manual break
glass alarm switch.
The local alarm and indicator panels shall be mounted in approved locations adjacent to the
areas being protected.
The remote alarms and indicators covering all sections of the plant together with spare ways
shall be mounted on a fire alarms panel of approved design which shall be supplied and
installed in the main control room.
A self contained gas extinguishing system shall be provided for the protection of each gas
turbine (Halon is excluded). The fire alarm system shall interface with each gas turbine fire
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
111
of
di
275
protection system package to provide audible and visual indication on the main fire alarm
panel located in the central control room.
A gas detection system shall be provided and it shall indicate concentrations of flammable
gases respectively vapors below their Lower Explosive Limits (LEL). The alarm and action
levels are set to the minimum value possible, depending on the gas detectors.
Gas detection shall be provided to get notice of gas leakages and to prevent the build-up of
hazardous gas concentrations by initiating adequate measures, e.g. shut down of fuel supply.
After an alarm signal in a monitored area any source for an increasing gas concentration must
be completely eliminated before the gas system is set in further operation. The leak- tightness
of the gas system has to be checked by a documented test after each incident.
Manually operated break glass alarm switches shall be provided for mounting at selected
positions throughout the plant, and ancillary buildings.
Fire sirens of an approved type and make shall be provided and mounted externally to plant
buildings.
8.6
INSTRUMENT AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
8.6.1
Scope of work
The scope of work includes the distribution system of instrument air, composed by:
-
Connection pipelines from instrument air production systems (out of the scope of
supply) to BOP final users;
Interconnection pipelines with the existing system of the plant for emergency with
pressure reducer valve and a safety valve necessary if the pressures of the new system
and the existing system are different;
8.6.2
Valves, line components and instrumentation as required.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
112
of
di
275
criteria:
Nominal Diameter
[mm]
Maximum
allowable fluid
velocity
[m/s]
15 25
40 50
10
80 100
15
Higher than 150
15 20
Piping, valves and line components shall be in stainless steel ASTM A312 TP 304L (or
equivalent). Also galvanized steel is acceptable.
8.7
SERVICE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
8.7.1
Scope of work
The scope of work includes the distribution system of service air, composed by:
- Pipelines from existing service air system to BOP users (included in the scope of supply)
and to GT users;
- Pipelines from dedicated nozzle provided by GTP Supplier, downstream the new
instrument air compressors, with on/off valve at battery limit. The valve shall be
controlled by DCS which, in case of low pressure in instrument air receiver, will close
(to guarantee instrument air availability at all times);
- Valves, line components, hoses and instrumentation as required. As a minimum four (4)
hoses located close to the main equipment shall be provided. The position will be
agreed with the Client.
8.7.2
criteria:
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
Nominal Diameter
[mm]
113
of
di
275
Maximum
allowable fluid
velocity
[m/s]
15 25
40 50
10
80 100
15
Higher than 150
15 - 20
Piping, valves and line components shall be in stainless steel ASTM A312 TP 304L (or
equivalent). Also galvanized steel is acceptable.
8.8
INDUSTRIAL WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
8.8.1
Scope of work
The scope of work includes the distribution system of industrial water, composed by:
-
Pipelines from the existing industrial water network to BOP users;
Valves, line components, hoses and instrumentation as required. As a minimum four

(4) hoses located close to the main equipment shall be provided. The position will be
agreed with the Client.
8.8.2
General requirements
criteria:
Nominal Diameter
[mm]
Maximum
allowable fluid
velocity
[m/s]
15 50
1.5
65 150
2.0
Higher than 150
2.5
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
114
of
di
275
Piping, valves and line components shall be in galvanized steel. Also HDPE (PEAD) or GRP are
acceptable.
8.9
OMISSIS
8.10
DRAINS AND CONDENSATE WATER
8.10.1
Scope of work
The scope of work includes the drain system of all fluids (where required), composed by:
-
Pipelines the boundary or the new equipment / collecting header to the relevant pit;
Funnels, valves and line components as required.
Regarding GT lube oil drains, the scope of supply includes:

-
Connections from GT and oil console drain points, design 107C material C.S., to a
small containment pit;
A containment pit of about 1.5 m3 with level switch (design temperature 107C,
material C.S.);
head 15 m);
Connection (with isolation manual valve) from pit to existing Power Plant oily water
treatment, design temperature 60C.
As OPTION shall be quoted:

-
Connection (with isolation manual valve) from above pump discharge line to
emergency underground containment of about 15 m3 and for, design 107C material
C.S.
Emergency underground containment of about 15 m3, design 107C material C.S.
Regarding fuel storage daily and emergency diesel tanks (200 m3 and 5 m3), the oily water
system includes:
-
head 15 m);
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
115
of
di
275
Connection (with isolation manual valve) from containment to existing Power Plant
oily water treatment, design temperature 60C.
Included in the scope of supply, the condensate water recovery system from chillers to existing
tank, composed by:
-
Connection from GT filter house to accumulator;
Drain accumulator tank (2m3, API 5 L Gr. B) with two level switches (high level to
start pump, low level to stop pump);
Filter;
2x100% forwarding pumps (nominal flow 1 kg/s, max flow 2 kg/s, head 20 m,
service discontinuous);
8.10.2
Connection to existing raw water tank.

Piping, valves and line components shall be in accordance to the fluid to be drained.
All the drains shall be adequately sloped and pockets shall be avoided.
Oily water to be treated shall be pumped to the existing oil separator in TG4 area.
8.11
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS (HVAC)
8.11.1
Scope of work
The scope of work includes the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (HVAC) of
shelters / containers included in the scope of supply.
The followings paragraphs establish the minimum requirements for the supply of equipment,
components, corresponding to HVAC systems.
8.11.2
Design criteria
For external and internal environmental design conditions see reference doc [G.7]. Applicable
Codes and local Laws and shall be applied when more stringent.
The following design criteria shall be applied:
A. Systems which will operate continuously have a 10 per cent margin on the design
capacity;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
116
of
di
275
B. The standard of filtration of air supplied to the rooms shall be adequate for the area
served.
Technological design
The choice of technological system has to be decided by HVAC designer taking into account:
The Ventilation systems have only 5C of Delta T to remove internal heat load;
Where its necessary to control humidity it is preferred direct expansion air
conditioning;
If hot water is not present then electrical heaters are preferred;
If cold water is not present then direct expansion air conditioning are preferred;
If its necessary to control the low humidity then isotherm humidifier are preferred;
The redundancy of HVAC system shall be 2x100%.
8.12
CATHODIC PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall carry out soil resistivity surveys on routes and locations of all buried pipe
and equipment including all tanks bases. The Contractor shall produce a report on these
surveys and shall recommend the cathodic protection system to project all buried pipework,
equipment and tank bases.
The cathodic protection system shall utilize an impressed current system with distributed
ground beds, transformer rectifiers, automatic current control based on potential difference
measured by reference electrodes. All necessary equipment shall be provided to give a
complete cathodic protection system.
8.12.1
Transformer rectifiers and control equipment
The control voltage for operation of the relays and control equipment shall not exceed 110
volts and the Contractor shall provide any transformers and rectifiers required.
The transformers associated with the rectifier units shall be of the double wound air insulated
type with an earthed metal screen provided between the primary and secondary windings.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
117
of
di
275
The equipment shall incorporate means for protecting transformers and rectifiers against
damage due to overload or short-circuit of the output.
8.12.1.1
AUTOMATIC POTENTIAL CONTROL EQUIPMENT
The protection system shall be arranged for automatic control of the potential of the protected
metal with respect to the electrolyte. Provisions shall be made in the design of this equipment
for manual operation of the associated electrical equipment.
8.12.1.2
DISTRIBUTION PANELS
Distribution panel enclosures shall be of the weatherproof type and shall be provided with
lockable covers together with padlocks and keys.
8.12.2
Buried pipework and structures
8.12.2.1 DESIGN AND OPERATING PARTICULARS

The Contractor shall ensure that the cathodic protection system installed under this Contract is
compatible with any existing protection system in the adjacent area.
The cathodic protection system shall have a design life of 25 years.
All buried metallic pipework shall be protected including:

-
base of all water storage tanks;
town water main and other buried water mains on site, including all fire fighting mains.
8.12.2.2
GROUNDBEDS
Tubular high silicon cast iron anodes supported within each groundbed shall be used.
Deep well type groundbeds shall be used.
8.12.2.3 ANODES
Anodes shall be of the high silicon cast iron tubular type having a chromium content between
2
4-4.5 per cent. The anode lead cables shall be 8 mm minimum copper insulated with a single
extrusion high molecular weight polyethylene and shall be connected to the anode at its
longitudinal cross section centre by a secure mechanical device resulting in low electrical
resistance.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
118
of
di
275
8.12.2.4 ANODE JUNCTION BOXES AND SUPPLY CABLES

In order to adjust and monitor the current to each anode, metering equipment and regulating
shunts shall be provided in each junction box.
The dc supply cables to anode junction boxes shall be cross linked polyethylene insulated
single core multistrand copper cables suitably sized for the current they are to carry.
Underground joints of dc cables shall be of the crimped type and insulated to the
manufacturer's instructions.
8.12.2.5 TEST STATIONS

In order to properly adjust the cathodic protection system and test its effectiveness, the
installation of permanent test stations is required. These test stations will provide an electrical
contact to the pipeline for test measurements.
All test stations shall be the above ground type in a housing of cast iron. All electrical terminals
shall be nickel plated steel or copper.
8.12.2.6 SACRIFICIAL ANODE SYSTEMS

In areas where interference problems may exist and where the use of sacrificial anode systems
may reduce the extent of the interference, sacrificial anode systems may be proposed.
8.12.2.7 SITE SUPERVISION AND COMMISSIONING

A full time qualified corrosion engineer shall be present on site to supervise the installation
activities.
After the cathodic protection installations are completed the system shall be energized, tested
and properly adjusted.
8.12.2.8
PORTABLE TEST EQUIPMENT
In addition to the permanently installed equipment for monitoring and controlling the cathodic
protection system portable equipment shall be provided to check the various systems.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

8.13
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
119
of
di
275
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
8.13.1
Provision for handling
Suitable provision shall be made to facilitate the handling of all items in excess of 25 kg.
Any item weighing 1 ton or over and which may be required to be lifted during operation and
maintenance shall be appropriately marked with its weight.
8.13.2
Protection of moving parts
All moving parts where accessible to operation personnel shall be protected and suitably
guarded to meet all relevant regulations. All guards shall be designed to facilitate easy
removal.
8.13.3
Balancing
All rotating parts of the machinery shall be statically and dynamically balanced unless
otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner.
8.13.4
Tools and tackle for maintenance
The Contractor shall supply a complete set of any special tools and other equipment necessary
for the dismantling, re-erection and adjustment of the plant.
The Contractor shall include in its supply any means to lift, handle, move the part subject to
maintenance like bridge cranes, lift jigs, monorail and hoist, special trolleys, etc.
Monorails shall be equipped with its own hoist. The hoists shall be normally equipped with
electrical motor for lifting.
All items shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest edition of the C.M.A.A. (Crane
Manufacturer's Association of America) specifications or European FEM code.
8.13.5
Pumps
All pump materials shall be suitable for safe and satisfactory operation under the operating
conditions and under all climatic conditions prevailing at the Site.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
120
of
di
275
All pumps shall be suitable for continuous single pump and / or parallel operation, as
applicable, at the specified conditions. In the case of centrifugal pumps, this shall mean from
minimum flow to pump run out flow, without vibration, cavitation and without undue noise
under all operating conditions.
Baseplates for horizontal pumps shall be common with the motor. The baseplate shall extend
under all parts of the pump and motor from which fluid may drip. A drip lip shall extend along
the two (2) sides to a tapped drain connection located in the middle of the pump end of the
base. Steel wedges for leveling, leveling screws, support plates, foundation plates, grouting,
etc, shall be included.
Unless otherwise stated, all pumps shall be furnished with discharge check valves, discharge
and suction isolation valves, together with all necessary vents, drains, leak-offs and gauges.
Where necessary, the Contractor shall include any equipment required to prevent damage to
any part of the drive in the event of reverse rotation of the pumps.
Suction and discharge connections shall be capable of withstanding reactions from properly
designed connecting piping without resorting to expansion joints of any kind. Lifting eye-bolts
with means for attachment or pad eyes shall be provided to aid in handling heavy parts.
The pump should be sized to operate at its best efficiency point at a flow that corresponds to
the mean economic weighted electrical load of the power plant over the plant lifetime.
Difference among NPSH available and NPSH required shall be of 20% and anyway not less
than 1 meter in all operating configurations and processes fluid conditions.
The electric drivers for pumps shall have a rated power not lower than the one absorbed by
the pump multiplied by the following coefficients:
Rated power
Increase coefficient
22 kW
1.25
> 22 kW & 55 kW
1.15
MALACAS (PERU)
> 55 kW
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
121
of
di
275
1.10
The power absorbed by the pump shall be calculated in the operating point required under the
most severe operating condition expected (taking into account also the power absorbed by the
relevant auxiliary equipments i.e. gear).
In any case the rated power of the motor shall guarantee the operation of the pump at 120%
of rated capacity.
8.13.6
Tanks
All tank materials shall be suitable for safe and satisfactory operation under the operating
conditions and under all climatic conditions prevailing at the Site.
The tanks shall be complete with nozzles, vents, drains, blind flange, gaskets, ladders,
platforms, stairway, bolts, nuts, all internal parts and all tank parts necessary for the reliable
operation of the tanks.
Contractor shall, under his responsibility, perform all mechanical calculation of all parts of the
equipment, in order to meet the design codes and design requirements indicated in the
documentation and guarantee the equipment stability.
The design shall take into account all possible combination of loads (wind, earthquake, liquid
pressure, snow, piping loads, thermal stress, etc).
The tank shall be calculated according to API 650. Carbon steel components in contact with
fluid shall have a minimum corrosion allowance of 2 mm. Stainless steel components shall
have a minimum corrosion allowance of 1 mm.
The Contractor shall perform the blasting and painting of the surfaces of the Carbon Steel
parts in accordance with attached Painting Specification [M.2].
8.14
PIPING AND LAYOUT DESIGN CRITERIA
This section specifies requirements and gives recommendations for piping systems of all types
of fluids.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
122
of
di
275
General consideration regarding equipment arrangement is to provide an economical, safe and

with ease of operation and maintenance plant. The arrangement shall favor compactness and
integrated location of units and equipment. Adequate space shall be provided around
equipment for convenient operation and maintenance access.
Piping systems shall be designed, fabricated, erected, inspected and tested in accordance with
ASME B31.1 as supplemented by this specification.
8.14.1
Equipment Layout
The equipment shall be installed in compliance with the requirements of process, safety,
operability, construction and maintenance.
As a rule, the process equipment shall be located outdoors or in building.
Building to house the equipment may be designed in case it is required by process, by
equipment design, by environmental conditions and in case it is required by local regulations.
Lifting devices shall be provided for maintenance of process equipment, if necessary.
8.14.2
Piping Layout Criteria
The piping shall be designed, fabricated, inspected, tested, and installed in accordance with
the current ANSI Standards and the applicable ASME Code for the intended service. Generally,
all process and utilities piping shall be installed above ground (pipe racks or pipe sleeper).
Main pipe ways shall be designed to accommodate 10% or at minimum one more line than
required for the initial installation.
In a pipe rack the heaviest and / or the hottest pipes should be located at the sides of the pipe
rack to provide space for expansion loops and to reduce the moments in the beams caused by
the weight and thermal expansion of the pipes.
The installation of electrical and instrument cables shall be taken into consideration in the pipe
rack design. As a rule, electrical and instrument cables in trays shall be supported on the top
of pipe racks.
The elevation of the sleepers shall be such that there is access for maintenance and for
operation of valves, drains and instrumentation and that pipes and insulation will remain above
the highest expected storm water levels.
All piping shall be designed for complete drainage. Piping systems shall be fitted with drains at
all low points and vents at the high points. In addition, adequate drains and vents shall be
provided to remove equipment from service for repairs. Flashing drains shall have suitable
protection to avoid injury to personnel. Drains and vents shall be indicated on the P&IDs.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
123
of
di
275
All the industrial wastewater and polluted wastewater inside the plant shall be collected and
divided for typology and category. The supplier shall be define the chemical characteristic of
these wastewater and submitted table with indication of flow-rate.
Piping through walls of buildings or through floors or elevated structures shall be run through
sleeves. The sleeves shall have a size permitting the passage of pipe or relevant insulation.
Sleeves, openings through outside walls, roofs, and other areas exposed to the weather, shall
be made weatherproof. Piping may not be considered anchored at these points, unless
specifically designed to do so, and materials used to weatherproof openings shall be flexible
enough to allow for pipe movement.
8.14.3
Buried pipes
Buried piping shall be considered for:
Drainage or sewage;
Fire fighting main ring;
Large-diameter pipes (e.g. main cooling water system) so as not to impede traffic.
Flanged connections shall not be installed.

The selection of material and components will be reported on Piping class specification.
Buried piping in areas accessible to heavy traffic and at road crossings shall have a minimum
cover of soil.
Buried piping in areas accessible to heavy traffic and at road crossings shall have a minimum
cover of soil as shown below:
pipes of DN 600 and smaller
0.8 m;
pipes over DN 600 up to 1500
1.2 m;
pipes over 1500
1.5 m.
The above soil cover depths depend on the outside temperature and the permeability of the
soil.
The load on pipes crossing railways and roads should be equalized, e.g. by means of pipe
sleeves or a culvert. The pipes shall be kept centrally in the sleeves by distance pieces welded
to the pipe or fixed to the sheeting if the pipe is insulated for low-temperature service.
Process and utilities piping shall be installed in concrete trenches only for specifics reason
technical and economical.
Insulated pipes should not be buried. If this is unavoidable, or if it is desired for life-cycle
economic reasons, the insulation material shall be able to withstand the stresses caused by the
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
124
of
di
275
thermal expansion of the pipe. Special attention shall be paid to avoid corrosion under the
insulation and the system shall be designed so that inspection is possible or not needed.
Piping shall be designed so that the complete system can be flushed and cleaned. (e.g. dead
ends should be avoided).
8.14.4
Accessibility for operation and maintenance
Locate valves, instruments and other equipment which must be regularly observed, adjusted
or maintained during operation conveniently accessible from grade or permanent platform.
Items to be operated in an emergency must be readily accessible or designed for remote
operation from a safe location. All necessary ladders, stairs, platforms and access required for
operation and maintenance purposes of the equipment shall be supplied.
The maximum distance of the bottom of valve hand wheels above the platform, floor or grade
they are operated from shall be 1.5 m.
Manholes on vessels or tanks at an elevation of 1.5 m or less, do not require a ladder or
platform for access.
Easy access for daily operation, maintenance of various instruments, valves, etc. shall be
assured to enable proper and safe Plant operation.
Where practical, use of mobile handling equipment shall suffice. In areas where mobile
handling is impractical, permanent handling equipment shall be provided.
8.14.5
Safety requirements
The roads, access ways and firefighting equipment shall be arranged considering the space for
safety and for taking prompt action in case of an emergency High-risk facilities or equipment
handling toxic or hazardous fluids shall be segregated to minimize the involvement of further
equipment failures.
8.14.6
Clearance for pipes and valves
For non-insulated piping, a minimum clearance of 50 mm shall be provided between the

outside diameter of pipe flanges and adjacent pipes. For insulated piping, the insulation
thickness shall be taken into consideration. Space for the connection of instrument piping to
orifice flanges shall be provided.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
125
of
di
275
The minimum clearance between pipes that are subject to expansion and contraction shall be
determined on a case-by-case basis.
The minimum clearance between valve hand wheels shall be 100 mm.
8.14.7
Clearance for crossing and passage
The minimum overhead clearances shall be as follows:
a)
Above main roads or railway
6.0 m;
b)
c)
Pipe rack (with truck access)
5.0 m;
d)
For Fork-lift truck access
4.0 m;
e)
For usual passage of personnel
2.5 m;
Over walkways and platforms
2.1 m.
The minimum horizontal clearance shall be as follows:

a)
Main roads width
8.0 m;
b)
Road width for truck
4.5 m;
c)
Road width for personnel
2.0 m;
d)
For passage of personnel
1.0 m;
e)
Minimum turning radius of road
6.0 m;
f)
Minimum width of passageway between equipment
0.9 m
(pumps and any obstruction);

Piping around equipment shall be arranged to permit access for operating maintenance and
removal of that equipment.
8.15
PIPING AND PIPING COMPONENTS
8.15.1
Basic features of piping
Piping materials will be as per American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or ASME
Standard, except for packages piping.
Equivalent materials can be applied for package units, provided that they can be replaced by
ASTM material for future maintenance.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
126
of
di
275
Material class specifications will be set up according to the service, commodity in the line, the
pressure, the temperature, and the corrosion allowance required. Piping materials and
thickness will be specified in the Piping class specification.
All pipe wall thickness shall be specified in millimeters. After calculations, in accordance with
the codes (ASME / ANSI), the wall thickness selected shall be to the next higher available wall
thickness schedule. The wall thickness of 1/2" ~ 1 1/2" carbon steel and alloy pipes shall not
be less than schedule 80 and that of stainless steel pipes shall not be less than schedule 40S.
The following diameters will not normally be used, except for the connection points to the
equipment: 1-1/4", 2-1/2", 3-1/2", 5", 7", 9", and 22".
8.15.2
Elbows
All butt-welding elbows shall be the long-radius type unless otherwise noted. Short-radius
elbows shall be avoided unless space limitations require their use.
For nominal size 1-1/2" and smaller, socket weld fittings and / or screwed fittings shall be
used. For nominal size 2" and larger, butt weld fittings shall be used.
Bended pipes may be used on pipes of diameter < 50 mm provided that the minimum required
thickness is maintained at any point; the pipes schedule shall be selected to allow to bend
pipes up to a minimum radius = 5 D.
8.15.3
Flanges
Flange type to be used on pipes is reported on Piping class specification.
All nozzle flanges shall conform to the piping specification for process piping connected to
nozzle of equipment, as a rule.
Flanges for piping shall be minimum in number and be provided only for ease of maintenance
and inspection or for requirement of construction or process.
Reference Std: ANSI B16.5; ANSI B16.47; AWWA C207.
8.15.4
Gaskets
Non asbestos gasket, suitable for the fluid characteristics, for the pressure and temperature,
shall be used.
Reference Std: ASME B16.20; ASME B16.21.
MALACAS (PERU)
8.15.5
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
127
of
di
275
Branch Connections
The design and use of welded branch connections shall conform to the requirements of ASME
B31.1 or B31.3 and in accordance with relevant Piping class specification.
8.15.6
Non Metallic Piping
The following materials shall be used:
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE);
Polypropylene (PP);
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (PRFV).
The material, shall be fabricated, erected and tested in accordance with the latest edition,
revision or addendum of the referenced codes, specifications or standards.
8.16
ANSI / AWWA C950-95;
ASTM Codes and Standards;
EN ISO 12162 EN ISO 12201;
EN ISO Stds.
PIPING DESIGN CRITERIA
The piping system shall be designed for the most severe conditions to which it may be
subjected.
Piping shall be extensively prefabricated at the manufacturer's farm. The spooling design shall
be defined to minimize the need of welding on site but anyway to avoid the need of special
transportation.
Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of the welding carried out by his organization
and shall conduct tests not only of the welding procedure to determine its suitability of
ensuring welds which will meet the required Technical Specifications and tests, but also of the
welders and welding operators have been qualified.
The welding procedures and the welding personnel must be qualified in accordance to ASME
B31.1. All the welding related to piping erection on-site shall be subject to an extensive
program of Non Destructive Tests that shall be defined by the Contractor in accordance to the
requirements and recommendations of the applicable ASME codes.
The following types of tests shall be carried out in accordance to the relevant ASME standard:
Radiographic examination;
MALACAS (PERU)
Ultrasonic examination;
Magnetic particles examination;
Penetrant Liquids examination.
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
128
of
di
275
The acceptance criteria for the different types of tests shall be in accordance to ASME B31.1.
8.16.1
High Pressure Steam, Feed-Water, Drain and Blowdown Pipework
NOT APPLICABLE.
8.16.2
Piping for Pumps and Compressors
All piping to centrifugal pumps shall be designed in accordance with the recommendations of
the Hydraulic Institute.
Piping is to be designed in such a way that forces transmitted to the equipment through
connecting piping, are not greater than specified by the equipment manufacturer.
Discharge lines of reciprocating pumps and compressors shall be considered as being in shock
service. Pumps shall have suction and discharge valves as close to the nozzles as practicable
and consistent with the piping.
Pumps suction piping shall be designed to avoid the formation of air pockets.
Pump suction strainers shall be installed at all pumps.
Locate strainers as close as possible to the pumps suction between suction nozzle and first
block valve. Design piping to permit removal of strainers by removal of the spool piece. When
necessary, the strainers shall be equipped with differential pressure measurement, alarm and
switch.
Low points in suction and discharge lines of pumps shall be provided with valves drain
connections.
A check valve shall be installed in the discharge of each pump where two or more pumps are
manifolded together.
The arrangement shall be in a way that the equipment can be dismantled or removed using
mobile equipment or dismantling the block valves.
Design piping at centrifugal compressors to permit opening of compressor casing for inspection
and for removal of compressor rotor.
MALACAS (PERU)
8.16.3
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
129
of
di
275
Pipe Supports and Expansion
Piping systems shall be routed, supported, anchored or guided so that thermal expansion /
contraction, vibration or movements due to earthquakes and storms will not result in stresses
in the piping or in the connected equipment in excess of those permitted by ASME B31.1 and
the equipment design code, in order to prevent:
Failure of piping components due to overstress;
Leakage at joints;
Excessive
loads and
moments
on
connected equipment,
anchor points,
flanged
connections, etc.
All piping shall be adequately supported by hangers or supports of proper structural design.
Supports shall be designed and installed to warrant free thermal expansion and construction of
piping and to avoid sagging, vibration and strain on equipment.
Supports and supporting structures shall be able to sustain the hydrostatic test load.
Support span shall be determined considering the stress and strain caused by the weight of
the piping components, fluid and insulation. The maximum spacing of supports for steel piping
shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1, Table 121.5. For piping systems not governed by
ASME B31.1, maximum hanger spacing shall be calculated from the most restrictive code.
Piping relevant to valves and mechanical equipment requiring periodical maintenance shall be
supported, so that the valves and equipment can be removed with a minimum necessity of
installing temporary supports.
Identification of standard pipe supports and special pipe supports shall be shown in the 3D
model, on piping plan drawings and on piping isometric drawings.
Insulated lines running above ground, will generally be supported with steel shoes welded to
pipe or clamp.
8.16.4
Stress Analysis
Piping systems shall meet the requirements of ASME B31.1 Codes, with respect to thermal
expansion and flexibility. Piping stress analysis shall be conducted in accordance with the
requirements of these codes, with reference to ASME B31.1 - Par. 119.7, simplified method or
computer aided verification shall be perform.
If the flexibility of a piping system is insufficient, the expansion shall be absorbed adopting the
procedures hereinafter listed by order of precedence:
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Spring supports;
Change in piping routing;
Insertion of loops made of pipes and bends;
Installation of expansion joints as few as possible.
Sheet
Pagina
130
of
di
275
For types of analysis selection refer to following tables, divided mainly in GENERAL pipe system
(line connected to static equip.) and MACHINERY pipe (line connected to rotary equipment).
Stress analysis study for Gas system must be included as mandatory.
General Piping
600
550
1"
500
450
2"
400
Computerized calculations
Te
m 350
pe
rat 300
ur
es 250
(
C) 200
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
20"
150
24"
Simplified
100
50
26"
0
1"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
ND (inches)
14"
16"
20"
24" 26"
MALACAS (PERU)
8.17
8.17.1
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
131
of
di
275
VALVES
General
The valves shall be of an approved design and manufacture, in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant Standards and Codes.
The valves ratings shall be defined in accordance to the suitable International Standards Codes
or ASME / ANSI B16.34 & B16.10 standards.
The design conditions for the valves in the turbine cycle systems (steam, condensate, and feed
water) shall be based on the Valves Wide Open (VWO) heat balance plus margin.
The design condition for valves in other piping systems shall be based on the maximum
expected pressure and temperature plus margin. Upset conditions, such as pump shutoff,
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
132
of
di
275
safety valve operation, etc., shall be considered in the selection of the design conditions to
assure that the valve ratings shall not be exceeded at the system upset condition.
Nameplate on Valves shall indicate: Manufacturer name, Class Rating, Body Material, Trim
Material, Ends, Valve tag according number indicated on the P&ID.
The number of different types of valves shall be minimized.
The internal diameter of the valves shall be the same as the internal diameter of the pipes to
which they are joined, unless otherwise approved.
The material used for valve bodies shall be compatible with the materials of the related piping.
Welding of valves to pipe-work shall be in accordance with the pipe welding standards. Care
shall be taken to avoid distortion of the valves when welding.
Preheating and stress-relieving procedures shall be used where necessary.
A by-pass line shall be considered for valves on steam service to warm up the line prior to the
main valve being opened, and on other services to facilitate the operation of the valve by
balancing the pressure on both sides of the wedge in gate valves or on both sides of the disk in
globe valves.
Block valves (root valves) at main-line takeoffs shall be as close as possible to the main line
and shall meet the specification of the main line.
Valves and valve hand-wheel in piping arrangements shall be designed so that they do not
obstruct walkways, platforms, access ways and escape routes.
The face of each hand-wheel shall be clearly marked with the words "Open" and "Shut" in
English with adjacent arrow to indicate the direction of rotation to which each refers.
Valves in horizontal pipes shall be positioned with their stem on or above the horizontal.
All gate valves shall be of the full-way gate type and when in full open position, the bore of the
valve shall not be obstructed by any part of the gate. The internal diameter of all valves at the
end adjacent to the pipe-work shall be the same as the internal diameter of the connecting
pipe.
Butterfly valves intended for isolating purposes shall be used only for sizes dn100. and larger
and shall be limited in application not exceeding 12 bar gauge design pressure. Resilient
materials in the valve shall be suitable for the fluid being transported.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
133
of
di
275
The operating mechanism for large size valves shall be such as to ensure that a minimum of
maintenance is required and operation is quick and easy.
All valves in systems which use salt water, i.e., condenser cooling, auxiliary cooling water
systems, shall be corrosion resistant. The larger diameter butterfly valves in the condenser
cooling water system shall have aluminum-bronze valve bodies and discs.
Check valves shall be constructed to allow the internal parts to be examined and / or renewed
without removing the valve from the pipeline. Check valves in vertical pipe runs shall be
provided with drain valves.
8.17.2
Valves for High Pressure and High Temperature Services
NOT APPLICABLE
8.17.3
Valves For Low Pressure Steam, Water, Drain And Air Services
All valves for low pressure steam, water, drain and air services shall be of approved design and
manufacture and the materials of the internal parts shall be to approval.
Valves over 50 mm nominal bore which are intended for steam or steam drain services shall
have bodies of cast or forged steel, those intended for water, water drains or air services shall
have cast iron bodies; valves of 50 mm nominal bore and under shall have bodies of bronze
and may be of the inside screw type.
Sealing between the disc and body of butterfly type valves shall be renewable metal to rubber
facings secured to the disc and body in an approved manner.
Regard shall be paid to the selection of materials for the internal parts of all valves used in
contact with sea water.
8.17.4
Valves for Gas Services
All isolating valves intended for use in gas services shall be of approved manufacture and shall
be of the full bore, 90 turn, ball or plug valve type PTFE coated, with cast or forged steel
bodies and butt welded ends. The valves shall be classified as being fire resistant, in as much
as the valves shall incorporate either a primary or secondary metal to metal seal to ensure
negligible external leakage which could contribute to the risk of fire and when closed shall
minimize through leakage when in a fire.
All valves shall be fitted with an anti-static device which shall ensure electric continuity
between the ball stem and the body of the valve. No aluminum or zinc alloys or similar low
melting material shall be included in their construction. Valves up to 50 mm in size may be of
the non lubricated type, valves greater than 50 mm in size shall incorporate design features
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
134
of
di
275
that enable lubricant to be injected under pressure between the plug and body whilst the valve
is in service. All valves shall incorporate sliding sealing surfaces such that further movement of
the closing part is provided after gas shut-off. All valves shall provide reliable tight shut-off
and be capable of easy operation after long periods in one position .
8.17.5
Valves for Oil Services
All valves intended for fuel oil or lubricating oil services shall be of cast or forged steel
construction with flanged, butt weld, screwed or socket-welded ends. Welded on flanges will
not be acceptable. All valves shall be fire safe and shall be provided with suitable features in
the valve to ensure electrical continuity between the valve stem and the body of the valve. No
aluminum or zinc alloys or similar low melting material shall be included in their construction.
All valves shall provide reliable tight shut-off and be capable of easy operation after long
periods in one position.
8.17.6
Safety and Relief Valves
Pressure relief valves are designed to safeguard a system against excess pressure that may
cause damage or failure of the system.
Pressure relief valves shall be installed in an upright position and at an accessible location for
inspection and maintenance.
Where possible, pressure relief valves will be mounted directly on equipment nozzles.
Otherwise, special care should be taken in all relief valve installations to avoid obstructions in
the pipes at valve inlet.
Relief valve inlets should not be located where excessive turbulence of flow is present.
Relief valves, discharging liquids, should be connected and located conveniently with respect to
the discharge disposal.
Safety valves, discharging vapors, shall be connected to the upper parts of the systems they
protect.
Safety valves will have their discharges pipe to a safe location to prevent danger to nearby
personnel when the valve is operating.
Safety valves shall be of the spring loaded angle valve type.
Valves shall be drained to waste or to a suitable collection point.
Rupture discs are not acceptable as an alternative to relief or safety valves.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
135
of
di
275
All safety valves shall have a test certificates issued by an approved authority.
8.17.7
Pressure reducing and control valves
All pressure reducing valves shall be of an approved type and shall be perfectly stable, quiet
and free from vibration in operation When pressure reducing any flow up to the maximum
flow, and shall be suitable for continuous use at the operating temperature.
A pressure relief valve shall be provided on the downstream (outlet) side of each pressure
reducing valve which shall be capable of exhausting to atmosphere the maximum discharge of
the reducing valve without undue build-up of pressure on the low pressure side.
The discharge from the relief valve shall be led to a safe approved point. Pressure and
temperature gauges shall be provided upstream and downstream of the reducing valve.
All control valves shall have a sufficient overload range. At full load and normal operation, the
control valves shall be 70-80 per cent open. Valves shall be sized for flow requirements taking
into account the appropriate CV factor.
Control valves for pressures over 25 bar(g) shall have the following features.
Preferably single seat or cage type valve.

Flow in closing direction.
Valve body of forged steel with welding connections.
Pressure sealing bonnet.
Valve class and material shall take into account pressure-temperature rating. Cast iron bodies
for control valves will not be accepted.
Control cables, independent of their type, shall have a tight shut-off as per the applicable
Standards.
The stroke / throughput characteristics shall depend upon the intended duty and shall be
either linear or logarithmic. The valves stems shall be well guided and the valves shall operate
without excessive vibration and noise. The valves shall achieve a stable fluid control over the
entire flow range.
With the exception of high temperature services, all control valve gland packing shall be of the
self lubricating teflon type. Inner valve trims shall be selected to suit best the process
requirements.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
136
of
di
275
Isolating and bypass valves adequate for full flow shall be provided for control valves in lines
of 400 mm nominal size or less unless specifically stated otherwise.
Manufacturer's shop test certificates shall be furnished for the hydrotest of control and
pressure reducing valve bodies and for the leakage rates across control valve seats.
8.17.8
Vent Valves
Except for gas and fuel oil piping, all low and high pressure vent valves shall be of an approved
globe valve style. For gas and fuel oil service only ball valves shall be used.
8.17.9
Motor Operated Valves
All motor operated valves shall be of approved type and shall be fitted with both hand and
motor operating gear. Motor operated valves shall be complete with motor and the necessary
controls for automatically stopping the motor when the valve gate has reached the 'full open'
or 'full close' position. The control gear shall preferably be an integral part of the valve
assembly.
Where a bypass valve is provided, this also shall be arranged with both hand and motor
operating gears interlocked to ensure that the bypass valve is opened before the main valve is
closed, where necessary. A clutch mechanism shall be included to prevent damage in the event
of jamming. The motor and control gear shall be placed in such a position that there is no
possibility of leakage of steam or water from the valve joints or glands blowing on to the motor
or control equipment. Hand operation facility shall be provided and be so arranged that the
hand operated mechanism must be disengaged before the operating motor can be energized.
The operation of opening or closing the valve shall be controlled by means of three push
button controls labeled respectively 'open', 'stop' and 'close'. The control shall be so arranged
that the motor can be stopped with the valve in any position and can then be restarted in
either direction.
8.18
8.18.1
PAINTING
General
This specification defines the requirement for painting, surface preparation, as well as the
supply and application of protective coatings and / or lining systems to be applied to structural
steel, equipment, (drums, vessels, etc.), piping, tanks, etc.
As a general rule the painting shall be suitable for Classification C5M (ISO 12944).
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
137
of
di
275
See also the requirement included in document [M.2], as general prescription for Painting
activity.
Work also include touch-up and repairing of blemishes of any item damaged during
installation.
Where particular items are not referred to specially (pumps, packages, hoist, junction boxes,
local panels, actuators etc.), they shall be treated as per Manufacturers standard.
All paints in a coating cycle shall be preferably supplied by same Manufacturer.
The durability of the required of the coating shall be classified as "High Durability" (> 15
years).
The Contractor shall bear the full responsibility for the application of coatings, applied by him
on surfaces, primed or painted by others, moreover the Contractor shall be responsible of the
supply of all materials, equipment, scaffolding and all other requirements for the painting.
All necessary precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect personnel and property
from hazards due to falls, injuries, toxic fumes, fires, explosion or other harm.
The Contractor is responsible for adequate ventilation, protection from open flames, sparks
and excessive heat. The areas where this work is performed shall be clearly marked with
warning signboards.
Painted materials shall be stored in dry, and well ventilated rooms, far away from heat
sources, open flames, sparks, and protected from sun rays.
The following standards with their last addition are guiding this specification:
Swedish Standard SIS 055900;
ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) Standards;
SSPC (Society for Protective Coating Standards) Standards;
RAL F2.
8.18.2
Corrosion protection
Where dissimilar metals are in contact or close proximity and corrosion may occur through
electrolytic action or differences in electrical potential. Protection shall be afforded by
Electroplating, suitable gaskets, cathodic protection or other means.
Chromium plated parts shall not be used in any damp or corrosive atmosphere.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
138
of
di
275
All surfaces shall be adequately protected during transportation and any damage shall be
renovated immediately on off-loading and on completion of erection.
The Contractor shall develop a technical specification to submit for approval.
8.18.3
Surface Preparation and Painting
Before applying every coat of paint cycle, the surface has to be cleaned and damages to the
previously applied coats are to be repaired in accordance with the relevant paint specification.
In carrying out the cleaning, painting and marking of the equipment, the following general
requirements shall also be taken into account:
All paints shall be applied in strict accordance with the approved paint manufacturer's
instructions, e.g. the correct drying times between coats, preparation of surfaces
between coats, mixing of paints, suitable temperatures and humidity for application. No
paints shall be applied to surfaces which are not completely dry;
Surfaces to be coated shall be clean and dry. Before applying coatings, oil, grease, dirt,
rust, loose mill scale, old weathered coatings, and other foreign substances shall be
removed All paints shall be applied in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's
instructions;
All welds shall be blast cleaned prior to the application of any paint;
Any surfaces of metalwork encased in concrete shall not be painted;
All surfaces of structural steelwork which are bolted or riveted together shall be shot
blasted and prime painted prior to assembly;
All surfaces which are inaccessible after fabrication shall be completely painted in the
Works prior to fabrication;
All cleaning and painting operations shall be carried out by skilled operatives.
Workmanship shall be of the highest class. All remedial works necessitated by mechanical
damage or deterioration of the existing paint shall be carried out by removing any
deteriorated or otherwise faulty or damaged existing paint down to bare metal by
mechanical cleaning and repaired by utilizing the paint manufacturer's approved repair
procedure;
The Contractor shall leave all paintwork clean and perfect on Take Over of the Works.
The following items, except where specifically required by detailed painting cycle, shall not be
painted:
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
139
of
di
275
Metal siding that is factory finished does not required field painting;
Galvanized metal roof checking and metal floor decking;
Galvanized floor grating and stair treads (except for touch up);
Heating and ventilation ductwork (galvanized and / or insulated);
Fiberglass reinforced plastic;
Finish hardware;
Stainless steel;
Brass, bronze, copper or any other non ferrous items (i.e. anodised aluminium), nor any
glass, tile or plastics;
Acoustic ceiling tiles.
8.18.4
Inspection and Testing
The Applicator shall have to carry out the inspections listed below and will supply the recorded
documents relating to the inspections and tests performed:
a) Visual examination of surface preparation in accordance with SSPC;
b) Check of blasting profile with Testex Press-O-Film or equivalent;
c) Check of expiry dates of the priming and finishing coats;
d) Check of meteorological and environmental conditions;
e) Visual examination of appearance and uniformity of the priming and painting
surface;
f) Check of dry film thickness by suitable non-destructive magnetic or electrical gauges
as per SSPC - PA2;
g) Adhesion
o Adhesion of coatings to the substrate for atmospheric service shall be checked
according to ASTM D 3359;
o The acceptable values shall be 4A and 3B;
o Adhesion of the linings for immersion service shall be tested on test panels
according to ASTM D4541;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
140
of
di
275
o Test panel shall be prepared at the same time, with the same procedure, and in
the same working area where the actual job is performed;
o The acceptable value shall be agreed with the paint supplier's.
If, during the above mentioned inspections, painting defects (such as dripping, blistering,
mud-cracking, over thickness and dry spray) or conditions of preparation, thickness, bond,
etc., should be found not to be conforming to the requirements, the Applicator shall, at his
own expense restore the faulty surfaces to an acceptable degree.
8.18.5
Paint Colors
The colors of the primer, intermediate and finishing coats of a paint system shall be easily
distinguishable from each other and the materials used shall be suitable for the method of
application employed and preferably be supplied by one manufacturer who shall ensure that all
coatings are compatible.
Finishing colors and identification systems for the equipment, structures and fluid systems
shall be in accordance with Owner Color Coding.
All pipes shall be identified by painted base bands (tapes) of the identification color for the
fluid transported.
Flow direction arrows shall be painted in the vicinity of branching-off connections, at the inlet
branch connections downstream of each valve, dampers and at points which will be indicated
by the Engineer on Site.
8.19
8.19.1
INSULATION
General
Insulating materials shall be applied to piping, vessels, ductwork, and equipment for the
purpose of reducing heat loss, and personnel protection, insulation shall also be applied to the
piping and equipment for process control, fire protection and noise control, where required.
See also the requirement included in Annex documentation attached [M.1] as general
prescription for Insulation activity.
All piping at operating temperature of 60C (140F) and above shall be insulated to limit heat
loss and provide personnel protection.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
141
of
di
275
During the installation of insulation, suitable precautions shall be taken, so that the insulating
material is protected against rain during the period of time between installation of the material
and completion of the sheeting work.
All insulation shall be guaranteed waterproof.
Insulation shall be applied to the equipment, piping and instrumentation for the following
purposes.
Heat
conservation
Hot
insulation
Heat conservation insulation shall generally be applied to the

equipment and piping operating at 60C and above, except for
machinery, parts having moving elements and where no
insulation is desired or practical.
Insulation for saving in refrigeration shall be applied to the
equipment and piping. Cold insulation shall be applied also for
the following purposes:
Saving
in
refrigeration
Personnel
protection
Cold
Insulation
Special
treatment
Fire protection
Special
treatment
Noise
protection
Special
treatment
Antisweat.
Antifreezing.
Anti-sweat insulation shall be applied to the equipment and
piping operating above 10C but below the ambient
temperature, if surface condensation of moisture would give
adverse effect. The thickness for cold insulation shall be
sufficient for preventing surface condensation.
For Anti-freeze insulation of piping a layer of bituminized board
shall be wound between the insulating material and the finishing
Personnel protection shall be applied to the uninsulated
equipment and piping operating at 60C and above within the
areas shown below, where operators working during normal
operation might inadvertently come into contact with such
equipment and piping.
Within 2,100 mm height from the ground or floor

level.
Within 600 mm distance beyond the edge of platform

or walkway.
The fireproofing shall be applied to the equipment supports to
the necessary extent in view of fire fighting. The insulation
thickness shall generally be 50 mm.
Insulation for noise protection shall be applied to such parts as
around reducing valves and blow-off valves, which create over
safety noise. The thickness for noise protection shall generally be
50 mm or more.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
142
of
di
275
The following items must not be insulated:

Relief valves, condensate drains, filters and piping for which heat loss is desired and
acceptable by the process.
8.19.2
Insulation Materials
The densities of insulating materials are as follows:
Glass wool in cupels (LVC) - density not less than 50 daN/m;
Glass wool in jackets (LVM) - density not less than 60 daN/m;
Glass wool in panels (LVPFO) - density not less than 60 daN/m;
Rock wool in cupels (LRC) - density not less than 80 daN/m;
Rock wool in jackets (LRM) - density not less than 120 daN/m;
Phenolic resin foams in cupels (RFE) - density not less than 30 daN/m.
A tolerance of 10% is allowed on the densities given above.
Insulation materials shall be selected in consideration of the following:
The materials shall be durable at the service temperature;
The materials shall not deform as a result of absorbing moisture;
The materials shall not be corrosive for protected equipment and piping surface;
The materials shall be asbestos-free, non-toxic and no-carcinogenic;
The materials shall be non combustible;
Sheet materials:
Aluminum sheet shall be used;
Wire, bands, washers and other hardware for securing insulation and jackets shall be
type 304 stainless steel or better.
8.19.3
Special Applications
Insulation of pipe with electric tracing;
The thickness shall not be less than 100 mm, except in cases of anti-freeze electric tracing, in
which case, the thickness shall be 50 mm;
Flanges, valves, expansion joints, instruments, equipment, irregular parts.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
143
of
di
275
This insulation shall be applied in such a way as to have a thickness not less than that of the
pipes.
8.19.4
Detailed Design Requirement
The thermal insulation and acoustic insulation systems for piping, tanks and equipment shall
be able to cope with thermal expansion or contraction; therefore the insulation and jacketing
shall be designed to allow expansion or contraction.
For all thermal and acoustic insulation systems, detailed designs shall be produced, which shall
cover:
Avoiding of corrosion under insulation
(CUI);
Economic insulation thickness (minimum heat ingress or
loss);
requirements;
Compliance with process
conditions;
Compliance with safety
Service life of 20 years (or shorter if indicated by Owner). Life cycle costs calculations
shall be carried out to arrive to the lowest cost, based on the service life of 20 years.
Detailed design for thermal and acoustic insulation systems should be such that ingress of
water and capillary action are prevented, and that leaked product and water vapour or
condensation can escape or drain off.
Standardized and optimized criteria shall be defined by the Contractor to determine the
thickness of insulation materials for the different type of application; thermal calculations shall
be provided to support the design criteria of steam pipe insulation.
Special arrangement must be made on insulation which needs to be removed to carry out
maintenance activities.
Each line should be insulated separately; a common insulation cover should not enclose
adjacent lines.
8.20
NOISE REQUIREMENTS
8.20.1
Noise level
8.20.1.1
NEAR FIELD NOISE

8.20.1.1.1 CRITERIA FOR SITE BOUNDARY
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
144
of
di
275
At the Site Boundary in none of the points of measure the continuous equivalent level of Sound
Pressure "A weighted." at 1.5 meters above the ground shall be superior to the limit reported
in the 1.6.1.1 and required by Local / national laws.
8.20.1.1.1 CRITERIA FOR PLANT AREA
For the area of Plant in none of the points of measure the continuous equivalent level of Sound
Pressure "A weighted." at 1.5 meters above the ground or accessible areas, such as platform,
stairways, etc. shall be superior to the limit reported in 1.6.1.2 and required by local /
national laws.
Supplier is informed that noise requirements reported above are only general limits for the
whole Plant, the specific limits for component are specified in 1.6.1.3.
8.20.1.1.1 CRITERIA FOR SINGLE EQUIPMENT
The relative Technical Specification of component will report the limit of Sound Pressure Level
as time-averaged sound pressure level LpA.
Note: These values are dependent of site and lay-out disposal of Power Plant.
8.20.1.2 FAR FIELD NOISE

The relative Sound Pressure Level at receptors as time-averaged sound pressure level LpA. shall
be not superior to the limit reported in the 1.6.1.1 and required by local / national laws.
8.20.1.3 NOISE CONTROL

The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of noise control Engineering, by a specific
noise impact study and relative modeling; based on the results the Contract must propose
noise mitigation works to be implemented in order to fulfill local / national noise codes and
regulations both inside and outside the Plant.
The noise impact study shall consider all the actual operations of the CT Malacas and the noise
levels of the environment, in order to determinate the accumulative or synergic impacts for
noise of the project.
The Contractor shall indicate the details of the methodology used to develop the noise impact
study of the project.
The activity shall be included but not limited to the following:
The Contractor shall subdivide the overall environmental and any on-plant noise limits
outlined in the main specification, between all equipment and plant items (including
building facade elements) to ensure that set noise criteria limits are not exceeded;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
145
of
di
275
The value of equipment shall be expressed as sound power levels (Lw), or free field
sound pressure levels (Lp) at a stated distance, in each of the octave band frequencies
from 31 Hz to 8 kHz;
The Contractor shall predict, or evaluate the on-site and environmental noise levels
using his own and subcontractor's data and demonstrate compliance with the
Specification and National / local law requirements, using a recognized environmental
noise propagation model. The prediction, together with all input equipment data, shall
be included in the Acoustic Design concept document, to be issued to Client for
Approval, at an agreed stage of the project.
Develop and update noise and vibration studies for the Power Plant throughout the
design to ensure that sound levels (analyzed by superposition) do not exceed those
permitted by local and national authorities and that no acoustic vibration could occur
and propagate to impinge upon the integrity of structures and equipment to the
detriment of the Plant safety, operability and reliability.
Determine Plant and equipment items to be insulated acoustically.
Determine Plant areas where countermeasures shall be adopted for the Health of
operators.
For the equipment included in GTP Supply, the noise values of the equipment will be
provided by Client as input data to be included in the noise model. The Contractor shall
verify that the values will allow to respect the near and far field noise limits. In
Particular for equipment that may highly affect the noise level at plant fence or far field
noise (e.g.: Gas Turbine and stack), the Contractor shall verify the possibility to respect
the limit requiring as less mitigation measures as possible (no acoustical insulation
provided). Only if no other technical solution may be adopted to reduce the noise at
plant boundary or far field noise, the acoustical insulation shall be included.
BOP supplier shall perform the noise emission study of overall GT6 area, considering
existing noise map, that will overlap the noise emission of GT6 and GTP noise emission.
Guaranteed noise emission of GTP is indicated at par. 1.6.1.4; detailed GTP noise report
will be provided during detail design. In the study shall be highlighted the necessity of
additional insulation or acoustical devices to comply with the limits at fences: in this
case, the additional devices shall be provided by BOP supplier.
Fence is defined as Malacas Power Plant boundary limit. North part of Malacas power
plant fence (far from TG6 area) will not be considered for Noise study.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
9.1
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
146
of
di
275
This part of the Specification details the particular and general requirements for the electrical
plant and all associated electrical auxiliary equipment for the Gas Turbine power station Unit 6
(GT6), and also the criteria followed to design the electrical system of the power station.
The extent of supply of the electrical plant and auxiliaries include but is not limited to the
following, as indicated in the Single Line Diagram (ELE 1):
a)
Activities in the 220kV Switchyard for connections of new 13.2 kV cables to TF 20-21;
b)
Unit auxiliary power transformer for the auxiliary systems;
c)
Installation of Generator together with associated excitation system, neutral earthing
and auxiliary systems (MCC, distribution panels, UPS, batteries etc);

d)
Installation of Electrical Starting System and Generator control / protection equipment;
e)
Bus Ducts for the connection between generator, generator circuit breaker, auxiliary
transformers and between generator circuit breaker and the GT6 medium voltage cubicle to
be installed in the existing 13.2 kV switchgear.
f)
Generator Circuit Breakers controlled by the synchronizing system, with isolating and
grounding switches, current and voltage transformers for transformer and generator sides,
surge arresters and surge capacitors;
g)
MV Electrical system including the new MV Switchgear and updating / revision of
existing;
h)
MV Distribution power transformers;
i)
Auxiliary power supplies systems including all LV switchgear;
j)
Motors and electrical drive systems;
k)
Essential supplies system: 125 Vdc system, complete with batteries and distribution
boards and one 380/220 Vac UPS system with distribution boards;
l)
Electrical equipment for use in hazardous areas;
m) Protective relaying, fault event recorders, operational and fiscal metering systems and
equipment and all associated current and voltage transformers where required as per COES
requirements;
n)
Emergency diesel generating set;
o)
Lighting and small power systems and equipment;
p)
Cabling systems and equipment;
q)
Earthing and lightning protection systems and equipment.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.2
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
147
of
di
275
TERMINATING POINTS
The Contractor shall be responsible for the necessary liaison with existing transformer TF-2021 for the coordination of the power plant interfaces with respect to the synchronizing of the
turbine generator, the power plant protection, control, interlocking, instrumentation and
metering systems.
Contractor shall be responsible for the necessary connections with the existing systems, MCC,
panels etc. (ex. Earthing connections, cable ways, panels feeders etc.).
9.3
DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA
9.3.1
General
The plant and all the equipments shall be designed to ensure satisfactory operation under
sudden variations of load and voltage as may be met under working conditions, including those
due to starting loads, transient short circuit and other internal and external fault conditions.
The design shall incorporate every reasonable safeguard and provision for the safety of all
personnel concerned in the commissioning, operation and maintenance of the installation.
The plant and equipment shall be capable of being controlled under normal operation from a
Central Control Room. Local control facilities shall be provided for testing and maintenance
purposes.
The installation shall have the maximum possible levels of reliability and availability in service.
To this end tried and proven equipment shall be used in the installation; prototype equipment
shall be excluded.
The design and installation shall be carried out to minimize the risk of outbreak of fire and
consequential damage. Materials used shall not support combustion and shall preferably be fire
retardant.
The voltage levels for the electrical system shall be 13.2 kV for Medium Voltage., 480 V for
power supplies, 380/220 Vac for lighting system, 125 Vdc, 48 Vdc for Direct current and 220 V
for UPS and essential system.
An emergency diesel generator shall be provided to allow the operation of essential drives and
equipment and also back-up for the dc systems in the event of total loss of normal supplies.
9.3.2
Standards and codes
The design, manufacturing, construction and installation of equipment shall be in accordance

with the latest revision of the Peruvian standards, as applicable, and in their absence with the
latest revision of the standards of IEC, ANSI and NEC, in order of preference except where
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

expressly indicated. The power
station plant and
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
equipment shall
148
of
di
275
comply with the
requirements of the Grid Code.

In particular, the following criteria shall be adopted for the electrical equipment and systems:
-
All Balance of Plant (BOP) electrical equipment will be according to IEC codes
unless where the manufacturer std. will be mandatory (example for Gas Turbine);
-
Cable sizes will be selected in accordance to IEC recommendations;
Insulation co-ordination of the plant and equipment shall be in accordance with
the requirements of IEC standards;

-
Isolated Phase Bus Duct will be designed in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Std,
C37.23;
-
Generator circuit breaker will be designed and tested according ANSI/IEEE Std
C37.013.
9.3.3
Design of electrical power systems
The failure of any part of the electrical AC and DC auxiliary systems shall not cause a loaded
generator to trip. The design of the auxiliary systems shall also include reserve capacity that is
appropriate to the plant and equipment supplied.
Where electrical equipment is essential to the continued running of the installation, the
associated auxiliary systems shall be arranged so as to allow recovery from fault conditions
and also to permit inspection and maintenance of equipment to be carried out without
interference with the normal operation of the power station.
The essential supplies systems shall be capable of maintaining the supply to all instruments,
controls and auxiliaries required for the safe and reliable operation of the plant and equipment
under all normal and abnormal operating conditions including, where necessary satisfactory
shutdown and the placing of the turbines onto barring gear following the total loss of the grid
connection to the station.
The design shall require only minimal operator intervention to reconfigure the auxiliary
systems upon restoration of normal supplies.
The electrical plant and equipment shall be provided with suitable means for electrical
disconnection,
isolation
and
earthing
of
connections
to
facilitate
maintenance
and
reconfiguration of the electrical power system in the normal operation of the power station.
The auxiliary power supplies systems and associated switch gear shall include a comprehensive
interlocking scheme to ensure safety of personnel.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
149
of
di
275
In addition to the requisite operational interlocking, the switchgear shall be designed to

incorporate a system of isolation and locking such that when an authorized person isolates a
circuit he can lock off and make safe. Unique keys shall be provided for the padlocks used in
the permit to work system.
9.3.4
Protective relaying design and system earthing
Protective relays and systems shall be provided to detect all credible faults on each item of
plant and equipment and their primary interconnections. In the event of unacceptable
electrical system disturbances occurring the protection shall operate, as rapidly as possible and
consistent with maintaining adequate discrimination, to minimize damage to the plant and
equipment and disturbance to the system as a whole.
It shall be designed to preclude, as far as possible, all possibility of inadvertent operation.
However, failure shall not prevent fault clearance.
Except when otherwise specified or agreed, the items provided under this part of the
Specification shall include all the necessary equipment for the protection of the plant, the
associated electrical circuits and the electrical equipment supplied under other parts of this
Specification.
The design of the protective systems shall be subject to the approval of the Owner.
9.3.5
Power system studies
The types of studies to be undertaken by the Contractor are as follows as minimum:

a) Power flow studies shall be carried out to ensure adequate thermal rating of the plant
and equipment and acceptable voltages at every point in the system.
Optimum transformer tappings shall be determined.
b) Fault level studies shall be carried out to ensure adequate short circuit rating of the
plant and equipment.
c) Dynamic studies shall be carried out to ensure satisfactory motor starting with an
acceptable level of voltage drops and to ensure transient stability following a major
short circuit disturbance.
d) Capability curves for the generator, which shall demonstrate that the generator, the
generator main connections, main transformer and the associated cooling systems are
adequately rated to transfer the outputs of the respective prime movers under the
complete range of loading conditions, operating modes and ambient conditions.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.3.6
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
150
of
di
275
Switch gear control and synchronizing equipment
Automatic and manually operated synchronizing facilities backed up with check synchronizing
circuits shall be provided for each generator circuit from the unit control desk.
Synchronizing equipment shall operate satisfactorily in conjunction with the automatic
excitation control and the respective turbine speed governing equipment.
Switchgear control interposing relays shall be installed in the switchgear. The synchronizing
check relay will ensure that VT circuit failures are correctly taken into account.
Manual synchronization shall be provided for the transmission circuit breakers.
The station auxiliary system should be provided with manual synchronizing for the incomers
and interconnectors.
The diesel generator shall be provided with automatic and manual synchronizing facilities on
the local control panels and also at the unit control desk.
9.4
GENERATOR
Excluded from Scope of Supply.

9.5
EXCITATION SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT
Excluded from Scope of Supply.

9.6
MAIN CONNECTIONS
9.6.1
General
Connections between generator and Generator Circuit breaker shall be isolated phase bus duct
which shall include tee-off connections to the unit transformer, and all others MV associated
equipment.
All connections shall be designed to withstand the corresponding full asymmetrical peak
currents under the rms short circuit fault infeeds.
Segregated phase bus duct shall be provided for connections between Generator Circuit
Breaker and existing 13.2 kV switchgear.
The neutral connections shall be designed for full phase to earth voltage.
Adequate support shall be provided to prevent conductor movement under both normal and
fault conditions.
The bus ducst shall be in accordance with ANSI C37.23 and IEC-61271.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

9.6.2
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
151
of
di
275
Flexible connections, joints and disconnecting links
Flexible connections shall be provided where necessary to accommodate thermal expansion or

other differential movement, and to ensure that no undue force or vibration is transmitted to
those lengths of conductor which are supported from the generator block, the transformer or
from the structure of the building.
All joints shall be of an approved design and where these are made between dissimilar metals,
approved means shall be provided to prevent electrolytic corrosion.
9.7
GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER
The circuit breakers shall be SF6 type, manufactured and type tested for generator switching
duty in accordance with the requirements of IEC 60056 and IEEE C37. 013A.
The generator circuit breaker shall be designed for incorporation into the busbars in such a
manner as to preserve the principle of operation of the particular busbar system.
The circuit breakers shall be controlled by the synchronizing system, with isolating and
grounding switches, current and voltage transformers as per the proposed single line diagram
for the transformer and generator sides, surge arresters and surge capacitors, motorized
switch for the static frequency converter incoming.
The inherent design of this circuit breaker shall be such that they produce over voltages (less
than 2.2 pu) on switching conditions including inductive and capacitive switching to IEC 61233.
SF6 circuit breakers shall have the following additional requirements:
a.
GCB will have local-remote commands;
b.
GCB will have mimic diagram clearly visible showing component circuits;
c.
The SF6 gas shall conform to the requirements of IEC 60376;
d.
Where heaters are not used, the dew point shall not be higher than -10C at
working gas density;

e.
Leakage shall not exceed 2 per cent per annum;
f.
Portable SF6 gas top-up / recharge equipment shall be supplied;
g.
An SF6 gas leakage detector shall be included along with all equipment
necessary to safely carry out top-up / recharging operations;

h.
The circuit breaker shall be equipped with a filter for removal of SF6
decomposition products, filling / sampling points, an operations counter, SF6 low gas
pressure alarms and air compressor alarms;
MALACAS (PERU)
i.
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
152
of
di
275
Access shall be readily available and lifting facilities provided to enable each pole
to be removed and replaced for maintenance purposes;

The equipment will be supplied with the accessories required for to achieving the connections
between Isolate phase bus duct and the Segregated phase bus duct, and the following:
9.8
a.
Potential Transformers, wye and open delta connected;
b.
Current transformers;
c.
Surge Arresters and capacitors;
d.
Series disconnectors and Ground disconnector;
e.
Type Tests Protocols, Routine Tests, Site tests.
TRANSFORMERS
9.8.1
General
All power transformers required for the Contract works shall be supplied complete with first
filling of oil where applicable, means of voltage adjustment, oil cooling equipment where
applicable, marshalling kiosks, and all necessary auxiliary equipment and fittings.
All transformers, with the exception of single phase neutral-earthing transformers, shall be of
three phase core type construction.
Transformers for outdoor installation shall be of the oil immersed type and shall be arranged
according to the design requirements for fire protection purposes.
Transformers for indoor installation shall be of the dry type, vacuum cast epoxy resin with at
least class F insulation mounted in ventilated cubicles for use indoors in clean dry areas.
Transformers installed outdoors in compounds shall be arranged so that all indicators that
need to be observed during operation, including oil level gauges and tap position indicator,
shall be easily visible from directly outside the fence surrounding the compound.
Indoor mounted transformers shall similarly be arranged so that indicators are easily visible
from the front of the transformer enclosure.
All links contained within the transformer tank for earthing and other purposes shall be readily
accessible and the links and their fixings shall be of the captive type.
Contractors shall supply a detailed statement regarding manufacture and service experience
with transformers of similar voltage and rating to those offered, including the number of units
installed and date of commissioning.
Transformers shall comply with IEEE, IEC standard.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.8.2
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
153
of
di
275
Rated power
Each transformer shall be capable of operating continuously at its rated input without injurious
heating under the variations of voltage and frequency specified and at any ratio irrespective of
the direction of flow of power and with the voltage of the primary winding maintained at the
rated voltage.
9.8.3
Noise and vibration
Anti-vibration mountings shall be fitted between the tank and the transformer plinth for
transformers.
9.8.4
Windings
All windings shall be fully insulated as defined in lEC 60076.

9.8.5
Earthing
Transformer tanks shall be earthed to the main station earth bar. All auxiliary equipment
attached to the transformer shall be bonded to the tank. All other equipment such as
separately mounted coolers, control cubicles, etc, shall be earthed to the main earth bar.
9.8.6
Tanks and ancillary fittings
The main tank body, tap-changer compartments, radiators, and coolers shall be capable of
withstanding vacuum treatment and shall be designed and constructed to prevent the ingress
of liquid, particularly where fire protection is employed.
All joints other than those that may have to be broken for erection or maintenance shall be
welded. If a tank is fully sealed by welding, complete instructions for the removal and
replacement of the welded-on cover shall be given in the Maintenance Manual. Tank stiffeners
shall be continuously welded to the tank.
9.8.7
Transport
The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the methods and limitations of transport to
site and designs affected by these factors shall be subject to agreement.
9.8.8
Auxiliary Power Transformer
Auxiliary power transformer rated power must be based on power consumed by auxiliary plant
system or circuits (transient and stationary loads must be considered in calculation document
for dimensioning rated power of auxiliary power transformer).
MV Bushings will be hermetically sealed, with independent oil.
Routine tests protocols on auxiliary power transformer plus heat run test must be done.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
154
of
di
275
Site tests on auxiliary up power transformer must be made.

Site and factory acceptance tests must be informed to Owner with manufacturer protocols.
The list of drawings and calculation documents shall be proposed to Owner for agreement.
Seismic calculation document, Outline drawing of power transformer and all bushings are
demanded by Owner.
Transformers. shall be rated continuous maximum output over the full range system voltage
under all site ambient conditions.
According to ANSI/IEEE C.57.91.00, Temperature rise shall not exceed the following limits:
Average winding temperature rise [K]: 65;
Top liquid temperature rise [K]: 60;
Hottest spot temperature rise [K]: 78.
9.8.9
Dry-type MV/LV Distribution and excitation transformers
Each power transformer, ratio according to Contractor standard - three phase - dry type insulation class F in primary and secondary sides, natural air-cooling (AN), must be supplied.
Site tests on each power transformer must be made.
Site and factory acceptance tests must be informed to Owner with manufacturer protocols.
The list of drawings and calculation documents shall be proposed to Owner for agreement.
Seismic calculation document, Outline drawing of each power transformer and all bushings are
demanded.
Each power transformer under fire condition will not emit toxic gas or other dangerous
products.
All power transformer shall be installed indoor and in a cubicle with not less than IP-42
(protection grade), this cubicle must prevent accidental contacts of persons with energized
parts inside to it.
Temperature of each power transformer will be measured by 2 Pt-100 type RTD sensors per
phase. This Pt-100 must be connected to temperature relay that will operate in local and
remote mode.
Over current relay also must be supplied in each power transformer, this will operate in local
and remote mode.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.9
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
155
of
di
275
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
Current Transformers shall comply with IEC 60044.

In addition the following shall be considered:
Current transformer ratings shall be selected and submitted by the Contractor
for Owners approval;
Facilities shall be provided which allow primary injection testing of the current
transformers with the minimum disturbance to the switchgear.

9.10
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
Voltage Transformers shall comply with IEC 60044-2.

In addition the following shall be considered:
Ratings shall be selected and submitted by the Contractor for Owners approval;
To prevent ferroresonance, suitable damping devices shall be provided for
connection to the transformer secondaries.

9.11
SWITCHBOARDS,
CUBICLES,
RELAY
PANELS,
MARSHALLING
BOXES,
ENCLOSURES AND ANCILLARY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

9.11.1
General
The equipment shall comply with the requirements of applicable Peruvian Standards.
The design of the equipment shall be such as to prevent accidental contact with live parts and
to avoid the spread of fire or damage from short circuits or other causes.
Equipment to be installed indoors shall have degree of protection: IP41 in protected electrical
room, otherwise IP54 or equivalent NEMA.
All enclosures containing electrical equipment which can cause rise in temperature shall be
provided with thermostatically controlled anti-condensation heaters.
All enclosures shall be provided with an earth terminal to which shall be connected all internal
apparatus, screens and supporting metal, and which shall be connected externally to the
general earthing system.
All enclosures and apparatus shall be clearly labeled indicating the function and the plant
number.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.11.2
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
156
of
di
275
Small wiring
All secondary wiring in panels, cubicles and equipment racks shall be carried out using 0.6/1
kV insulation grade multi-stranded copper wire.
All wires shall have an identification marking at each end numbered in accordance with a
numbering system provided by the Owner.
9.11.3
Indicating instruments
They shall be of the solid state type with maximum demand indications and shall be provided
with pulse transmitters to repeat quantities to the DCS. Motor ammeters shall be capable of
withstanding motor starting currents if requested. Voltage operated instruments shall be
suitable for operation from voltage transformers. Voltage operated instruments shall be
protected by a fuse on each pole of the circuit placed as close as possible to the voltage
transformer terminals.
9.12
MEDIUM VOLTAGE (MV) SWITCHGEAR
The TG6 Unit shall be connect to existing 13.2 kV switchgear.

The existing 13.2 kV switchgear is a metal clad compartment, ALSTOM model AHA, with
vacuum circuit breaker ECA model, 3150 A 50 kA service voltage 13.2 kV and 17.7 kV nominal
voltage.
The Contractor shall update with new dedicated panels the present switchgear configuration as
per new GT6 characteristics.
The actual existing cubicle have not capability for new GT6.
Contractor shall consider to install a incoming Segregated phase bus duct adaptor entry, new
Circuit breaker, current and voltage transformers, ancillary equipment, protection devices to
ensure proper operation with new GT6 Generator Circuit breaker, new switchgear Circuit
breaker and existing users. The system shall be modified in accordance with the new TG6 Unit,
including the automatic control system to grounding through a Zig-Zag transformer the
medium voltage system.
The incoming GT6 cubicle shall comply with the following standards:
-
IEC 60298 Arc resistant design requirements;
IEC 62271 High Voltage switchgear;
IEC 694 Switchgear and control cubicles;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
157
of
di
275
ANSI C37.20 Metal clad switchgear.
Contractor shall connect and install in the existing 13.2 kV switchgear two cables connections:
-
Cables from IE circuit breaker to transformer TF-20-21;
Cables from T7 circuit breaker to new 13.2 kV switchgear.
The existing cables shall be removed.
A new 13.2 kV switchgear shall be provided in the new TG6 Unit area in dedicated shelter.
The switchgear is a metal clad compartment and shall comply with the following standards:
-
IEC 60298 Arc resistant design requirements;
IEC 62271 High Voltage switchgear;
ANSI C37.20 Metal clad switchgear.
Protections will be microprocessor based, they will include also all control and monitoring
functions (as such as auto diagnosis, reporting of electrical parameters, sequential event
recording, fault recording, provisions for inter-trip logics, etc) also for a remote control.
All the protective relays microprocessor type shall be well proven manufacturer and type
tested. The EMC characteristics should meet the reference standards.
Additionally, the MV switchgear shall comply with following requirements:
-
MV Switchgear cubicles shall be arc-resistant type, according to IEC 60298;
Hand operated earthing switches must be included, interlocked with main power circuit
breaker;
Conducting bars must be covered with insulating material, as stated in ANSI C37.20c;
Automatic transfer system is needed in case of incomer failure;
Front and back of cubicles shall include acrylic windows for thermography inspection;
Acrylic protection shall be installed in front of all terminals and contacts in order to
avoid direct exposure;
Each cubicle will have a mimic diagram clearly visible showing component circuits;
Cubicles shall have anti-condensation heaters and internal lighting.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.12.1
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
158
of
di
275
Design and layout
Local control at the switchgear shall be provided for maintenance purposes. Local / remote
selector switches shall be installed on the switchboards.
Switchboard shall be readily extensible and space shall be provided to allow the future
installation of circuit breaker cubicles at both ends of each switchboard, i.e. four future cubicles
per switchboard. A clear one meter side access space shall be provided at each end of the fully
extended switchboard.
9.13
LV SWITCHBOARDS
The low voltage system will consist of: main distribution boards (power centers) fed by MV/LV
distribution transformers to feed large LV motors and the cable connections to local Motor
Control Centers (MCCs).
Power center will be provided with microprocessor based protections. The other LV feeders of
conventional type will be organized and logically grouped with local multiplexer suitable to
transmit all digital and analog I/O supervisory signals and commands.
Motor control centers (MCCs) for lower size LV motors and sub distribution boards for package
systems.
As general rule, large motors should be fed by the power centers, while small motors should
be fed by the motor control centers. PC/MCC composite type switchgears can be applied,
where the PC or MCC feeders maintain the same criteria as previously described.
Connection between the MV/LV transformer and the relevant switchboard will be carried out by
means of single core cables or internal Bus-bar. The dry-type MV/LV auxiliary transformers will
be indoor located, inside suitable cells having external doors with opening for air circulation.
Additionally, the LV switchgear shall comply with following requirements:
-
LV Switchgear cubicles shall be arc-resistant type;
Acrylic protection shall be installed in front of all terminals and contacts in order to
avoid direct exposure;
Each cubicle will have a mimic diagram clearly visible showing component circuits;
Cubicles shall have anti-condensation heaters and internal lighting.
The switchgear shall comply with the following standards:

-
IEC 61641 Enclosed low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies;
ANSI C37.13 Low voltage AC power circuit breaker.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
159
of
di
275
9.13.1
General
The construction of the LV switchgear shall be such that the internal separation by barriers
complies with not less than Form 3b separation in accordance with the requirements of IEC
60439-1.
The air circuit breakers shall be withdrawable type with independent manual spring closing and
electrical trip release. All draw-out units will be provided with mechanical interlocking devices
to prevent the drawers being inserted or extracted when the circuit breaker / contactor is
closed.
Control will be on the same basis as for the MV switchgear.
Outgoing and feeders shall be equipped by molded case circuit breaker (MCCB).
Automatic high-speed transfer system shall be provided for an immediate switchover of the
two incomers by a coupling breaker.
Each switchboard shall be readily extensible and space shall be provided to allow the future
installation of two columns at both ends of each switchboard, i.e. four future columns per
switchboard. A clear one meter side access space shall be provided at each end of the fully
extended.
All the protective relays microprocessor type shall be well proven manufacturer and type
tested. The EMC characteristics should meet the reference standards.
Motor protection relays and thermal overloads shall be arranged for resetting from outside the
cubicle.
9.14
DC SUPPLIES AND UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS
9.14.1
General
The direct current system will consist of two (100%) individual sets, with an autonomy of 3
hours discharge.
The DC systems shall be with the following main components:
-
2 accumulator batteries 125 V dc (at 2x100%);
2 battery chargers / rectifiers;
2 insulation transformers.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
160
of
di
275
The charger shall have manual and automatic reload options and will be capable of keeping the
consumer output voltage within the appropriate limits for the operation of the loads.
The UPS equipment shall consist:
-
2 inverters 380/220 V (at 2 x 100%);
By-pass transformers;
Manual by-pass;
Static Switch;
Automatic Change-over;
Distribution Panel boards.
All equipment shall be cubicle mounted and complete with local alarms and instrumentation as
well as provision for remote indication of a common alarm.
The UPS equipment shall be provided with isolation facilities to permit full replacement without
disrupting any part of the systems to which it is normally connected.
Batteries, chargers and inverters shall comply with the following standards:
-
IEC 896-1 Lead Acid Batteries;
IEEE 485Recommended practice for sizing large lead acid batteries;
IEC 146 Static starting device;
NEMA PE-1 UPS.
The UPS equipment shall be suitable for operation with an input voltage variation of 10% and
frequency variation of 5% and shall comply with the following requirements:
-
Output frequency
60Hz;
Harmonic Distortion
3% max;
Overload Capability
150% for 1 min, 125% for 10 min;
Short Circuit Current
2 x rated current for 10 seconds.
The inverter of the UPS shall be provided with power converter bridge with IGBT technology
with power bipolar transistor regulated by PWM and series parallel filter.
The inverter of UPS shall be provided with regulation and control electronic circuit.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
161
of
di
275
The UPS equipment shall be provided with control digital screen panel for the operation and
maintenance. The followings parameter shall be viewed in the screen: voltage, current, of
input, voltage, current, frequency of output, % output load; consumed kVA; battery charge
and discharge current; rectifier current; available capacity AH of batteries.
9.15
PROTECTION AND METERING SYSTEM
9.15.1
Protection system
Protection system dedicated to the Electrical Generator shall be considered in the Supply of the
Generator.
This section contains the general requirements applicable to all protection relays.
Each element of the main plant shall be provided with high-speed discriminative protection
(main protection), capable of detecting all faults and issuing tripping commands to the
associated circuit breakers within the prescribed time. Redundant auxiliary supplies shall be
used where feasible.
High-speed discriminative protection systems shall be engineered as complete schemes, with
due account of current and / or voltage transformer performance.
Attention shall be paid to the total performance including the behavior during the period
immediately following a switching operation irrespective of whether that operation is to
eliminate a network short-circuit or is to energize or to de-energize any part of the network.
In the event of an un-cleared external fault or any other abnormal operating condition which
may cause damage to plant, time delayed tripping shall be initiated as a back-up action to
prevent plant damage.
9.15.1.1 PROTECTION TECHNOLOGY

All relays performing a measuring function shall be of numerical design with continuous selfmonitoring. Auxiliary relays, repeat relays, trip relays and any other simple auxiliary or contact
multiplication
function
may
be
based
on
standard
attracted
armature
or
other
electromechanical techniques.
It shall be possible to utilize the additional functionality offered by numerical relays (e.g.
instrumentation and recording functions).
Routine test requirements shall be limited to basic function testing only, through the provision
of comprehensive, continuous self-monitoring.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
162
of
di
275
Numerical relays and schemes provided shall be suitable for connection to a local
communications network to allow the complete relay scheme to be interfaced to a central
computer work station. The communications bus, necessary modems and interface units and
all associated software shall be provided as part of the contract.
With the resulting system it shall be possible to interrogate all numerical relays and schemes
to
monitor
and
extract
recorded
data
(including
settings, measurement parameters,
disturbance records). It shall also be possible to enabling remote adjustment of relay settings,
if required.
Numerical relays shall also be provided with a local communications port to allow direct
interfacing to a lap-top PC, to facilitate local interrogation, setting-up and recorded data
extraction.
Individual protection units shall be provided with an integral user interface to facilitate setting
changes and observation of indications without the use of remote communications.
Protection relays shall be chosen from approved suppliers and shall be type-tested according
to applicable Standards.
9.15.1.2 PROTECTION SETTINGS
The Contractor shall carry out an overall protection setting study and preparation of relay
setting schedules for all groups of protection.
Details of relays and setting calculations shall be provided for review and approval.
In the absence of system data required for calculation purposes, assumptions may be made,
providing these are clearly identified as such in the relevant calculations.
9.16
EMERGENCY DIESEL EQUIPMENT
9.16.1
General
An emergency diesel generating set complete with all accessories shall be provided under the
terms of this Contract. . The estimated preliminary size is 800 kVA, however the diesel
generating set shall be sized by Contractor, and configured to enable the safe shutdown of the
plant and maintain essential supplies in the event of loss of grid supplies.
9.16.2
Foundations and supports
The foundations for all plant together with any steelwork, foundation bolts, tubes or other
equipment necessary shall be supplied. The diesel generating sets shall be mounted on mild
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
163
of
di
275
steel channel sub-frames of the skid type through anti-vibration mountings of an approved
type.
All supports for silencers, exhaust pipes, daily service oil tanks and any other equipment shall
be supplied under this Contract.
Silencer and exhaust pipe supports shall be of the anti-vibration type. Equipment such as the
control panels and batteries and any other item likely to be affected shall be protected from
vibrations transmitted through the floor.
9.16.3
Fuel and fuel systems
A complete diesel fuel oil system including valves, piping and daily storage tanks shall be
provided to serve the emergency generating plant. The daily service tank for the diesel
generator shall be free standing.
The tank, which shall be large enough to supply the generator with fuel for a continuous
running period of 24 hours, shall be complete with all mountings to satisfy ISO 8528
(reciprocating
internal
combustion
engine
driven
alternating
current
generating
sets)
requirements including a contents gauge.

9.16.4
Engine
The engine shall comply with ISO 3046. The engine shall be of the multi-cylinder arrangement,
water cooled, cold starting type, fitted with renewable cylinder liners.
9.16.5
Starting equipment
Suitable starting equipment shall be supplied. The equipment shall be of the battery starting
type complete with mains and engine driven recharging facilities. The charging equipment shall
be automatic in operation and maintain the level of charge at a suitable value in each battery.
Batteries shall be accommodated in specially constructed stands mounted local to the diesel
generator units off the diesel generator house floor.
9.16.6
Generator
The generator frames shall preferably be of fabricated construction and incorporate an exciter.
The generator shall be air cooled, screen protected and drip proofed.
Insulation shall be to at least Class F with temperature rise to the next lowest class of
insulation. A solid coupling shall connect the generator rotor to the diesel engine crankshaft.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.16.7
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
164
of
di
275
Generating set protection
The generating unit shall be provided with protection equipment which shall protect the
generator sets from damage due to fault conditions. All relays or similar equipment for overspeed, oil pressure, cooling water level and high cooling water temperature, directly associated
with the prime mover shall be mounted on the generating set engine and associated with a
suitable trip relay.
Protection equipment shall be provided and arranged to trip the associated circuit breaker,
suppress the excitation and shut down the prime mover if faults should occur.
9.16.8
Generator control panel
The control panel shall be of the automatic standby type a fabricated steel cubicle, set
mounted or free standing to form a pre-wired package.
The generator contactor shall trip out in the event of low voltage, low frequency, overvoltage
or over-speed. Visual indication of alarm conditions and system status shall be visible on the
control panel.
Each of the conditions shall be linked to the remote control.
The control panel shall include a selector switch, the positions shall be:
Test off load
exerciser and mains failure anticipation;
Normal / automatic
on alert status monitoring mains;
Off position
set will not start / set will stop.
9.16.9
Noise
The Sound Pressure Level (A-weighted Lp Aeq) measured outside the container (if any) in
both idling and rate stabilized load conditions, at 1 meter from the DG set including the cooling
system, located at 1,5 m high from the ground shall not exceed, as a minimum, 82 dB(A), with
tolerance 0 dB, for each point of measurement and inclusive environment reverberations
(reflections). Only, for the exhaust pipe and silencer will be accepted a tolerance + 2dB.
Inside the container the noise global average pressure level must not exceed 105 dB(A).
Noise measurement will be corrected taking into account the background noise.
Methods and instruments for measurements shall be according to Peruvian laws and
International Standard (ISO 3746:2010).
In case noise emission exceeds the above required value, supplier will identify noisy
equipments, and shall provide and install suitable noise deadening enclosures on these,
complete of all necessary devices such as doors, ventilation system, lighting, etc.
Supplier is informed that noise requirements reported in attachment [G.7] are only general
limits for the whole power plant, therefore in case of any discrepancies between the noise
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
165
of
di
275
limits indicated in present PTS and the ones reported in [G.7] the most stringent ones shall be
applied.
9.17
9.17.1
ELECTRICAL MOTORS
Motor shall comply with the requirements of IEC 60034 and IEC 60072 or NEMA MG.1
All motors exceeds 200 kW shall be Medium Voltage, 200kW or smaller shall be 380 V.
All LV motors shall be of high efficiency type.
Insulation class for Medium Voltage is F and B for Low Voltage.
Motors shall be capable of starting at 75 per cent of rate voltage in the speed range between 0
and the speed corresponding to the maximum torque, the induction motor output torque shall
be at least 10% greater than load torque.
9.17.2
Design and construction
The motors shall in general be of the totally enclosed ran cooled type (TEFC) with the
exception of large MV motors which may be of the closed circuit air cooled (CCAC) or closed
Circuit water cooled type (CCWC). Motor enclosures shall be IP 54 for indoor application and IP
55 for outdoor, unless special applications define otherwise.
All MV motors should be fitted with anti-condensation heaters of appropriate rating. The
heaters shall be designed for connection to a suitable LV supply and shall be arranged to be
energized when the motor is at a standstill. A separate heater terminal box and isolating
facilities shall be provided for each motor.
9.17.3
Terminal arrangement
Motors shall be fitted with separate terminal boxes for the supply cable, instrumentation,
controls and heaters. The terminal box shall be of the air insulated totally enclosed type
designed to exclude the ingress of dust and moisture. Terminals for low voltage motors shall
have insulating barriers between phases or poles.
MV motors shall have phase segregated terminals and the terminal box and fittings shall not
fail in a manner hazardous to personnel in the event of an internal fault.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

9.17.4
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
166
of
di
275
Air coolers
Motor air coolers shall be of adequate capacity to dissipate the motor losses with the worst
fouling expected between overhauls. Materials for the coolers shall be selected to provide
resistance to corrosion.
9.18
EARTHING
9.18.1
General
The earthing system shall conform to applicable Peruvian Standards.
The Contractor shall present calculations to show that the proposed system complies with the
Standards and is safe in terms of touch, step and transferred potential.
Induced potentials calculation shall be carried out according IEEE Std 367-1996.
The measurements of earthing resistivity, step and touch potentials shall be revised / verified
by a dedicated specific company.
The measure of earthing system shall be performed according IEEE Std 81.2-1992.
The main earthing system shall be in the form of earthing point distribution bars which shall be
strategically located within an area in which items of plant are to be located.
The earthing grid shall consist of bare copper conductor cable, connections by cadweld type
welding system (ANSI/IEEE 80), shall also have disconnecting links to enable testing of the
connections.
Ground rods shall be of hard drawn high conductivity copper and fitted with hardened steel
driving caps and tips.
9.18.2
Arrangement of earthing and bonding
Generating set and main connections: multiple ground connections adequate to carry
phase to phase fault current shall be provided.
Unit transformer: the unit transformer LV neutral earthing connection to the neutral
earthing resistor shall consist of a fully rated cable. The connection from the earth side of the
neutral earthing resistor shall consist of an upstand from the main earthing system.
As
minimum
two
interconnection
points,
with
removable
links
for
testing
measurement, shall be provided between GT6 main erthing system and both the existing
Mitsubishi Units and 220kV REP Substation.
MALACAS (PERU)
9.19
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
167
of
di
275
LIGHTNING AND SURGE PROTECTION
A complete lightning protection system comprising a roof network and down conductors shall
be installed to protect shelters and buildings, chimneys and other important areas in
accordance with the requirements of applicable Peruvian Standard and IEEE 998.
On completion of the installation or of any modification to it, the resistance to earth of each
earth termination on section thereof shall be measured and the continuity of all conductors and
the efficiency of all bonds verified to confirm conformity with design data.
9.20
CABLING SYSTEM
9.20.1
General
The cable installation to be provided under the Contract shall include all cables required for the
supply control, indication and monitoring of all plant provided under this Contract. The
contractor must make a calculation for to determine the section of the power cables between
the switchgear and the power transformer, to review if the actual group of cables are useful
with one new group of cables of same section than the cables installed. The contractor must
send to Owners Engineer the calculation sheet for review and comments. The installation shall
be complete with all cable terminations, cable trays, cable ladder racks, duct-banks, trenches,
junction boxes, glands, lugs, numbered ferrules, cable markers, clips and all fixings, fittings,
brackets, cleats, piping and accessories.
All ducts and covers shall be sealed after installation of cables.
The cables involved shall comply with the following standard:
-
IEC 60228 Conductors of insulated cables;
IEC 60287 Calculation of current rating;
IEC 60332 Test on electric cables under fire conditions;
IEC 60502 Extruded solid dielectric insulated power cables for rated voltage from 1 kV
to 30 kV;
-
IEC 60540 Test method for insulations and sheated of Electrical Cables and Cords.
9.20.2
MV and LV power cables
15 kV Cables shall be single core or multicore cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE), armoured
against radial field.
Cable terminations shall comply with IEEE Std 48.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
168
of
di
275
0.6/1 kV LV cables shall be single core or multicore, not armoured / shielded, ethylene vinyl
acetate (EVA).
The oversheat shall consist of special thermoplastic compound (PVC) complying with IEC
60811, flame retardant type, sunlight resistance, and low smoke and low-toxic / corrosive gas
emission.
9.20.3
Control cables
All 0.6/1 kV control cables and wiring supplied under this Contract shall have copper
conductors, ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA).
All cables and wiring shall be of the flame retardant type accordance IEC-60332.3, halogen
free.
9.20.4
Instrumentation cables
The requirements for instrumentation cables are covered elsewhere in this Specification.
9.20.5
Telephone cables
The requirements for instrumentation cables are covered elsewhere in this Specification.
9.20.6
Fire resistant cables
The layout of all cables shall be arranged to have adequate clearance from other services.
Cables shall generally be routed to avoid hot or fire risk areas, and to minimize the risk of
damage from any source. Control cables shall be separated from power cables and shall not be
laid on the same cable tray.
Contractor shall replace the existing cables to TF-20-21 transformer from existing 13.2 kV,
with new cables sized accordingly the TG6 Unit.
In addition the Contractor evaluate all existing buried cable ways between GT6 area and
existing 13.2 kV Electrical room and the main control room, and also the cable routing from
existing 13.2 kV Electrical room and REP 220 kV substation.
If necessary Contractor will provide a construction of new underground routings including cable
support, trenches and ducts banks.
9.20.7
Fire precautions
All apparatus connections and cable installations shall be designed and installed to minimize
the risk of fire and any damage which may be caused in the event of fire.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
169
of
di
275
Enclosed vertical / horizontal runs of cables shall be provided with fire stops to limit the spread
of fire, and shall be sealed to prevent "chimney effects".
Wherever cables pass through floors, walls or other partitions, a suitable method of sealing
shall be used. This sealing shall consist of fire resisting materials. All seals shall be vermin
proof. Seals in damp areas or areas with water spray fire protection shall be waterproof. The
whole installation shall be arranged to prevent the spread of fire, smoke and fumes through
each partition.
9.20.8
Cable identification and Schedules
The Contractor shall prepare and submit computerized cable schedules in content and style to
the general approval of the Owner. These shall include cable identification numbers for all
cables except those provided for lighting and small power circuits.
The cable number shall be such as to give a brief indication of type and function to which
individual cables are concerned and shall be approved by the Owner.
Naming the supports on which it passes shall identify cable routing. Each horizontal tray and
each vertical tray shall therefore be assigned identification.
The Contractor may use a fully computerized system for rating, and routing of cables, but shall
provide a system that readily permits the cables to be scheduled on the following basis in
sequence of cable identification number:
by function of cable;
by main level of voltage;
by agreed electrical and mechanical plant function groups.
The Contractor shall provide copies of the cable schedule in an approved format. The
Contractor shall provide a standard PC based software package to permit the Owner to access,
display, print and edit the schedules. The schedules shall be accessed by simple interactive
dialogue using menu selection or other approved procedure. In addition at agreed intervals the
Contractor shall provide selected copies of the above schedules in a printout form.
Each end of every cable, except those provided for lighting and small power circuits and which
are connected to the load side of distribution boards for lighting and small power circuits shall
be identified with a separate cable reference on a metal plate or any other material resistant to
attack by atmospheric borne chemical agents and sunlight. The plate shall be fitted in a
suitable position by means of a clamp located as close to the termination as possible.
Where cables enter and leave ducts suitable identification markers shall be fitted.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
170
of
di
275
The materials of the markers and fasteners shall be such as to avoid corrosion or deterioration
due to incompatibility of materials and shall ensure permanent legibility.
9.21
LIGHTING AND SMALL POWER INSTALLATION
9.21.1
General
The lighting and small power installation shall comprise the following:
-
Permanent lighting installations, comprehensive system of emergency and safety

lighting systems, road and perimeter lighting, area floodlighting;
Aircraft warning lighting for chimney;
Small power, socket outlets (16A), connection units for plant areas, equipment room,
building / shelters, maintenance and testing areas, and domestic items;
Secondary distributions of cables, distribution boards, supplies for transportable and

fixed equipment, welding sockets (63A), environmental plant;
Panels and sub-panels for the systems above mentioned.
9.21.2
Lighting
The lighting system shall comply with applicable Peruvian Standard.
The lighting arrangements shall be based on the use of high frequency, high efficiency
fluorescent lamps inside main buildings, workshops, stores etc. High pressure sodium lighting
shall be used for high-bay lighting.
9.21.3
Small power
Socket outlets (16A) shall comply with applicable Peruvian Standards and shall be installed to
give adequate coverage of all shelters, buildings and plant, as minimum n. 3 sockets per 10 m
(at least n. 2 for each room).

9.21.4
Emergency and safety lighting
A section of the main lighting installation shall be operated as an emergency lighting.
The emergency lighting shall be automatically energized on failure of the electrical supply to
normal lighting in the relevant area.
Self-contained emergency light fittings shall be used in those outbuildings where no
emergency lighting system exists and for a Safety requirements.
In areas where operations are necessary under emergency conditions, the illumination level
shall at all times be consistent with the continuity of such operations. In the remaining areas,
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
171
of
di
275
including those of general access, the level of illumination shall be such as to ensure the safety
of personnel at all times.
9.21.5
Secondary distribution
The distribution boards shall be 380/220 3-phase 4 wire, generally grouped together where
suitable, within a free standing totally enclosed cellular cubicle type switchboard, or as
individual boards, where required.
9.22
GAS RISK AREAS, AREA CLASSIFICATION AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
All areas of the plant where concentrations of gas may occur due to normal leakage or process
fault or ventilation system failure shall be classed as hazardous locations.
The design of all electrical installations in such areas shall respect the prescriptions of the
applicable Peruvian Standards (CDIGO NACIONAL DE ELECTRICIDA, seccin 110, Lugares
Peligrosos).
The Contractor shall calculate and produce area classification drawings and documentation for
the whole site area as per applicable Peruvian Standards.
All gas groups, electrical equipment maximum surface temperature, (T ratings), and
equipment types shall be quoted and approved by the Owner.
A consistent approach to the design of the hazardous area electrical systems shall be adopted
throughout the Contract.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
10.
CONTROL, INSTRUMENTATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
10.1
INTRODUCTION
172
of
di
275
This Section describes the technical requirements for the supply and installation of control and
instrumentation (I&C). All l&C equipment necessary to allow the safe and efficient operation of
the power station shall be supplied, installed, commissioned and tested.
The remote control equipment will be centralized in the existing central control room. The
equipment and devices that can be directly installed in the tap point shall be equipped with
suitable protection.
The GTP is controlled by proprietary remote station located in CCR.
In the further sections of the TS it shall be made reference to DCS solution A or B as
introduced in chapter 3.
DCS cabinets shall be located in existing electrical room.
A consistent control, instrumentation and data acquisition philosophy shall be applied
throughout the power station. The objective shall be to standardize all equipment, wherever
possible, throughout the power station in order to rationalize operation, maintenance and
reduce spare parts.
In general. all equipment shall be of modern compact design, incorporating proven technology
and
supplied
from
one
composite range
as
marketed
by
reputable international
manufacturer.
I&C shall be provided such that no single failure can cause a forced outage of the power
station.
The following instrumentation redundancy criteria for BoP shall be applied:
Single measurement: for monitoring and also for control function of auxiliary systems
whose temporary outage doesnt affect plant production;
Double measurements (1oo2): for process control function of systems whose any outage
can affect plant production;
Triple measurements (2oo3): for protection function.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

10.2
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
173
of
di
275
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
10.2.1
Introduction
The following section describes the general requirements for the supply and installation of the
control and instrumentation (I&C) systems for the plant. All I&C equipment necessary to allow
the safe, reliable and efficient operation of the plant shall be supplied.
A consistent control, instrumentation and data acquisition philosophy shall be applied

throughout the plant. The objective shall be to standardize all equipment, wherever possible,
throughout the plant in order to rationalize operation, maintenance and reduce spare parts. In
general, all equipment shall be of modern, compact design, incorporating proven technology
and
supplied from
one
composite range as
marketed by
reputable, international
manufacturer.
Instruments shall be mounted in heated or protected locations wherever possible in order to

minimize the effects of ambient weather conditions.
The seismic requirements shall apply the estndar IEEE 693-2005 High level or Peruvian
regulation.
For control cabinets, control racks and junction boxes, the IP protection (IEC60529 and NEMA)
shall be as follows
a. IP 54: For closed environment with dust and moisture control;
b. IP 55: For closed environment without dust and moisture control;
c. IP 66: For outside environment without salt or corrosive conditions;
d. Nema 4x: For outside environment in salt and corrosive conditions.
For instruments, the IP shall be as follows:

a. IP 66: In controlled or outside environments without salt or corrosive conditions;
b. Nema 4x: In outside environment with salt and corrosive conditions;
c. IP 67 with anticorrosive protection: for plunged instruments or instruments in
trenches.
All equipment shall be to approval.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
10.2.2
Sheet
Pagina
174
of
di
275
Standards
The Contractor shall ensure that the following Standards are applied to the control and
instrumentation equipment, its installation, commissioning and operation.
- COES
Comit de
Nacional
Operacin
Econmica
del
Sistema
- ANSI
American National Standards Institute
- NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
- NEC
National Electrical Code
- UL
Underwriter's Laboratories
- NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
- IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- EIA
Electronic Industries Association
- IEC
International Electrical Commission
- ASTM
American Standards for Testing Material
Interconectado
- Cdigo Nacional de Electricidad del Per

- Decreto Supremo N 014-2010 MINAM, aprueba los Lmites Mximos Permisibles para las
Emisiones
- Resolucin Directorial
N 014-2005-DGE
Norma Tcnica para la Coordinacin de Operacin en tiempo real de

Sistemas Interconectados. Lima, Per, 18 de Abril de 2011.
- Resolucin Directorial
N243-2012-EM/DGE
Norma Tcnica para el Intercambio de Informacin en Tiempo Real

para la Operacin del Sistema Elctrico Interconectado Nacional.
Lima, Per, 20 de Noviembre de 2012.
- Decreto Supremo N
020-97-EM
LA NORMA TCNICA
ELCTRICOS(NTCSE).
DE
CALIDAD
DE
LOS
SERVICIOS
MINISTERIO DE ENERGA Y MINAS, Lima, Per, 09 de Octubre de

1997.
10.2.3
Signal Levels
The following signal levels shall be used for instrumentation and control:
Electronic signals 4 to 20 mA at 24 Vdc;
Conditioned signals 1 to 5 Vdc;
Solenoid at relay drive 24 Vdc at 500 mA maximum;
Field switches (for interlocks, supervision and alarm purpose): free voltage
contacts, 24Vdc voltage reading;
Pneumatic 0.2 to 1.0 barg;
Thermocouple elements must allow connection to the transmitter with 4-20 mA

output, with option for local display, as the process requires;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
175
of
di
275
RTD shall have connection to the transmitter with 4-20 mA output, with option
for local
10.2.4
Hazardous areas
All I&C equipment shall be suitable for the specific area in which it is located. This shall take
into account the presence of any potentially hazardous condition or substance.
If equipment is expected to operate in the presence of flammable or explosive materials either

explosion proof construction or the use of barriers to obtain intrinsic safety will be acceptable.
All equipment offered for use in such areas shall have the necessary certification by the
appropriate Certification Bureau and its proposed application shall fully comply with all
conditions of the certificate.
The design and installation of the equipment shall take into account fully the appropriate
sections and requirements of EN 50014.
The Contractor shall provide a plant layout drawing and list defining the classification of all
plant areas taking into account all appropriate physical parameters including ambient and
surface temperatures of plant, dust / liquid / gas / water conditions, risk of fire and explosion.
10.2.5
Insulation and isolation
All circuits intended to be electrically isolated from external circuits shall be designed to
withstand the following voltage levels:
a. All circuits requiring isolation (including contacts of switches, relays or contactors) shall
have an insulation resistance across the isolating barrier of not less than 20 megahms
when measured at 500 V dc.;
b. A circuit intended for connection to 110 V ac or 125 V dc and above shall withstand 2
kV 50 Hz rms between itself and all other points for one minute.
Connections to the external power sources shall normally be made via switches and fuses or
via miniature circuit breakers.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
10.2.6
Sheet
Pagina
176
of
di
275
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The equipment shall not generate electrical or electromagnetic interference at a level

detrimental to the performance of other equipment or to the hazard or discomfort of
personnel.
The equipment shall meet the requirements of the following standards and test levels with
regard to immunity to emissions from external sources.
Test
Standard
Impulse withstand
IEC 61000-4-5
Electrostatic discharge
IEC 61000-4-2
IEC 61000-4-3
Radiated electromagnetic energy
10.2.7
Class / severity level
Earthing
All non-current carrying metallic parts of plant, equipment, components, enclosures, protective
screens, etc., shall be provided with earthing facilities for personnel safety reasons and for
obtaining the maximum possible rejection of electrical interference.
Earthing should be generally in accordance with the relevant sections of IEEE 80 IEEE 665, and
IEEE 1050 or equivalent International Standards unless otherwise approved.
The earthing philosophy proposed by the Contractor shall be to the approval of the Owner's
Representative.
Protective screens around insulated cables shall be insulated from field instruments, connected
through any field junction boxes and be continuous up to the earth point in the destination
cubicle or panel. Cable armoring shall be earthed for electrical safety purposes only and not for
noise reduction. Cable armoring shall be insulated from cable screens.
Where the Contractor's design requires a separate and dedicated earthing arrangement (e.g.:
a "clean" earth for electronic equipment) then the Contractor shall provide such earthing
facilities as required. Where such earthing systems requires a single connection from the C&I
equipment to the main plant earth bus, then a removable link shall be provided to connect the
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
177
of
di
275
equipment earth to the main plant earth bus for testing purposes. This removable link shall be
clearly labeled with a warning indication. All instrument clean earth bars shall also be labeled
as such.
10.2.8
Cabling
All cabling (except fiber optic cables) and wiring shall have multi-stranded copper conductors,
thermoplastic insulation and a thermoplastic outer sheath. All control and instrumentation
cables shall be respectively overall screened and individually screened pairs and shall have
flame retardant characteristics and insulation halogen-free, and each conductor shall have
2
minimum 1 mm . Protection against vermin and insect attack shall be provided. Where routed
outside buildings and enclosures and where no overall mechanical protection is afforded,
cables shall have galvanized steel wire armor with a thermoplastic waterproof oversheath. All
methods of mechanical protection, other than steel wire armor, shall be to the Owner's
Representative's approval.
Where practical cables shall be laid on racking, trays or trunking / conduits. Burying of cables
shall be avoided.
Running I&C cables along the same route as power cables shall be avoided. Where this is not
possible, the cables shall be segregated as fully as possible. It is not permissible for power and
I&C cables to share the same tray / rack / trunking / conduit. Sufficient slack shall be provided
at the termination areas to allow for future cable disturbance and re-terminating of cores.
10.2.9
Identification
The design shall consider the application of KKS for numbering system, on instruments and
equipments and allow the use of operational maintenance inventory.
All equipment associated with the measurement and control, including measurement cabinets,
must have their identification number according to plant KKS standard.
Each item of equipment shall be durably and legibly labeled, indicating the purpose, plant
identification number and where necessary any operating position functions. Labels shall be
provided on front and rear access doors of all cubicles. Labels shall also be provided inside
cubicles to assist the identification of apparatus and terminals. Instruments, valves, actuators
and all other fieldmounted equipment shall similarly be identified with suitable labels.
Each equipment must be identified through a 316L stainless steel plate carved with its
identification number identification (Tag numbers) in KKS code, and must be fixed through
clamps or stainless steel chains. The tag numbers of all the control instruments and devices
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
178
of
di
275
must be verified for a proper identification according to the list of Instruments and drawings of
the project.
The material of all labels and the dimensions, legend and method of printing shall be to
approval. Surfaces of labels for cubicles and control equipment shall have a matt or satin finish
to avoid dazzle. Colors shall be permanent and free from fading. Danger labels shall have red
lettering on a white background.
10.2.10 Installation
All instrumentation shall be installed in compliance with BS 6739 or international equivalent
standard and the recommendations of the manufacturer. Only one instrument shall be fitted to
each tapping point.
Separate instruments shall be provided for control / indication and protection systems.
Connections to instruments after the primary isolating valve shall be made using steel or a
material corresponding to the piping class of the line to which it is connected. Stainless steel
(316) shall be used in certain atmospheres to prevent erosion or corrosion problems.
Instrument isolating valves, vent / test valves and instrument manifolds shall be provided for
all devices where appropriate. Instrument vent and drain paints shall be routed to a safe
position away from site personnel.
All indicating instruments and controls shall be readable and accessible from floor level or
permanent platforms. Local gauge glasses shall be visible from any control valve that controls
the vessel level.
Post or bracket mounts for instruments shall not be attached to pipe work, removable flooring,
and handrails or be directly affixed to machinery and equipment subject to vibration.
Instrument ranges and dial markings shall comply with BS 3693 or equivalent international
standard. Instrument ranges shall be such that normal working indication lies between 60 and
75 per cent of the span. The size of dials shall be to approval.
Electrical indicating instruments shall be in accordance with EN 60051, Class Index 1.0.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
179
of
di
275
Indicating lamps shall be of the flush-mounting pattern and permit lamp changing from the
front. Lamp bezels shall have a non-reflecting finish.
The Contractor shall consider the supply of field instrumentation for all the systems included in
BOP scope. The instrumentation must consider the necessary redundancy in those cases in
which the measured values involve trip signals that imply the outing of service of one or all the
generating units, or systems which functioning is critical for the operation of the single cycle.
10.2.11 Flow measurements

Flow measurement devices operating on differential pressure principles shall be designed in
accordance with the requirements of ISO 5167. For high pressure applications, the carrier for
the primary device shall be of similar material to the pipeline in which it is to be mounted, and
shall be connected into the pipeline by butt-welding. Other applications shall use flanged
connections wherever possible. For line sizes below 50 mm, a precision pipe assembly shall be
utilized with a minimum line size of 50 mm. All differential pressure devices shall be provided
complete with tapping point isolation valves, 3-valve manifolds and drain valves or 5-valve
manifolds, as required.
Positive displacement flowmeters shall be used for custody transfer flow measurements.
The flowmeters shall in all cases be suitable for the process conditions applicable to the
measurement location and the environment in which it is mounted. Meters used for energy,
tariff or metering purposes shall be supplied, complete with adjacent pipe sections, where
necessary, with calibration certification from an approved laboratory. Displacement flowmeters
shall be capable of accuracies to within 0.25 per cent.
Where density, temperature or pressure corrections to tariff metered performance monitoring

signals are required, then such measurements shall be made close to the flowmeter location.
flowmeters employing alternative measurement principles may be utilized for appropriate
applications subject to the approval of the Owner.
MALACAS (PERU)
10.2.12
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
180
of
di
275
Level measurements
Level measuring devices may be of the direct measurement, differential pressure or electrical /
electronic type as appropriate to the application. For local indication of level, direct measuring
devices shall be used. Level measuring equipment shall be capable of being removed without
the vessel or other instruments being taken out of service.
Level gauges shall be of the reflex type made from stainless steel bar and fitted with
toughened borosilicate glass and marked with their safe working pressure and temperature,
except on low temperature and pressure application When transparent types may be used.
Gauge glasses for boiler applications shall be in accordance with ASME Code. Each gauge shall
be fitted with top and bottom isolation valves with full bore drain valve at the bottom and
plugged vent at the top.
Condensing chambers shall be used on the top connection of all steam / water level systems.
They shall correctly sized, positioned safely and the whole installation shall be to approval.
Gauges shall be arranged so that the visible length is in excess of the maximum operating
range.
Differential pressure transmitting devices shall preferably be used on all services other than
slurry.
Displacement type instruments and switches shall be mounted in external cages with flanged
connections rated the same as the vessel. This type of instrument shall not be used for
applications involving viscous, corrosive or flashing liquids.
Level measuring on daily diesel tanks shall be based on the type of the static pressure of the
tank with 4-20 mA analog output and will contemplate graduated ruler type local indication.
Level measuring for water tanks, demineralized water tanks and salt water tanks, shall be
based on ultrasonic or radar measuring principle. The output signal shall be a loop powered 4
20 ma signal.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
181
of
di
275
In addition to the above mentioned tanks, each tank shall have four level switches HH, H, L, LL
to supervise the level (discrete signal) on the tank.
For steam level measurements and level measurement of two existing densities (i.e. water
steam), the instrumentation to be supplied shall meet the conditions of accuracy and precision
of critical processes, like level measurement on the dome.
Direct measurement of level by means of internally mounted floats etc., shall only be used
when the switch point is either well defined in advance or if it is adjustable in service, if the
vessel can be emptied and / or depressurized for the removal of the switch without affecting
the normal operation of the plant, or where choking of extended connections is likely to occur.
Float switches shall be glandless with magnetic coupling.
10.2.13
Pressure measurements
In general. local pressure gauges shall operate on Bourdon tube principles and shall comply
with EN 837. Low pressure gauges may employ manometer or barometer devices to indicate
small gauge, differential pressures or vacuums.
Sensing element materials shall be selected to resist corrosion by the process medium.
When gauges or transmitters are to be used for duties where the process medium temperature
exceeds 70C, siphon loops shall be utilized.
Gauges measuring low ranges that can be exceeded by a higher containment pressure shall be
fitted with over-range protection. Gauges shall be fitted with vent / test valves. Blow-out
devices shall be provided for high pressure applications.
Pressure switches shall be such that under normal process operating conditions the contact in
the switch shall be closed unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Switches shall have
adjustable set-points and adjustable hysteresis, as required.
MALACAS (PERU)
10.2.14
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
182
of
di
275
Temperature measurements
The method of temperature measurement to be employed shall be selected for the particular
application bearing in mind requirements for accuracy and reliability.
Sensing elements for air, inert gas and radiant temperature measurements shall be complete
with suitable protective sheath. For steam, water and hazardous applications, thermowells
shall be utilized.
Resistance thermometer detectors (RTDs) shall be used only where they can be readily
replaced without loss of plant capability. RTDs shall be to EN 60751 Grade 11 using 3-wire
connections for applications up to 450C. On differential temperature measurements RTDs to
EN 60751 Grade I will be used.
Thermocouples shall be used In accordance with the requirements of EN 60584. Careful

consideration shall be given to the design and installation of thermocouple systems to ensure
that inaccuracies are not introduced into the measurement due to the use of unsuitable
materials or by incorrect installation. Cold junction compensation shall be provided as well as
compensating cables of suitable size and material where required. Thermocouples shall be
installed in such a way as to be capable of replacement with the plant in operation.
Local temperature indicators shall be supplied with a thermowell and shall preferably be of the
bimetallic type and of the multi-angle variety.
No temperature measuring system shall use mercury as its sensing medium.
10.2.15 Position measurements

Position measuring devices or switches (e.g.: limit switches, proximity switches etc) shall be
remote from sources of heating or leakage of process, gases or liquids. Where vibration-free
locations are not possible, the mounting arrangement shall incorporate flexibility in the
coupling, between the device and the point of measurement and the transducer mountings.
For position instruments in high temperature applications such as team valves etc., the
calibration of position transducers and the setting of limit switches shall be unaffected by the
hot / cold operating temperatures of start-up and shutdown.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

10.2.16
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
183
of
di
275
Quality measurements
Quality measuring instruments monitoring chemical or physical properties of process fluids and
substances may be installed either directly in the process line or vessel or via a sampling
system. Sensors shall be of ruggedized construction and shall not require frequent
maintenance or re-calibration. Where sensors require the use of calibration solutions or gases,
then a minimum of one year's supply at normal usage shall be supplied. Where sensors require
replacement or removal for re-calibration or rejuvenation at regular intervals, then an
adequate number of spare sensors shall be supplied for one year's normal usage.
10.2.17 Control valves and actuators
Control valves shall be supplied with suitable actuators matched to the operational and
environmental requirements of the plant. All actuators shall be provided with a means of local
control which shall be capable of being utilized without the use of tools. Loss of remote /
automatic operation of an actuated valve shall be alarmed to the operator.
All control valves shall have local and remote indication to show the actual position of the
valve. For remote control or indication purposes a suitable position transmitter shall be
provided (e.g.: based on a linear variable differential transducer). Where it is only necessary to
provide a limited number of discrete position indications, then position actuated switches shall
be used. Switch settings shall be adjustable.
10.2.18
Motorized valves
Motorized valves shall be used for isolation purposes and shall consist of self-contained
actuator units with motor, gearbox, contactor, controls, limit / torque switches and all auxiliary
equipment installed in each actuator housing. A lockable local / remote selector switch with
open / close controls shall be located on the actuator. The actuator shall be designed such that
it may be disengaged from the valve if a fault has occurred and the valve operated normally by
using the handwheel.
Each end of the actuator travel shall be fitted with suitable limit and torque switches for
preventing overtravel and consequential damage to the actuator. Limit switches shall be
installed also to provide remote indication of the valve position. Local valve position indication
shall be provided on the actuator.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

10.2.19
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
184
of
di
275
Manual valves
Manual valves important to the process shall have their open / closed status monitored and
displayed. In such cases limit switches shall be provided at each end of travel.
10.2.20
Cubicles and racks
Unless otherwise stated all equipment shall be accommodated in suitable cubicles or racks.
Cubicles, cabinets, racks and control panels shall all conform to applicable IEC 60297
standards. The general design of racks and cubicles shall be subject to approval. They shall be
free standing, fabricated steel construction and shall not exceed 2300 mm in height. The
lowest mounting point, plug-in group or terminal block shall be not less than 400 mm above
floor level. The methods used for cubicle mounting, including the provision of anti-vibration
mounts, shall be to approval. The welding of cubicles, cabinets, racks and panels to support
steelwork is prohibited.
Internal lighting, maintenance power sockets and telephone sockets shall be provided within
the
cubicles.
All
enclosures
containing
electrical
equipment
shall
be
provided
with
thermostatically controlled anti-condensation heaters.
Cubicle doors shall be provided and arranged to lie flat back when open so as not restrict
access to the cubicle. The doors shall be of the lift-off type secured with 3-point locking
system. Cubicles and doors shall be structurally stiff and braced to withstand twisting without
distortion flush fitting and sealed with a gasket of rubber or other approved material to prevent
the ingress of dust and vermin.
Cubicles and racks shall be complete with all necessary terminal blocks, cable glands, gland
plates and earth bar with earthing connection. These items shall be located in an approved,
easily accessible, position and so arranged that the terminals face the access direction for
convenience during maintenance. The design shall be suitable for either top or bottom cable
entry for all cables. The gland plates shall be removable and in the case of floor mounted
bottom entry cubicles, shall be not less than 200 mm above the base of the cubicle to allow
access for applying the cable gland. Where cable glands are not used then provision must be
made to seal the cable entry to ensure that the cubicle is dust proof, vermin proof and has a
suitable fire rating. In addition provision for adequate cable support within the cubicle must be
made. All methods of cable glanding shall be to the Owner's Representative's approval.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
185
of
di
275
Forced ventilation shall not be used without the approval of the Owner. Where forced
ventilation is approved, fans shall be duplicated to provide 100 per cent standby capacity and
shall initiate remote alarms in the event of failure. Ventilation systems shall comply with noise
limitations imposed by the international standards. Replaceable dust filters shall be provided.
Cubicles and terminal boards shall comply with the General Electrical Requirements section of
this Specification. Insertion type terminals shall be used wherever possible. Terminals utilizing
alternative techniques shall be to approval.
Terminal boards shall include 20 per cent spare terminals after all external cables have been
terminated including the screens and spare cores.
10.2.21
Testing
The Contractor shall carry out the following tests on the completed equipment in the
Manufacturers works. The Owner reserves the right to witness such tests.
a. Visual inspection;
b. Functional tests;
c. Redundancy checks;
d. Control loop testing;
e. Voltage withstand test and insulation test;
f. Full demonstration of the applications software.
Where a number of items of equipment are intended to operate together, the complete
assembly shall be tested to demonstrate that the interconnected items are compatible.
Site acceptance tests shall include, but not be limited, to the following:
a. Demonstration of the correct functioning of hardware and software;
b. Redundancy tests;
c. Data communications checks;
d. Commissioning tests including instrument calibration checks, loop tests, sequence,
control and protection logic tests, demonstration of operator displays, alarm facilities
and other functional software packages (e.g.: sequence of events, data historian,
performance monitoring etc).
MALACAS (PERU)
10.2.22
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
186
of
di
275
Training
The Contractor shall develop and implement a training program for the Owner's personnel. The
objective of this program is to train Owner's personnel to be qualified and self sufficient in the
overall operation, trouble shooting and maintenance of the power plant Units and auxiliaries.
The training shall consist of both classroom based formal training and operational training. An
outline of the proposed training shall be submitted with the Tender.
10.2.23 Documentation
The documentation of the project and the design of the drawings developed by the discipline of
Instrumentation to be supplied during the design phase of the Contract must be in accordance
with the last edition of the regulations and standards of the ISA (Instrument Society of
America). Accordingly, the design symbology will be in accordance with the ISA - S5.1
"Instrumentation Symbols and Identification" regulation, with its complements and everything
that derives from them.
All the equipment associated to measuring and control, including control closets, instruments,
control loops and all the control signals displayed in the P&IDs must have their ID number
according to the Enel standard codification system. If there is discrepancy between this
Specification and a code or the applicable standard, the most demanding code or standard will
definitely be applied and the buyer must be informed in writing of such discrepancies.
10.3
OPERATIONAL PHILOSOPHY
The DCS shall consist of a set of microprocessor based controllers interconnected via a suitable
communications network to allow the interchange of data and control commands. The
controllers shall be capable of performing data acquisition, logic, sequential and closed loop
control
utilizing
real
time
data
derived
from
plant-mounted instrumentation. Control
commands shall be issued by the DCS to actuators and final drives located on the plant. The
controllers shall be functionally distributed and physically located in suitable plant areas,
particular care being taken to ensure that the equipment is suitable for the proposed
environment.
The system shall have a single database of all the plant in the DCS control system in order to
prevents collision data. A Single platform for monitoring, control and historicizing of the whole
plant is required. This means that the DCS shall integrate all control systems, such as Gas
turbine, Compressor, CEMS, etc .
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
187
of
di
275
The network shall be redundant and also communicate with the Human Machine Interface
(HMI) to allow centralized monitoring and operator control of the plant from the Central
Control Room. This shall be based on the use of visual display units (VDUs), keyboards and
other inputting devices. All peripheral systems shall be integrated into DCS using the
redundant network.
The DCS shall be capable of providing control of individual drives, of sequencing a functional
group of drives to an optimized program of plant operation, and of sequencing functional
groups to provide full automatic plant operation.
The DCS shall incorporate functions for use by the operating, engineering and management
staff including, but not limited to, data historian, event and alarm handling, engineering and
diagnostic tools and software configuration tools.
Gas turbine, etc. are supplied with purpose-designed systems for control, monitoring and
protection. Such control systems are designed to function independently of each other but
shall be interfaced with the DCS to allow integrated operation of the total plant. Control system
shall be fully integrated with DCS, in order to maximize automation of the power station and
minimize operator manning levels.
The DCS shall incorporate a high level of availability and be designed such that a single
component failure shall not result in the shutdown of any plant or the reduction in plant load.
This shall be achieved by the equipment and component design and the provision of dual
redundant power supplies, control processors and data communications equipment. In case of
redundant field sensors exist, shall be connected to different cards.
The DCS shall be supplemented by local controls and instruments necessary for maintenance
and commissioning activities and for performance testing of the plant. The DCS and local
controls shall be designed such that it shall not be possible to operate any item of plant from
more than one point of control simultaneously.
MALACAS (PERU)
10.4
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
188
of
di
275
CONTROL AND MONITORING OF PLANT
Automation shall based on the following main control systems (see document [A.15] Plant
automation architecture):
o
Gas Turbine Control System (manufacturer standard; NOT INCLUDED IN SUPPLY) (base
supply to foresee HW interface with DCS for important interlocks/status/alarms; as an
option integration with DCS through serial link plus about 100 HW signals);
Compressor and Gas control and measuring System (NOT INCLUDED IN SUPPLY)
(integration with DCS through serial link plus about 20 HW signals);
Electrical control and protection system (manufacturer standard) (integration with DCS
through serial link plus some HW signals);
Plant Distributed Control System (DCS) (new or extension of the existing), which
directly controls BOP of single cycle. Below a list of systems:
Electrical systems BOP: LV and MV distribution, MV station and main
transformers;
Process systems B.O.P.
Existing or new PLC / local control panel system that will be interfaced with DCS:
Existing Demineralised water production control system (if not already provided
between this system and existing DCS ABB 800XA; in any case the order of
magnitude is about 30 HW signals);
Existing Waste Water Control System (if not already provided between this system
and existing DCS ABB 800XA; in any case the order of magnitude is about 30 HW
signals);
New Air Compressors and Dryer control system (HW interface, order of magnitude
40 signals;
HVAC control system (HW interface, order of magnitude 15 signals);
New Emergency Diesel Generator Control System (serial link plus HW interface
(about 20 HW signals);
New CEMS system (Serial link through Ethernet OPC protocol plus HW interface,
order of magnitude 30 signals).
MALACAS (PERU)
10.4.1
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
189
of
di
275
New electrical DC/UPS system (Serial link and a minimum HW interface)

Electrical distribution system
All incoming and outgoing feeders, main electrical switchboards, sub-boards and feeds to main
plant auxiliaries shall be monitored and controlled by DCS. The status and data associated with
the electrical distribution system shall be displayed in the CCR via the DCS.
The controls and indications shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Status of circuit breakers, isolators, bus couplers and earth switches on switchboards,
including incoming feeders, feeds to main auxiliaries and feeds to sub-boards;
Alarms associated with circuit breakers, isolators, bus couplers, earth switches,
transformers and electrical protection equipment;
Transformer tap positions;
Power (MW), reactive power (MVAr), current (A), voltage (kV), frequency (Hz), phase
angle and power factor;
Metering of energy exported and imported;
Power system stabilizer.
All equipment shall be provided to achieve the necessary level of monitoring, including current
and voltage transformers, transducers, auxiliary contacts, marshalling and termination
facilities and cabling.
Suitable interfaces to the DCS shall be incorporated into the switchgear. Remote operation of
selected switchgear shall be by use of the DCS.
Remote closure of generator main circuit breakers shall be by automatic synchronizer which
shall be initiated locally or from the CCR via the DCS. This shall be selectable locally to the
appropriate generator. Remote opening of generator main circuit breaker shall be by trip
protection circuits.
MALACAS (PERU)
10.5
10.5.1
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
190
of
di
275
PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM

General system design
The DCS shall be designed to ensure maximum availability by the inclusion of built-in
redundancy for both hardware and software. This shall include duplicated control processors,
data highway and power supplies with automatic changeover to the standby unit upon
detection of a fault or failure of the operating unit. The failure of any single element shall not
affect the operation of any item of operating plant. In particular, the duplicated control
processors shall be capable of fail over without change to plant status, sequence status or
control actions, at any stage of plant operation.
Signals to DCS (BOP signals and those required from GTP) have to be integrated according to
the existing screens configuration of the Power Plant in new or existing screens.
The DCS shall be designed to have an availability of 99.98 per cent or better by the inclusion
of built-in redundancy for both hardware and software. This shall include redundant control
processors, data highways and power supplies with automatic changeover to the standby unit
upon detection of a fault or failure of the operating unit. The failure of any single element shall
not affect the operation of any item of operating plant.
Comprehensive system diagnostics shall be incorporated to assist in maintenance and troubleshooting. These shall include memory, control processors, I/0 cards, data highway, storage
devices as a minimum. The system must indicate in a "display of operation" the status of each
equipment within each control cabinet, protection cabinet and communications cabinet.
The DCS and all Control Systems shall be synchronized to the plant master clock system.
All necessary hardware for marshalling and terminating incoming and outgoing plant cabling
shall be provided. This shall include gland plates, glands, terminal blocks, intrinsic safety
barriers, isolation devices, labeling and wiring. Equipment shall be designed to operate in
hazardous areas where necessary.
10.5.2
Operator's facilities
The CCR control desks shall be of a coordinated rigid design and of robust construction.
Surfaces suitable for mounting the VDUs, keyboards, telephones and all other devices shall be
included in the design. The control desks shall be ergonomically arranged, suitable for
operation by the minimum number of operators and consistent with the plant operating
philosophy.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
191
of
di
275
The control desks shall include in their construction, facilities in the desk top and the base of
the units to route cable from VDUs, keyboards, telephones, PA controls, etc. Lockable drawer /
storage space, leveling and fixing devices shall be incorporated into the design. A suitable
number of fully adjustable swivel chairs shall be provided (as a guide, a minimum of one chair
per workstation plus one additional chair shall be provided) together with all necessary CCR
furniture.
The Contractor shall provide with his bid submission, a drawing showing for each one of
Solution A and B the proposed layout and locations of equipment within the CCR and the
associated equipment rooms.
10.5.3
Engineers workstation (not applicable to Solution B)
A single engineer's workstation (EWS) shall be provided for fault finding and software
programming. All necessary hardware and software shall be provided to allow engineering staff
to trace faults in the system and applications software, to create control strategies, VDU
screens and all other maintenance activities. Software configuration and modification shall be
done off-line and on line and with the capability for testing before downloading to the control
processors. The engineering workstation shall be capable of configure any control system
component, this include the control system of the auxiliary plants.
The EWS shall consist of a high resolution VDU, keyboard, input device (e.g.: mouse,-'
trackball etc.) mounted on a suitable desk matching the Operator's Workstation in appearance.
The EWS shall be connected to the DCS via application and / or control highway to allow
access to system and applications software and to live plant data. Access shall be password
protected.
10.5.4
System response times
The response times for the Operator's Workstations under normal conditions shall be as:
a. The time between selection and display of a VDU, fully updated, from the database shall
not exceed 1 seconds with a typical workstation loading;
b. The time between execution of a control function on an Operator's workstation and the
command reaching the output termination's of the outstation shall not exceed 1
seconds;
c. The time between the occurrence or change of a signal at the origin and the change of
state, value or alarm showing on the VDU shall not exceed 1 seconds;
10.5.5
Spare capacity
The DCS spare capacity shall respect the following requirements:

MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
192
of
di
275
1) All the spare shall be available and equally distributed after final commissioning
2) Minimum spare capacity for future data base expansion:
20%
3) Minimum spare capacity of each power supply modules:
20%
4) Minimum spare capacity in processing time of each processing unit:
30%
5) Minimum spare capacity of working memory of each processing unit (in design
condition):
30%
6) Maximum working CPU time, at steady conditions, for each operator station: 40%
7) Ethernet interfaces (Switches, HUBs, Routers) minimum spare hardwired ports capacity
in each area:
30%
8) Spare capacity of the highway loading (in design condition):
30%
9) Maximum average bit rate in each sub network with CSMA-CD access (at plant
completed):
40%
10)Minimum available I/O spare (digital and analog) equipped and wired to the marshalling
terminal strips for each IO module at the HW freezing date:
10%
11)Minimum available free space of each cabinet:
10%
12)Average available space of all cabinets (with the minimum guarantee space point 12):
20%
13)Minimum spare capacity for future serial interfaces (for every used serial Cards):
30%
14)Master clock system outputs for every protocol signal type (min. 1 extra connection for
each protocol)
10%
15)Marshalling terminals must be available for all the I/O modules spare equipped
available:
and
a. Minimum available terminals wired to the IO spare equipped (digital and analog)
10%
b. Minimum available terminals for future IO modules (digital and analog)
20%
10.5.6
Software
10.5.6.1
GENERAL
The latest version of the manufacture's operating system software shall be provided fully
developed, tested and installed.
The application software and associated displays, reports, databases, etc., shall be configured
and fully tested when installed at site. The creation or modification of displays, reports, data
bases or control strategies shall be possible with the system on-line by the Owner's
engineering personnel without affecting the plant operation. Modifications to the software shall
be done in straightforward and logical steps using, wherever possible, graphic displays. It shall
not be necessary to have specialist knowledge of the underlying software in order to carry out
modifications.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
193
of
di
275
All necessary software licenses shall be included. This shall lead to unrestricted use of all
specified software packages by the Owner.
Access to software and application programs at various levels shall be possible by operating or
engineering personnel using passwords. This shall protect the software from unauthorized
access.
Any changes to software, either application and / or operating, shall be fully documented in a
logical and structured manner in such a way that the history and nature of the changes can be
easily identified.
The system shall have an application for automatic and periodic backup of the configurations,
to achieve the emergency restoration of the control systems. The period between backups
shall be configurable.
10.5.6.2
OPERATOR INTERFACE SOFTWARE
The operator interface software shall enable the Operator to carry out the necessary actions in
a safe and efficient manner. In particular the following features shall be included, as a
minimum, but not be limited to:
a. Software shall be structured in such a way so as to provide a hierarchy of control from

automatic sequential plant start-up through to manual control of an individual item.
b. During manual intervention by the Operator (sequence initiation and individual device
control under normal and failure conditions), all software derived, hardwired permissive
and overrides shall be visible to the Operator.
c. Where process measurements have been duplicated for improved reliability, the signals
shall automatically switch to the good signal in the event of a fault. The Operator
should have, for the purposes of maintenance, the on-screen facility to select either
signal or the average, as the measured variable for control.
A philosophy shall be developed to define the action of the sequence logic in the event of a
step failure, Operator intervention or the initiation of a sequence with not all plant conditions
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
194
of
di
275
satisfied. It shall be possible to bypass a required plant condition but this action shall be
alarmed and logged. The philosophy of operation shall be to the Owner's approval.
10.5.6.3
REPORTS
The DCS shall be capable of presenting to the Operator, pre-defined reports. The information
on the reports may be either in tabular form or in a pre-formatted report form and may be
automatic at specific times or on request. Reports shall include periodic logs, daily logs and
group logs, balance of energy and efficiency log. In addition reports shall be produced to meet
the requirements of the Environment Agency. All reports shall be configured and report
formats shall be to the approval of the Owner.
10.5.6.4
ALARM MANAGEMENT
All plant and system generated alarms shall be prioritized, logged and displayed by the DCS.
There shall be a dedicated alarm display which shall show the plant alarms or groups of
alarms. The Operator's attention shall be drawn to the occurrence of an alarm by a suitable
audible and visual alarm at the CCR desk.
The Operator shall have the facility to select optional alarm displays, summary of alarms,
historical alarms on global or point based, unacknowledged alarms, alarms by priority, alarms
by predefined system groups.
There shall be a facility to suppress an alarm or groups of alarms as a result of a particular

alarm or other plant condition in order to minimize the number of alarms under transient
conditions.
All alarms generated from either analogue or digital I/O shall be configured with an adjustable
dead band. The value of the dead band shall form part of the configuration software.
10.5.6.5
DATA LOGGING AND TRENDS
Solution A
The new DCS shall be provided with data storing system to allow the recording and following
recover of the following:
- Status change of digital variables both acquired and calculated
- Analogue variable trends both acquired and calculated
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
195
of
di
275
- Operators actions
The archive shall be capable to record both DCS and third party systems (therefore also with
different signals TAGS): the number of points to be simultaneously recorded shall be not less
than 1.500 analogue variables and 4.000 digital variables.
It shall be possible to maintain the data available for in line access as in the following:
- Status change of digital variables both acquired and calculated 6 month
- Analogue variable trends both acquired and calculated 6 month
- Operators actions
6 month
- First out, sequence of events, trip effects and safety conditions 3 years
The historical system shall be adequately dimensioned to maintain the data for the requested
time and to reload data previously automatically saved in long term storage media such as
DVD.
The following functionalities shall be included:
- Allow the access to the recorded data from the CCR stations and from the Engineering Area
stations;
- Allow the access to the recorded data from an external network;
- OPC or IEC interfaces for connection with external systems;
- Storage space management to alert the operator of the need to save the data in a long term
storage media;
- Automatic capability to allow the long term storage in external media (DVD) with memorized
history of the discharged blocks;
- Data reload, call-up and presentation capability of the information from long term media;
- Printing capability of the historical data from any of the DCS printers;
Solution B
As per all the other equipment necessary for the TG6 BOPs control and supervision, Contractor
is requested to assess the capability of the existing equipment (in this case the historical
archive server) in order to establish whether it is necessary to provide a new server as per
above mentioned solution A or it is possible to use the existing one.
10.5.6.6
Solution A
SEQUENCE OF EVENTS
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
196
of
di
275
A sequence of events (SOE) recording system shall be supplied to allow analysis of the causes
of trips or plant disturbances. The SOE recorder may be either integrated within the DCS and it
shall integrated all control systems (e.g. STCS and GTCS). The SOE recorder shall scan all
agreed binary inputs continuously with a resolution of 1 ms.
The status of each point shall be time tagged and stored in a database together with other
relevant information for a specific time period. Data will be continuously deleted from the
database on a first-in, first-out basis after the specified time period has elapsed. Facilities shall
be provided for the data to be archived for future reference, and for easy retrieval for viewing
and analysis.
On the occurrence of a nominated event (e.g.: turbine or compressor trip) or manual initiation
from the DCS, all data for the time period before the event shall be retained and continue to
be recorded for a period after the event.
The SOE recorder shall automatically reset after the elapsed time period and continue to
monitor the plant in the normal way.
SOE reports shall be generated and printed using the stored data and shall be used for post
trip review and analysis. The report shall be presented in a clear and logical format.
Solution B
As per all the other equipment necessary for the TG6 BOPs control and supervision, Contractor
is requested to assess the capability of the existing equipment (in this case the SOE system) in
order to establish whether it is necessary to provide a new one as per above mentioned
solution A or it is possible to extend the existing one.
10.5.7
Networks
1) The networks communication speed shall be 1 Gbps adaptable to 10/100/1000:

however communication speed between DCS processors shall not be less than 100
Mbps. The control network may be physically and logically separated from that of the
Plant network by means of interfacing redundant servers.
2) Secondary control systems having lower functional relevance shall be integrated to the
DCS using a separate network.
3) Fibre optic networks are generally preferred. Connection between different buildings
shall anyhow be realized through Fibre Optic cables. Direct connection between network
switches with fibre optic ports is preferred to the use of external fibre optic converters
(Moxa, Hirshmann or equivalent).
4) The networks shall be 100% redundant in all components, without single point of
failure.
5) Switching over to back-up buses shall be automatic and bump-less, with fault indication
to system diagnostic and operator. It shall
be completed within the minimum
elaboration period requested by the quickest control/logic acting over that network.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
197
of
di
275
6) The plant network shall be capable to accept traffic between different units of a thirdparty control packages and traffic from external (office level) users to third-party
control system units.
7) Serial Buses point to point (RS-485 Modbus RTU protocol or equivalent) to interface the
external systems shall be achieved at controller level, using PCU controlled
communication card, or direct PCU communication port. Each RS-485 Modbus card shall
be dedicated to each link (e.g.: two dedicated DCS RS-485 cards for each redundant
link; one dedicated DCS RS-485 card to each single link).
8) A firewall shall be included in the network structure in order to implement all the
necessary facilities to regulate access from external networks (office intranet or
internet) and protect from unauthorized intrusion.
9) All the networks defined as part of the scope shall be supplied installed and operating
and therefore complete of all components needed (bridges, routers, switches, copper
and fibre optic cables with accessories, packaged cables, connectors, converters,
impedances, transceivers, etc.).
10)Vendor shall supply all the copper, special cables or fibre optic cables for DCS internal
connections.
11)The terminals shall be connected by the DCS Supplier at both ends (also in the external
systems side), including optical converters as needed
12)Vendor shall supply redundant, high efficiency industrial-grade switches, with Layer 2
and/or Layer 3 switching capabilities, with digital contact for alarm made available to
DCS.
13)Vendor shall supply all the communication cables, packaged cables, copper or fibre
optic type, to interface the external systems including connection accessories.
14)Vendor shall supply the equipment (gateways, communication boards, etc.), software
(programs, etc.) and services necessary to communicate with the external systems
maintaining overall DCS performance.
10.5.8
Data communications with external entities
1) Low Speed Serial Interfaces to third party devices will be avoided as much as possible.
Interfaces such as OPC and TCP/IP are preferred.
2) Communications should be fully redundant and based on standard solutions and noncustomized or engineered solutions.
3) Proven communications interfaces shall be used as much as possible possible.
4) Following Communication Protocol shall be supported as a minimum:
Serial RS 232C/485 Modbus RTU;
Serial RS 232C/485 IEC1107 or IEC 60870-5-102;
Ethernet TCP/IP OPC Data Access and Alarm and Events;
Ethernet TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104
Ethernet TCP/IP IEC 61850
Profibus DPV1
5) In case of point-to-point serial communication, the Controller unit shall be able to

handle as a minimum n. 8 communication cards in single configuration.
6) OPC, TCP/IP connections shall be capable of 1Mbaud or 10Mbaud operation.
7) Interface modules capable of communicating with RS-232-C, RS 422 and RS 485
interfaces shall be available. The DCS shall be capable of driving the interface link with
modules that plug directly into the processor rack.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
198
of
di
275
8) The data protocol used shall safeguard against false data transmission, allow for error
detection, recovery, failure detection, and initiate switchover to the redundant Control
Network. A diagnostic routine/tool shall be included to monitor the network
performance and display upon request the accumulated number of errors over a
specified time period.
VENDOR shall fully document data protocols and diagnostics.
Regarding data communications with external entities, the Contractor shall also comply with
COES relative requirements.
Communications with COES, are usually implemented by the company SOLTEC, experienced in
this area. Communication signals from TG1/TG2 and TG3 are now out of Service and could be
replaced by the new ones from TG6. To be analyzed by BOP Contractor during engineering
phase. In any case the BOP has to include quotation for engineering, cabling material supply
and installation, test and commissioning of the communication interface between the proper
COES RTU (provided by the Customer) and TG6; obviously from its side the GT Supplier will
provide,
as
contractually
requested,
all
the
necessary
information
(database
and
communication protocol details) and assistance in order to put is service this communication.
10.6
STATION CLOCK SYSTEM
The station clock will be set from an appropriate radio time signal (e.g.: GPS signal). The
system will be capable of monitoring the grid system time, and display to the Operator in the
CCR, the time difference and GMT.
In the case of the signals originated by changes of state in field, wired signals or associated
logics, the stamp must come from the primary control equipment (PLC or RTU). This must be
synchronized with a GPS unit.
The signals generated in servers, such as: alarms, commands, events, etc., must be stamped
with the server time. The servers also have to be synchronized with a GPS unit, the difference
between these and the primary control equipment must not be greater than a millisecond.
The equipment shall be supplied with sufficient outputs of the correct type to meet the
operating requirements of the plant. Station clocks synchronized to the system, shall be
supplied and installed in locations to be approved during the detailed design stage.
MALACAS (PERU)
10.7
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
199
of
di
275
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
10.7.1
Scope
This specification covers the telecommunication and Surveillance system, complete in every
respect and suitable for satisfactory operation as required for the all new GT6 Unit. The scope
of installations covered by this specification, without excluding other necessary components
and services not mentioned, is as follows.
10.7.2
Standard and regulation applicable
Regarding to Standard and regulations, all Peruvian Regulations shall be applicable to
electrical, instrumentation and control equipments.
10.7.3
Contractor responsibilities and organization
The Contractor must design the telecommunication system for Thermal Plant, considering, at
least, the requirements defined in the present document.
The Contractor must develop the studies to
verify the technical feasibility of the
Telecommunication design, presenting the Organization to make this.
10.7.4
Telecommunication System
At least, the centre must have the following telecommunications systems:

a.
Data network;
b.
Telephone Services;
c.
Two Ways Radio System;
d.
Megaphone (intercom) system;
e.
Surveillance Systems.
All these systems must be based on IP transport and be fully integrated with each other. As a
way of transportation should be considered the use of a single fiber optic cable and cabling, so
as Ethernet and Cat6 or higher.
In addition to working locally, telephone systems and data must be integrated into the
corporate network of Malacas Power Plant, so that the Contractor must consider all
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
200
of
di
275
transmission service and consider modifications to the equipment exists, to ensure the proper
integration of services.
10.7.4.1
DATA NETWORK
A data Network based on Ethernet network communications between the GT6 Unit with the
Malacas Power Plant, as well as a distribution network of users connected to the internal
network the Owner will be provided.
For each of the places that require system administrative data, the Contractor shall
incorporate network equipment such as patch panel, optical headers, switches, etc.., All
properly contained in a IP54 cabinet according to standards communications.
The scope of supply will include, at least:
A local area network (LAN ). CISCO Switches with manageability and performance in
VLAN and QoS enforcement capabilities;
Routers manageable;
Structured cabling for all network services (Intranet, Network Monitoring, watches,
cameras and telephony system). For the control network the Contractor shall consider
exclusive structured cabling and the GPS synchronization system for the watches should
not be shared with other systems;
Power supply units;
The system should have capability to support IP telephony, implement QoS;
For industrial areas equipment will be required with proven resistance to high noise
areas, pollution and electromagnetic interference.
The items and associated amounts should be indicated by the Proponent as a result of their
experience and engineering developed for this proposal in order to offer a comprehensive and
functional solution for the customer.
10.7.4.2
TELEPHONE SERVICES
The telephone system shall be supplied and integrated to the existing system and shall be
designed by the Contractor in its engineering details and should also cover licenses for IP
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
201
of
di
275
telephony and associated parts. The telephone system must have sufficient connections to
access the interconnection with the public telephone system (PSTN) and other private
networks via IP (H.323 and SIP protocols) and / or TDM backbone as applicable. The phone
inside the GT6 Unit area shall be IP type and must be capable of handling analog, digital and
IP telephone sets (H.323 and SIP), at least:
IP telephones;
Wall telephones;
Explosion proof wall telephones, IECEX approved, NEMA 8, NEMA 10 support.
10.7.4.3
TWO WAYS RADIO SYSTEM
It should provide a radio system that consists of at least the following:

Portable receivers with transmitter facilities - receiver in VHF range in the amount that the
contractor must propose in its engineering details with integrated antenna and batteries NC;
Units for battery charging;
Base stations for the control room and other buildings requiring communication within the
Power Plant;
Control unit with capacity expansion to double the amount of equipment proposed by the
contractor. Antennas required.
10.7.4.4
TWO WAYS RADIO SYSTEM
Loudspeaker lines should cover the entire plant. They must be arranged, at least, in the areas
listed below. Lines Speaker of the following types:
"Pressure chamber" Speakers for outdoor installation, each 40 W RMS (effective power)
approximately;
Wall Loudspeaker for public areas and indoor step, each about 6 W RMP;
Central Station amplification, power unit and control unit must have sufficient capacity for
future extensions;
Wiring.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
202
of
di
275
The items and associated amounts should be indicated by the Proponent as a result of their
experience and engineering developed for this proposal in order to offer a comprehensive and
functional solution for the Owner.
10.7.4.5
SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS
IP video system for surveillance purposes and operation, with IP, ONVIF support, consisting of
at least the following:
PTZ IP Cameras (Pan Tilt Zoom) into the ground for surveillance purposes PTZ IP Cameras
(Pan Tilt Zoom) into the plant for operation and maintenance purposes;
One Network video recorder (NVR) and digital recording system;
One Station operating system for monitoring video surveillance system;
One Station for operating the CCTV system for monitoring and maintenance purposes.
The items, quantities and associated camera position should be indicated by the Bidder as a
result of their experience and engineering developed for this proposal in order to offer a
comprehensive and functional solution for the Owner.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
11.
Sheet
Pagina
203
of
di
275
CIVIL WORKS
This section of the Technical Specification covers the requirements for the design of structures
and civil engineering (collectively referred as "civil works") required for the construction of the
new Unit 6 of the Malacas Plant.
The civil works forms part of a design and build project provided by the Contractor under a
turnkey contract and shall include preliminary studies, fully detailed design and construction of
all civil works, auxiliary works and services necessary for the new Unit 6 of the Plant.
The required civil works shall include, inter alia, site surveys, site investigations, detailed
design, technical specifications, construction drawings, procurement of materials, execution of
works complete in all respects, as-built drawings, CAD electronic support.
The Contractor shall perform the basic structural design and the detailed structural design of
all steel structures, reinforced concrete structures, earthworks and general civil works required
for all facilities that belong to the Contract.
As general rule, foundations and underground structures will be made of reinforced concrete.
Aboveground structures will be made of steel or reinforced concrete and masonry.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all additional Site data required for the
project and for complying with local regulations and procedures which may affect the design,
construction and completion of the civil works and allow for this in his Tender to meet the
specified commissioning dates for the Plant.
This Technical Specification should be read together with the Civil works and steel structures
design requirements document [C.4], which describes among others design life of the
structures, materials, design loads, loads combinations, seismic design requirements, etc. to
be used for Civil works design.
Equipments casings and exhaust gases ducts will be considered as structures and shall meet
the requirements established in this section and in document [C.4].
Tenderer is required to perform a mandatory site visit see par. 15.
11.1
SCOPE OF CIVIL WORKS
The Civil Engineering and Building Works to be provided by the Contractor under the turnkey
contract
include
the
design,
shop
and
construction
drawings,
earthworks,
material
procurement, prefabrication, site preparation and site clearance (including removal of tree
stumps and topsoil), construction, erection, completion of all foundations, structures, etc.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
204
of
di
275
required for the installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance of the plant and any
other service not expressly mentioned, but necessary to power plant operation.
The Contractors scope of work shall include complete basic and detailed design and
construction of all structures required for the power plant and all general civil works such as
leveling, foundations, structures, pits, interior roads, road to public high way, gutters, road
during the construction stage, etc.
The Contractor shall also design and build the foundations of all the equipment supplied by the
GTP Supplier.
The Contractor shall perform the erection of all steel structures supplied within its own scope
of work and, in addition, also of the ones provided by GT and auxiliaries contractor such as,
but not limited to: Steel stack; Platforms, walkways, stairways, ladders and hand railing;
racks, etc.
The Contractors scope of work shall include the following list of civil works and structures, but
not be limited to:
1.
Reinforced concrete foundation of adequate size and designed to withstand all
possible imposed loads, for following list of equipment, but not limited to:
o
Turbine and generator enclosures
Gas turbine and generator set
Stack
Air Coolers
Pumps
Chillers
Chilled water storage tank
Minor machineries and equipment
Natural gas treatment & compression station
Air compression station
CEMS unit
Tanks
Daily liquid fuel tank of 200 m
Electrical and I&C containers
2.
Transformers foundations, fire protection walls and compounds
3.
4.
Platforms, walkways, stairways, ladders and hand railing, racks, etc
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
205
of
di
275
5.
Pipe rack and cable rack
6.
Support for activities of mechanical and electrical erection
7.
Works in the existing buildings relevant to the installation activities/modifications
necessary to install the equipment of new TG6

8.
Buildings, as necessary
9.
Drainage and polluted water sewage;
10. All underground networks, pipes, ducts, pits, service trenches, etc. for following
buried lines:
o
rain water drainage
o oily water drainage

o
sanitary waste water drainage
electrical conduits
11. Earthing
12. Temporary and permanent roads, paved areas and relevant curbs in the plant area
13. Construction of access road from Talara Lobitos mainroad to secondary Power
Plant Gate (about 15m) with relevant access gate
14. Urbanization of the works area and Landscaping
15. Sanitary ware
16. All necessary aboveground structures
The Contractor shall have to perform also the demolition works of the following items:
tank EBF-101 (capacity: 9,317 gallons)
Diesel transfer pumps (quantity: 2)
Existing fire-fighting foam tank (the existing fire-fighting foam tank could be removed
from the area and reused as spare in case its mechanical conditions are evaluated
suitable)
Fire-fighting piping (underground)
Natural gas piping (underground)
Existing septic well
MALACAS (PERU)
11.2
Existing bathroom located in northern side of GT6 area
Diesel piping and valve
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
206
of
di
275
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CIVIL WORKS
The design, engineering, procurement, construction, testing and commissioning for the civil
works shall comply with Peruvian laws and regulations, the applicable Standards and Codes,
accepted International Standards listed in section 20.9. Civil works and steel structures shall
be designed in accordance with the design requirements specified in document [C.4].
Reference to Codes and Standards is intended to provide a minimum measure of performance,
design, safety and methods of construction which must be fulfilled or exceeded in order to be
considered acceptable for use under this specification.
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the complete design and design check of the
works. Any assumption regarding design parameters should be stated and agreed with
Owners Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the timely submission to the proper
authorities of details of his proposals for the works, including plant building colors and
landscaping schemes as may be necessary in order to comply with all relevant legislation,
including planning approval.
The design and layout of the civil works shall be directed to provide sufficient working space
for plant and personnel, high standards in safety and working conditions for plant and
personnel and to ensure that maintenance of the installation over the life of the plant is
minimal. The climatic conditions and Site location shall be taken into account in the design to
meet these requirements.
Buildings shall be designed to comply with the relevant parts of the NFPA 850: Recommended
Practice for Fire Protection for Electric Generating Plants and High Voltage Direct Current
Converter Stations.
The Contractor shall prepare for the whole of the works and each discrete section thereof,
Design Intent Memorandum (DIM). The DIM which shall be made available within eight weeks
of the Contract Award Date shall include, but not be limited to:
o
Applicable codes and standards (Design codes for foundations and concrete
structures, steel structures, vibrating machinery, geotechnical, etc);
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
207
of
di
275
Site and soil data;
Loading conditions (Dead load, Live load, Equipment / piping load, thermal load,
Wind load, maintenance load, Vibration load, Seismic load ...);
Loading combinations (LRFD, ASD);
Concrete works (material, reinforcing, cover, anchor bolt, grout, stress

limitation, crack control, deflection control, etc );
Mix design of the concrete;
Foundation design concept (soil check, allowable settlements,); Foundation

and structure for vibrating machinery (Design criteria, dynamic analysis
assumption,
Reinforced concrete paving;
Steel structures (Material, general design requirements, maximum deflections).
The DIM shall also clearly state the codes to be used for design and material specification
applicable to the entire scope of civil works for completion of the entire civil works related to
the construction of Unit 6, whether specified or not, necessary for the safe and proper
operation provided under this Contract.
It is not intended that this Specification covers every particular aspect of civil works design and
construction. This, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the
satisfactory design and construction.
11.2.1
Activities related to the requirements of public bodies
Contractor activities shall include the provision of all the documentation / certification required
for authorizations, pertaining wholly or partly to the scope of supply. Furthermore, the
Contractor will be in charge of preparing the documentation in local language; in particular, all
the structures designed by the Contractor and the relevant design documentation shall be
submitted to competent Authorities.
Contractor scope of work, is to provide assistance/support to Owners Engineer in obtaining
permits, consents and approvals from competent Authorities involved in the Project.
Any possible prescription coming from the Public Bodies and exclusively related to Contractors
responsibility will be fulfilled at Contractors care and cost.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
208
of
di
275
It is Contractor charge to provide all documentation required by law and by Authorities for
permit purpose stamped and signed as per Authorities requirements.
Therefore the design documents to be submitted to Authorities shall be duly stamped and
signed by Professionals registered and enabled to Colegio de Ingenieros del Peru as reported
in accordance with Peruvian legislation, in the number of copies required by Owners Engineer
(minimum two) in addition to those stipulated for all other documents.
As minimum the set of documents to be submitted shall include, but not limited to:
-
detailed design drawings;
calculation reports;
technical documentation required by local laws.
In accordance with the Peruvian law E.050, the Geotechnical report (i.e. Estudios de Mecnica
de Suelos, EMS, as per E.050) for the construction of the Unit 6 of Malacas plant is mandatory
and consequently the Geotechnical report must be signed by a Professional Responsible.
Fulfilment of all the local regulations from any relevant authorities is mandatory.
11.2.2
Civil program and method statements
A detailed civil design and construction program shall be submitted in accordance with the
Conditions of Contract and as specified in other Sections of this Specification.
The Contractor shall prepare comprehensive method statements for all major construction
activities and submit these to the Planning Supervisor and the Owner's Representative for
review at least fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement of the relevant activity. The
method statements will include, but not be limited to, working methods, construction plant
utilization, temporary works, construction sequence and safety arrangements.
11.2.3
Soil investigations
The design of Unit 6 of Malacas plant must be carried out based on a purposely developed
geotechnical characterization carried out in accordance with the Peruvian standard E.050 and
relevant codes listed in section 20.9.
Available geotechnical conditions are described in doc. [C.4]. Geotechnical conditions were
recently investigated in the framework of the construction of the Unit 5 located in the plant
area and carried out by Paul C. Rizzo Associates, Inc. in 2011 (see doc [C.5]).
A specific geotechnical campaign has been done and the final results and the geotechnical
report will be provided to the BOP Contractor, (preliminary results were handed over during
the bidding stage and shared with the bidders)
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
209
of
di
275
In every case the Contractor is responsible for evaluation and use of the results of the
geotechnical and geophysical surveys and for type, size and functionality (e.g. settlements,
critical frequencies, etc.) of foundation structures.
It remains in the scope of work of the BOP Contractor the endorsement of the Geotechnical
report in accordance with Peruvian standard E.050 (see section 20.9).
11.2.3.1 ADDITIONAL SOIL INVESTIGATION
From the available soil data, if the Contractor deems necessary to realize additional soil
investigations, he shall include their cost in his tender.
The additional soil investigations shall include all the adequate field and/or laboratory soil tests
required to proceed with the detailed design of all items included in Contract scope of work.
The BOP Contractor shall describe in his tender the program of additional soil tests he intends
to perform. Moreover the BOP Contractor shall integrate the execution of these tests in the
schedule of the work without altering in any way the original program. All the results of the
additional soil investigations shall be supplied to Client and Owners Engineer.
At least 30 days before the soil investigations start on site, the BOP Contractor shall provide
Owners Engineer with the detailed program of soil investigations plus the related technical
specifications.
The Contractor cannot claim for any additional cost and planning in case of discordance
between the results of available soil tests provided by Owners Engineer and those of additional
soil investigations he intends to perform.
11.2.4
Design
11.2.4.1
BASIC DESIGN
The basic design shall define the general dimensions of the civil works, steel structures and
overall layout of equipment related to them.
The basic project includes the following documents:
Calculation Report of civil works and structures;
Basic design drawings for civil works and structures;
Technical Specifications required for construction;
Quantities and Bills of materials of civil works and structures.
The minimal content in the calculation reports is as follows:

MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
210
of
di
275
General description of the civil work or structure (or reference to the drawing where it is
defined);
References to related reports;
Design criteria according to this technical specification;
Characteristics of equipment and non-structural elements;
Calculation procedures.
Design Review
The basic design of civil works, reinforced concrete structures and steel structures shall be
reviewed and approved by Owners Engineer, at least 30 days prior to starting detailed design.
The scope of Owners Engineer review shall contemplate as a minimum the following structures
and elements:
The Contractor shall assign exposure class based on the severity of the anticipated
exposure of each structural concrete members in accordance with ACI 318;
Design of all foundations;
Design of main steel structures, including support structures, piping, piping seats,
casings, tanks, hoppers, walkways, platforms, stairs, tubing and anything else that has
a structural or earthquake-resistant function;
Design of reinforced concrete;
Design of all connections between structures and foundations, including anchor bolts,
base plates and shear lugs;
Design of all connections between equipments and foundations or between equipments

and structures.
The Owners Engineer review of basic structural design shall contemplate the following aspects,
as a minimum:
Verify that structural analysis models truly represent the structural behavior of the
designs shown in the drawings;
Verify the application of all loads, including seismic and non-seismic loads;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
211
of
di
275
Verify the design of structural elements: foundations, slabs, columns, beams, braces,
walls, etc.
Verify the connections design;
Verify the design of flexible joints and gap between structures or part of structures.
11.2.4.2 DETAILED DESIGN

Detailed design shall be developed from the basic designs approved by the Independent
Structural Reviewer and the Owner.
Drawings shall be detailed enough to enable a complete construction of works.
The detailed project includes all documents below:
Overall layout drawings;
Excavation drawings;
Calculation report for reinforced concrete structures and civil works;
Calculation report for bolted and welded joints of steel structures;
Civil Works dimension drawings;
Reinforced concrete drawings;
Fabrication and erection drawings of steel structures.
Design Review
The scope of Owners Engineer review shall contemplate as a minimum the following structures
and elements:
Verify that structural analysis models truly represent the structural behavior of the
designs shown in the drawings;
Verify the application of all loads, including seismic and non-seismic loads;
Verify the design of structural elements: foundations, slabs, columns, beams, braces,
walls, etc.
Verify the design of connections;
Verify the design of flexible joints and gap between structures or part of structures;
Verify the design of connections between equipment and foundations or between

equipment and structures.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
212
of
di
275
After obtained the approval by Independent Structural Reviewer, and at least 30 days prior to
scheduled starting construction or structures fabrication, detailed design must be submitted to
Owner for approval.
11.2.5
Storage tanks
Dynamic analysis of storage tanks shall include the effects induced by the tank mass and the
fluid mass. These aspects shall be accounted for, introducing in the model, although in a
simplified manner (lumped masses), the tank subsystem, in accordance with relevant
reference such as Seismic Design of Storage Tanks - Recommendations of a Study Group of
the New Zealand National Society for Earthquake Engineering. In particular, the dynamic
analysis of a liquid filled tank may be carried out using the concept of generalized singledegree-of-freedom (SDOF) systems representing the impulsive and convective modes of
vibration of the tank-liquid system. For practical applications, only the first two modes of
vibration need to be considered in the analysis.
11.2.6
Underground network
The buried line in the civil scope of work are listed in section 11.1. The pipeline in pressure
(fire fighting water, potable water, pump drain, etc.) are under mechanical scope of work and
shall be considered by the civil engineers only to avoid interferences with the lines by gravity.
Here below the design guide for each buried line:
1) Rain water drainage: The rainfall data are indicated in document [G.7]. The manifolds will
be designed taking into account the heavy rainfall, recorded in the area, referring to a
return period of 10 years, including, but not overlapping, possible discharges, deliberate or
accidental, arising from the power station. This system will collect water from roads, paved
areas, roofs.
The roughness coefficient for these surfaces are:
Roofs:
0.9
paved areas (asphalt or concrete):
0.85
paved areas (interlock system):
0.7
gravelled areas:
0.2
natural soil:
0.15
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
213
of
di
275
The pipe slope shall be 0.3%; the open ditch slope shall be 0.2%.
The water velocity within the pipes shall be 0.5 m/s and 3 m/s.
The following relevant civil works shall be provided:
collecting pits alongside the roads and below the paved areas;
downspout pits;
inspection pits at any intersection between 2 branches and any changing of
direction.
In correspondence of road crossing, the necessity of pipe protection (concrete sleeves,
protective slabs, etc.) shall be evaluated.
The minimum depth is 800 mm from the top of pipes and the ground level.
The backfilling around pipes shall be realized by fine material (sand).
The rain water wont be neither monitored nor treated and it will be sent to the existing
rain water discharge system.
2) Oily water drainage: Similar prescription of point 1) shall be adopted. The pipe slope shall
be 0.5%. This water will be sent to the existing oily water discharge system.
About the pipes connecting the transformer oil collecting pit to the transformer the material
shall be adapt to support the very high temperature of warm oil (in case of transformers
fire). The pipeline will be "dedicated" only for this purpose and should not be expected pits
or other interruptions.
3) Sanitary waste water drainage: Similar prescription of point 1) shall be adopted. The pipe
slope shall be 1%. This water will be sent to the existing sanitary waste water discharge
system.
4) Electrical conduits: The electrical network civil work will consist in trench excavations,
laying of the electrical pipes (protected by a concrete duct in correspondence of road
crossing), reinforced concrete pulling chambers. The number of cable conduit, made by
PVC thermoplastic or steel, is under electrical engineers scope of work.
Material to be used are summarized in the Table 1
Table 1 Material to be used for underground.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

TYPE OF DRENAGE SYSTEM
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
TYPE OF MATERIAL FOR PIPES
214
of
di
275
PITS
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL RAIWATER
P.V.C. PIPES DIAM. INF. TO 400 mm

CONCRETE PIPES DIAM. SUP. TO 400
mm.
REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS.
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL OILY WATER

mm.
REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL OILY WATER FROM

TRANSFORMER TANKS TO OIL TANKS
STEEL PIPES
REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL OILY WATER FROM OIL

TANKS TO TREATMENT PLANT TANKS

mm
REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL TO CHANNEL BLACK

AND SANITARY WATER
P.V.C. PIPES SERIES HEAVY
REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL ACID AND ALKALINE

WATER
PRFV, PP,PE PIPES

REINFORCED CONCRETE TRENCH DUCTS
COVERING WITH ANTACID TILES AND
FIBERGLASS
PRFV, PP,PE PITS

REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS WITH ANTACID
PROTECTION
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL BLEEDER LINE

DESULPHURISATION (ACID SYSTEM)
PRFV, PP,PE PIPES

REINFORCED CONCRETE TRENCH DUCTS
COVERING WITH ANTACID TILES AND
FIBERGLASS
PRFV, PP,PE PITS

REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS WITH ANTACID
PROTECTION
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL AMMONIACAL WATER

(ACID SYSTEM)
P.V.C. PIPES SERIES HEAVY
REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS ENTIRELY PAINTED
WITH ANTACID FILM
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL INTERMITTENT

BLEEDER LINE FROM GVR
GRES/PRFV PIPES RESISTANCE TO 100C
REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS (DUCT WITOHUT
INTERRUPTION)
SYSTEM TO CHANNEL WATER FROM HEAT

EXCHANGER (GGH) (ACID SYSTEM)
PRFV, PP,PE PIPES REINFORCED

CONCRETE TRENCH DUCTS COVERING
WITH ANTACID TILES AND FIBERGLASS
PRFV, PP,PE PITS

REINFORCED CONCRETE
PITS WITH ANTACID
PROTECTION
11.2.7
Road, paved areas and site finishing
The Contractor shall provide for all roads within the site as well as any access roads required
both for temporary and permanent use. The access roads shall be properly connected to the
existing roads on or outside the site boundary. Permanent access roads shall be provided from
the main site roads to all plant and buildings. The new permanent road system within the site
shall be designed to allow for adequate access and emergency situations during operation and
maintenance (i.e. suitable width and radius). The layout of the access roads and paving
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
215
of
di
275
serving the plant including the Water Treatment Plant and Fuel Oil Storage Tank shall be
designed to allow safe maneuverability and hard standing for all necessary deliveries.
Temporary roads during construction period to be suitable for transporting and positioning
plant and equipment. Major access roads shall be sufficiently wide and shall include the
necessary curbs, drainage, road markings and signs. Radii shall be provided on turning areas
and corners which are suitable for transporting plant during the construction period and for
maintenance purposes.
Main road construction shall be of a geotextile membrane, crushed rock sub and road base on
compacted subgrade appropriate to the ground conditions, with tar macadam base and
wearing course; except that concrete paving shall be provided where fuel oil or chemical
spillages may occur.
Footpaths shall be of 150 cm nominal width and designed for an accidental wheel load of 20
kN. Footpaths shall be either precast concrete flags or bitumen macadam.
The extent and layout of new roads shall provide suitable access to, and within, the new plant
in order to allow erection and maintenance works to be undertaken effectively and safely.
Internal Access Roads minimum stratigraphy: the thickness for sub-base works shall be
minimum 0.20 m, the base thickness shall be minimum 0.15 m and the asphalt layer thickness
shall be minimum 0.05 m (thickness=2).
All the internal roads will be asphalted, with various width according to the power plant layout,
properly drained, lighted, with the following minimum requirements:
Main access roads and in-plant roads (i.e. roads edges of the power plant, main entrance
road):
Width: 6.00 m;
Double slope transversal 1.0% for drainage;
Maximum inclination longitudinal: 5%;
Radius of road curves at cross shall be minimum 7 m to the inner edge. (Higher radii
shall be employed for the maximum load vehicles with trailers, if required).
Secondary roads:
Width: 5.00 m;
Single slope transversal 1.0% for drainage;
Maximum inclination longitudinal: 5%;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
216
of
di
275
Radius of road curves at cross shall be minimum 6 m to the inner edge of road.
(Higher radii shall be employed for the maximum load vehicles with trailers, if
required);
The minimum vertical clearance of roads shall be 6.0 m.
The vehicular load shall be in accordance with Peruvian laws.
A footpad on the side of the road with a width of 1.0 m (according the layout).
The plant areas of the power plant not covered by buildings, structures, road and square, will
be finished, according to the layout, in two different ways:
Lawn / flowerbeds;
gravel.
Car parks shall be constructed to the same specification as permanent roads with the
additional requirements specified below. The surface of the hardstanding shall be laid with falls
to the drainage system. Care shall be taken during the construction that no materials enter the
drainage system.
At the junction of the hardstanding and roads due to different thickness of foundations,
precautions shall be taken to ensure that sub-surface drainage from the hardstanding does not
have a detrimental effect upon the road foundations.
The roads within the site areas shall be constructed between raised curbs and graded to falls
leading surface water into gullies or catch pits which will connect into the main drainage
system.
The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to maintain the free movement of traffic on any
roads used by him to gain access to the Site. All roads shall be maintained free of any spillage
from the Contractor's vehicles.
Hardstanding areas around the outdoor auxiliary plant etc. may be constructed with
interlocking concrete blocks laid to falls leading stormwater to gullies or catchpits.
Hardstanding around all chemical, fuel handling / storage areas / delivery areas shall be
concrete slabs with suitable gully drains leading to oil interceptors or chemical tanks as
appropriate.
Where required gravel areas shall consist of a 75 mm layer of 20 mm gravel, on fill overlaying
a geotextile membrane on compacted formation.
MALACAS (PERU)
11.2.8
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
217
of
di
275
Steelwork
The Contractor shall give full access to Owners Engineer at all times to the place of fabrication
and storage for the purpose of inspection and testing. Mill test certificates shall be provided
when requested by Owners Engineer.
Should the works or any part thereof fail to pass any test or in the opinion of Owners Engineer
fail to comply with the Specification, the Contractor shall immediately take such action as is
necessary to ensure that the works comply with the Specification.
All defective material and workmanship will be rejected and shall be replaced and
reconstructed at the Contractor's expense.
No splice welding of members between connections shall be permitted without the prior
approval of Owners Engineer.
The Contractor shall carry out non-destructive testing of all butt welds subject to tensile
stresses. Testing shall be carried out in the fabrication shop or on Site as the case may be.
Unless otherwise approved, non-destructive testing shall be by radiographic examination.
Alternative forms of testing, if approved, shall comply with the appropriate Peruvian Standard
or with already mentioned reference codes.
Runway beams shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of Peruvian standards and
/ or reference codes. Completed test certificates shall be supplied to Owners Engineer.
Once approved, no changes or modifications shall be made without the Owners Engineer
permission. Approval by Owners Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility
for the correctness of all measurements, detailing, fabrication, alignment and erection of the
work.
The preparation, protection and painting systems selected for ferrous surfaces shall provide a
life to first maintenance of 20 years, excluding doors, windows, louvers, etc. which shall be
coated with protective systems providing a life to first maintenance of 10 years. Finish color
will be selected by Owners Engineer.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit, to Owners Engineer, four copies of a complete
protection and painting schedule covering each and every item to be coated and shall fully
describe the systems to be used including surface preparation, type of coating / paint,
application methods, number of coats and dry film thickness of each. The Contractor's
schedule, which will also identify the paint manufacturer and include representative color
samples, will be subject to review and acceptance by the Owner's Representative. Owners
Engineer will be at liberty to revise the Contractor's schedule as he deems necessary to
provide the degree of protection intended, at no additional cost to the Contract.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
218
of
di
275
It shall be understood that the intent of the Specification is to detail a protection against
corrosion and other types of damage whilst being aesthetically pleasing. It shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to schedule and execute the painting and coating work to this end.
All corrosion protection coatings shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturers written
instructions. Unless otherwise specifically approved, all coats applied to a surface shall be
products of the same manufacturer. Additionally, as far as possible and practical, all paints for
the work as a whole shall be products of the same manufacturer.
Where any coats are damaged, all loose and damaged paint shall be removed down to the
bare steel using a needle gun and / or rotary wire brush and adjacent sound paint which is to
be overcoated shall be thoroughly abraded to ensure adhesion of touch-up paint, all to the
satisfaction of Owners Engineer. Affected areas and adjacent sound paint shall be cleaned,
degreased, washed down and dried and protection applied with primer overlapping abraded
paint 20 mm and each succeeding coat overlapping by 20 mm.
All galvanized surfaces shall be degreased prior to coating with the approved primer and paint
system.
Surfaces which are to receive a fire protective coating shall be delivered to Site with travel
coatings applied and shall be suitably protected until immediately prior to the fire protective
coatings or casings being applied. The latter shall be applied as late as possible in the
construction program, when the mentioned surfaces are subject to other trades and
operations. Primer and travel coat shall be compatible with the fire protection coating.
The fire protection to steelwork shall be an approved intumescent paint or board system to
give a 2 hour fire protection when tested in accordance with relevant standards.
Spray or paint coatings, where / if applicable, are to be applied onto previously primed
steelwork. Application is to be made in strict accordance with product loading rates for base
coat and top sealer as specified for 2 hour fire resistance by manufacturer in the product
application notes. Suitable 'reinforcement' mesh shall be incorporated to prevent loss of
insulation when subject to mechanical damage.
The coatings shall be applied by a specialist applicator strictly in accordance with the product
manufacturer's recommendations. The whole of the fire protection proposals and application
shall be in accordance with the current Building Regulations and to the satisfaction of the Local
Authority and the Fire Authority.
All steelwork shall be effectively stayed as necessary during the carrying out of the Works.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
219
of
di
275
Finished structures shall be plumb, level and true to dimensions, within the tolerances
specified in the reference codes for Steel Constructions.
Prior to the erection of permanent steelwork, the Contractor shall submit for Owners Engineer
approval a detailed method statement with all supporting drawings and calculations setting out
his sequence for erection, laydown areas, details of carnage, etc. The approval by Owners
Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract.
All bolts, nuts, washers, plates, etc. shall be transported to Site in properly marked and sealed
containers, suitably protected to prevent damage during transportation.
The Contractor shall unload and store all fabricated steel at the site. Any structural steel or
accessories arriving at Site in a bent or distorted condition shall, when permitted, be properly
straightened to the satisfaction of the Owners Engineer. Any member that, in the opinion of
Owners Engineer, has been so damaged that its properties and performance in the Works are
suspected to fail shall be replaced with a new member at the Contractor's expense.
A proper care shall be taken in storing and handling at Site all fabricated materials so to avoid
damage to the member and painting. Stacking shall be done clear of the ground and in order
of erection to reduce multiple handling.
The Contractor shall provide templates for the bolt spacing of all stanchions.
Anchor bolts, assemblies, templates, tubes and washers shall be delivered to the site in
sufficient time to locate and embed them into the foundations. Boxing out for bolts shall not be
permitted. The length of threaded portions of bolts above the foundation level shall be
adequate to properly secure the nuts.
11.2.9
Record drawings
As Built record drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor as work proceeds. Completed
record drawings shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to final
inclusion in the Health and Safety file prepared by the Planning Supervisor. The Contractor has
to forward three (3) copies of all approved As Built drawings to the Planning Supervisor.
11.3
DESCRIPTIONS OF CIVIL WORKS
The descriptions stated below are to be considered the minimal requirements only and not
intended to cover every particular aspect of the Works. The descriptions are intended to assist
the Contractor to develop and design the best arrangements and details to fulfill the
requirements of the Contract. All Civil works shall be designed in accordance with the
prescriptions indicated in document [ C.4].
MALACAS (PERU)
11.3.1
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
220
of
di
275
Gas turbine and generator foundations
Particular attention shall be given to the design of the foundations for the gas turbine
alternators to ensure that all criteria including vibration, thermal effects, short circuit torque
forces and mechanical resonance and critical concrete tolerances are fully accommodated.
The Contractor shall determine his own requirements to suit the structures and plant
arrangements, loadings and soil conditions.
Particularly, the gas turbine / generator may require to be supported on suitable reinforced
concrete foundations.
The enclosure shall be provided to protect the plant from the environmental conditions. It shall
be of sufficient size to facilitate the installation, operation and maintenance of the plant
supplied. The cabs will generally be two: the first for the gas turbines / generators and the
other one for the turbine / generator and auxiliary / ancillary plant.
A clear working space of suitable width shall be provided between units and an adequate
laydown space, loading bay and drive through facility.
Gutters shall be provided externally at eaves level and over door openings, these shall be
connected into downpipes.
The floor slab between the turbine alternator blocks shall incorporate trenches and be
constructed of reinforced concrete and laid to falls to floor drainage gullies discharging into oily
water separators. Trench covers shall be designed to accept the appropriate floor loadings
according to their location and shall be manually removable.
Emergency exit doors fitted with panic escape bars shall be provided to all areas of the turbine
hall and annexes. These openings must be kept clear of all obstructions.
The walls and floor of the battery rooms shall be of electrolyte resistant finish. A sink with cold
water tap and an eye bath shall be provided. The floor shall be laid to falls to a trapped gully
which, together with the outlet from the sink shall discharge into a dilution chamber and hence
into the drainage system.
Drain pipe routes shall be routed clear of all electrical equipment.
11.3.2
Stack
The steel structures of the Stack will be provided by the GT supplier. A reinforced concrete
foundation of adequate thickness shall be provided under stack and shall be designed to
withstand all possible imposed loads. The area surrounding the stack shall be surfaced with a
concrete slab. The foundations shall be proportioned and be founded to ensure an acceptable
factor of safety, to avoid undue settlements and to ensure that the stack remains truly vertical.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
221
of
di
275
A fully integrated drainage system, including washdown discharge, shall be provided.

Chemically polluted discharge and wash down effluents shall pass into a suitable designed
neutralization pit.
11.3.3
Omissis
11.3.4
Storage tanks
Contractor shall design and construct the foundations for demineralised water tank and daily
diesel tank, the letter includes also the containment basin. Tanks shall be supported on
reinforced concrete foundations.
A diesel fuel tank contained in bunded walls shall be provided outside.
11.3.5
Drainage systems
Temporary and permanent surface water run-off from the site shall comply with all
requirements of the Environment Agency.
The drainage for the power station shall be designed to collect and transport:
a)
surface water drainage: storm water, all surface water run-off;
b) oil water: contaminated water from mechanical equipment and fuel storage areas;
c)
foul water and sanitary sewage;
d) trade effluent and chemical waste water drainage chemical waste water, produced
during the operation and maintenance of the plant.
The Client will provide the position of the battery limit for the connections to the existing
drainage systems.
The storm water and foul water drainage systems shall be constructed in accordance with
relevant specification and in compliance with competent Authority requirements.
The drainage systems shall be designed for the maximum predicted coincident flows from the
various sources. A schedule of plant effluents shall be prepared at the design stage by the
Contractor indicating the source and type of effluent, peak and average flow rates and
coincident flows under all conditions of normal operation, maintenance and emergencies.
Every effort shall be taken to ensure that the risk of pollution is minimized. Provisions shall be
made to bund all storage and all delivery areas shall have a suitable drainage gully to all side
to prevent spillages spreading to the surrounding ground.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
222
of
di
275
The quality and type of pipe used in carrying plant effluent shall be adequate to resist any
resulting corrosion.
The Contractor shall design and install a surface water drainage system that will effectively
drain the site and discharge to the existing surface water drainage system.
The capacity of the surface water drainage system shall be designed in accordance with
relevant procedure using an adequate Storm Return Period.
The
design
of
the
pipework
shall
be
in
accordance
with
the
pipe
manufacturer's
recommendations in respect of pipe grade, trench dimensions and pipe bedding and protection
using the Simplified Tables of External Loads on Buried Pipelines. The surface water drainage
system for roofs and paved areas shall be designed in accordance with local code. Manhole and
chamber covers shall be heavy duty throughout.
The design of the foul water drainage system shall be compliant with the latest drainage
standards and national regulations.
Oily water drainage systems shall be provided for, but not limited to, the following areas:
oil and fuel storage compound drainage;
oil filed transformer compounds;
car parking areas;
plant and equipment from which oil spillages could occur.
The Contractor shall design and install an oily waste water drainage system which will
effectively drain all areas where oil spill could occur. The design shall incorporate confinement
of areas, oil interceptors and traps. The quality of the effluent shall be acceptable in all
respects to the Local Authority and the Environment Agency.
Bunds provided in transformer compounds, oil storage areas, lube oil tanks and such like shall
have an impounding capacity at least 1.25 times the largest possible oil spillage that could
occur.
The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for the inspection and maintenance of oil
interception equipment.
The contaminated effluent shall be disposed in the existing oily water drainage system.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
223
of
di
275
The pipework, fittings etc., shall be fully designed and use the most appropriate materials to
withstand the chemical composition and temperatures of the effluents.
Buried basins shall incorporate a drainage sump. Where practicable the sump shall be linked to
the appropriate drainage system.
The Contractor shall allow for the relocation of any existing buried services.
11.3.6
Underground cable ducts, drawpits, service trenches, etc.
Where pipes are to be laid under roads they shall be encased in concrete or laid in trenches
with covers. Where cables are to be laid under roads they shall be laid in ducts, grouped and
encased in concrete.
Trenches for pipes and cables shall be provided in reinforced concrete construction with
connections to the site drainage system, to allow dispersal of unforeseen water from within the
trench. They shall be manually removable, well fitting covers such that they will withstand all
loadings from traffic without rocking or excessive leakage. Ducts for cables shall be properly
surrounded with concrete.
All overhead pipe runs shall be carried in properly designed structural steel pipe racks. The
route location for any pipe rack will be to the approval of Owners Engineer.
Height markers will be provided at all toad crossings. Road clearance will not be less than 5 m.
Exponential bonding shall be allowed for.
All site services shall be indicated on coordinated services drawings.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the sealing of oil ducts, trenches and wall penetrations
to prevent the spread of flame and water. This shall include any duct or opening for future use
shall cover electric.
11.3.7
Lightning protection systems
Lightning protection systems shall be provided.
11.3.8
Cathodic protection systems
Where required, cathodic protection systems to structures shall be provided.

11.3.9
Where required, concrete slabs shall be provided for miscellaneous pipe supports between
buildings, structures, fabricator termination points.
MALACAS (PERU)
11.4
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
224
of
di
275
ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall be responsible for developing the overall architectural concept for the
power station, within the broad guidelines provided herein. He shall submit with his tender his
proposals for the architectural treatment for main and ancillary buildings, taking account of the
visual impact and function of the buildings, whilst observing the requirements set out
elsewhere in this Specification.
The Contractor shall design all buildings, plant enclosures and exposed equipment visually
compatible with the surroundings. The architectural concept for the power station buildings,
including color schemes and finishes schedules, shall be finalized and agreed with Owners
Engineer at an early stage in the design process.
All structures shall be provided with roof drainage for disposal of storm water and be
connected to the station storm water drainage system.
Safety barriers shall be provided where there are exceptional local hazards or where specific
plant protection is required. These barriers must be removable and in accordance with local
standards.
11.4.1
Rainwater pipes and outlets
Rainwater pipes shall be aluminum or galvanized mild steel. Pipes shall generally be straight
and plumb fixed to structural steel columns. They shall be completed with suitable bends for
connection to outlets towards the drainages and with brackets for support from columns.
All rainwater pipes shall be routed internally. The use of jointing compound where required
shall be submitted to approval. Pits with inspection covers shall be provided, suitably sealed, to
all pipes immediately above ground floor level.
11.4.2
Damp proofing
The design of the floor construction shall incorporate a damp proof membrane over the
complete area of the building, and this membrane must be fully lapped and sealed at all joints
and penetrations. The damp proof membrane must be continuous around all pits, channels and
downstands in the substructure. The damp proof membrane must be lapped and be fully
bonded to a damp proof course in the plinth wall. Proposals for the type and detailing of all
damp proofing must be submitted for comment / approval by Owners Engineer.
11.4.3
Stairs
Where the design of the buildings requires stairs, these shall comply with the requirements for
means of escape for personnel, and the stairs and balustrade shall be designed to satisfy the
detailed requirements of the applicable legislation. Proposals for the design of stairs and
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
225
of
di
275
balustrade and / or handrails are to be submitted for comment / approval by Owners

Engineer.
11.4.4
Landscaping
In areas where the new works adjoin with the existing hard and soft landscaping, a good
quality landscaping shall be provided to match in with the existing environment.
The layout of landscaped areas shall be agreed with the Owners Engineer prior to
commencement of work, including the selection of trees, plants, ground cover, etc.
Landscaping shall be in agreement with the Local Planning Authority comprising:
a) ground surface preparation shall include sub-soil filling and a minimum 300mm top soil
spreading from site spoil heaps, or imported fill if required, followed by ploughing,
cultivation, grading rolling, stoning, weed killing and necessary conditioning;
b) where ground conditions demand, an agricultural drainage system shall be installed
together with drainage ditches, including the cleaning and reshaping of any existing
ditches to the site outfalls;
c) Hard landscaping shall comprise:
kerbed macadam, interlocking paving blocks or concrete slabs in areas around

and between staff buildings;
necessary directional and traffic signs, illuminated as necessary;
furniture such as planters and similar features at the main entrance and
administration block.
The Contractor shall determine requirements to satisfy local planning consent requirements.
MALACAS (PERU)
12.
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
226
of
di
275
REDUNDANT EQUIPMENT
Redundancy of auxiliary components (electrical and I&C), or alternative emergency devices, or

alternative emergency operating procedures, shall be provided in order to meet, first of all, the
target of maximum availability and in second instance to assure always a safe shutdown.
As a minimum the following general rules shall be fulfilled:
each one of the auxiliaries indispensable for the continuous operation shall be provided
with a 100% stand-by unit or with back-up circuits that allow its repair and restoring
without having to reduce the SCGT output. The power supplies to these auxiliaries shall
be provided from independent AC systems;
all the auxiliaries not indispensable during the continuous operation can not be provided
with a stand-by unit only if, in case of failure, it is possible to continue full load
operation until a scheduled week-end shut-down and if their repair does not require
more than 40 hours (including provision of spare parts).
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
13.
CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION
13.1
LOCATION OF SITE, ACCESS AND USE OF SITE
Sheet
Pagina
227
of
di
275
It will be of responsibility and charge of the Contractor to find, supply and set up a suitable
area for the installation of the site facilities. If the space available for the construction work
and for the set-up of the site offices and materials yard area are not sufficient, the location,
obtaining of
permits and
procuring of
additional spaces
will
be
under
Contractors
responsibility.
The Contractor shall make sufficient provision both in his program and the Contract to cater
for:
a. Protection of the environment, both during construction and operation;
b. The discovery of, and possible adjustments of any unknown underground
services. The Contractors attention is drawn to the information shown on the
existing drawings which identifies some existing services;
c. The discovery of, and remedial treatment or removal / replacement of any
unsuitable strata of material.
d. In case of archaeological findings, the work shall be stopped and the owner has
to be informed. The Owner will provide all resources to remove the material.
The Contractor shall be responsible for surveying all routes to ensure that abnormal loads can
be transported to their required destination. The Client will accept no responsibility for
damage, congestion or delays which may result due to inadequate route surveys or to the
common use of available road connections and entrances by other vehicles using the Site.
During construction of the plant, limitations may be imposed on the number of heavy
transports entering and leaving the site.
The Contractor shall inform himself fully as to all transport facilities, requirements and loading
gauges to ensure that all equipment as packed for transport shall conform to these limitations,
and shall be responsible for all damage to roads, bridges, etc during transportation.
MALACAS (PERU)
13.2
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
228
of
di
275
SITE FACILITIES
It will be of responsibility and charge of the Contractor, the supply, operation, maintenance
and its later evacuation from the site given by the Client, of the totality of the facilities that
had been required for the execution of works at site, such as: dining rooms, storage
enclosures for incorporated equipment and materials, construction plant, arsenals and
storerooms.
Before initiating the construction of the facilities, the Contractor must put under knowledge of
the Client the Project of Site Facilities. The approval by part of the Client of that project or its
modifications will not release the Contractor his responsibility to provide, to operate, and to
maintain suitably site facilities.
The Contractor must update the drawings of site facilities, every time he introduces
modifications to them, and he must again put them under the approval of the Client.
The Contractor will not be allowed to construct facilities that interfere with locations that will
be occupied by definitive works of the project.
The Contractor must fulfill all the Peruvian laws and regulations, specially with those that
regulate the construction, maintenance, and operation of site facilities, including the potable
water provision, protection against fires, sewage systems, electrical networks, cleaning,
security of the public, etc., and he will be the only person in charge of the damages and
demands due to inadequate facilities.
The Contractor must collect and eliminate the garbage and wastes of all the enclosures,
installations, and fronts of work. The garbage must be taken to authorized deposits.
The Contractor will send a responsible person to the site to organize and prepare set-up with
sufficient notice before starting work. The Contractor must prepare a plan describing the
implementation of the entire infrastructure and submit it in the construction work kick-off
meeting for approval by the Client.
The Contractor shall provide portable Site accommodation for his own and subcontractors staff,
if it is considered appropriate.
The Contractor shall establish and operate a Site security system. All staff employed at Site
will be issued with Security passes by the Contractor to permit access to and from the Site. It
shall be the Contractor's senior representatives responsibility to ensure that security rules are
compiled with. No vehicles will be allowed on site except those carrying materials, or necessary
for construction. The Contractor must be aware and comply with the conditions and national /
local legislation in force, availability of local labor and materials, local staff transport and
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
229
of
di
275
accommodation conditions, the areas weather conditions, road network for heavy transport,
ground-water levels and environment.
The Contractor shall revamp, maintain and service for the duration of the Contract, existing
site offices used during Unit 5 construction in order to enable them to be used to accommodate
the Client's construction management personnel. This accommodation facility will be for the
exclusive use of the Client and it shall included at least:
Five (5) individual offices;
Two (2) meeting rooms;
One (1) secretary room;
Six (6) common offices;
Two (2) offices for four persons;
One (1) room of archives and warehouse;
One (1) kitchen dining room;
Two (2) bathrooms.
The offices shall be suitably furnished with desks, ergonomics chairs, benches and lockable
filing cabinets. The offices shall be installed with full office facilities, such as lighting and
power, internet, telephone lines, water supply and drainage. Missing furniture will be delivered
by the Power Plant. Anyway, final accommodation shall be as indicated above.
The Contractor shall supply graded parking areas adequate for 20 vehicles for Clients staff. An
important principle that must govern the set-up is that the visual impact of the temporary
facilities must be minimized. In order to achieve that, the Contractor will install uniform
facilities for all subcontractors, the plot of land used for the offices will be developed in a good
looking way, with pavements, with underground electrical wiring, earth circuit, etc.
Furthermore the Contractor shall set up the space for temporary placement of the Residencia
de Supervisin de la Comisin and building for the offices of the Delegacin Sindical in
accordance with local Requirements.
Before the on site activity start-up, Contractor shall insure the offices and their contents
against fire, burglary and other risks which ordinarily are insured against during all the period
of the Contract.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
230
of
di
275
For his own use, the Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable offices, together with
welfare arrangements which shall conform to the requirements of the local and statutory
authorities for the area in which the works are situated.
All
sheds,
containers
and
other
temporary
buildings
which
the
Contractor
and
his
subcontractors may require shall conform to the requirements of local and statutory authorities
for the area in which the works are situated.
The Contractor shall submit to the Client a layout with all offices, storage buildings, facilities
and other, for approval.
After completion of erection of office and other temporary accommodation, the Contractor shall
arrange an inspection, to be attended by the Client's Representative and the Local Fire
Authority, who shall be asked to submit a report and / or recommendation on the adequacy of
the Contractor's precautions for fire prevention. Two copies of this document shall be
forwarded to the Client's Representative. Any costs involved in making the buildings compliant
with the Fire Officer's requirements shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Price.
The Contractor shall provide suitable sanitary for the use of people employed on the works and
in such a manner and number as to conform to the statutory or other appropriate regulations.
The sanitary shall be located centrally and shall be to a high industrial standard, heated and
maintained clean, hygienic and in good working order at all times.
The Contractor shall remove all temporary offices, welfare facilities, sheds and other
temporary buildings at the completion of the works and restore sites to the as provided state,
to the satisfaction of the Client's Representative.
The site must be adapted and designed so that:
muddy areas are limited, for this reason, whenever necessary aggregate, gravel, etc.
will be provided;
a network of ditches and drains will be designed for the construction work phase to
evacuate and channel the water to a retention basin and piping; this water will be
dumped away or treated according to the local and federal laws;
the main access roads to the site, car parks and open land shall be conditioned from the
start of the construction work with aggregate and suitable drains; the Contractor shall
carry out periodical maintenance and watering of the accesses;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
of
di
231
275
there must always be accesses and good roads for the passage of trucks, cranes, etc.;
the presence of roads for ambulance access must also be guaranteed for any possible
emergency evacuations or for the access of fire engines.
The Contractor must equip the site with all those auxiliary constructions necessary to perform
the construction work: indoor warehouse, site fencing, car park fencing, materials yard
fencing, access control, site lighting, car park and open land, changing rooms, toilets and
canteen, site office area, water, electricity and sewage infrastructures, access roads, waste
slabs, indoor enclosure properly ventilated for the storage of bottles (propane, acetylene,
oxygen), etc.
Before the start of site set-up, the Contractor must prepare detailed drawings of the set-up.
These drawings must clearly identify:
parking area;
Contractors, Comisions Clients and subcontractors site offices area;
construction work canteen area;
location of the medical centre;
fencings;
access control;
roads for the passage of vehicles and people;
distribution of the materials yard;
building waste stockpiling areas: scrap, wood, hazardous waste warehouse, etc;
domestic water system and waste water system;
electrical infrastructure system for the site office area and construction work area, with
location of the transformation facility, switchboards and underground conduits.
13.3
SITE SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND COMMISIONING PERIODS
The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all site temporary or construction
services.
13.3.1
Site construction electricity supplies
The Contractor shall be responsible for making arrangements for the use for the Works of
supplies of electricity as may be required including the provision at his own cost of any
apparatus necessary for such use and the payment of any charges levied for such supplies in
accordance with Owners Requirements.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
232
of
di
275
The electrical facilities for works must be designed and constructed according to the applicable
Peruvian regulation and codes.
The material that is used in the electrical installations of facilities will be of good quality and
suitable to the conditions of work.
It will not be allowed to use in these facilities Equipment or Incorporated Materials of the
project, nor to use for the laying of cables of the works facilities, the canalizations destined for
cables of the project.
The cables that will be used in these facilities must be properly signalized along all their route,
to distinguish them of definitive cables of the project and for reasons of security of the
personnel.
In order to energize the electrical facilities for works, the Contractor must count with the
approval of the Client.
All the electrical equipment and component structures of the system of power supply of the
Contractor must be connected to ground.
Power supply for the Facilities

The Contractor must design, construct, operate and maintain all his electrical systems,
including his high tension cables, transforming, networks of distribution and other electrical
equipment that are necessary to him, fulfilling with all the legal and prescribed dispositions on
the matter and with the Peruvian norms.
Lines
Before initiating the construction of the electrical lines and the distribution stations, and within
a maximum term of 60 days after the signature of the Contract, the Contractor must present
the general project of them, to be put under the approval of the Client. The project must show
at least the layout of the lines and the location of the distribution stations. In addition, an
explanatory memory must be given accompany, in which the following things will be indicated:
Characteristic of the conductors;
Characteristic of the posts and isolations of the lines;
Electrical protections of the lines;
Power and characteristics of the transforming;
Electrical protection of the transforming;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
233
of
di
275
Calculations of the ground mesh of the substations.
Once the Client has approved the project, the Contractor will be able to begin the works.
The layout of the lines shall not have interference with other lines, dependencies, roads or
other facilities of any nature.
For the distribution stations, a ground mesh, which is independent of the Work Projects
ground mesh, will be constructed.
All those areas, in which the electrical energy is essential for the security of the people, must
be count with alternative power supplies of energy.
Lines of Distribution of Low Tension

The cables that are used in the execution of the lines or networks of distribution must have the
adapted sections to the powers that are going to transmit, so that they do not undergo
overheats.
The cables must be installed of a single section without unions; but, if these were necessary, it
will be accepted at the most a union by each 100 m of cable.
The unions between sections will take place with compression terminals or some other method
that allows a solid union among them. The isolation of the unions shall be replaced with
insulating tape or resin terminals so that the total isolation of the cable is reconstituted.
In the connections of cables to the boards it is not be able to connect more than one circuit per
switch.
Boards of Distribution
The distribution boards will have automatic switches for the control and distribution of the
electrical energy of the circuits of lighting system and force.
The switches that are used in boards will be with thermo-magnetic protections. Additionally, all
the circuits of plug must be protected with differential interrupting of sensitivity nonsuperior to
30 mA.
The amount of switches that will be mounted in each board and the coordination of their
protections must be in agreement with the Peruvian regulations.
The boards will mount inside of boxes or constructed metallic closets for heavy work.
The boxes will have front door, back removable cover and eyebolts that allow to their raising
and transfer.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
234
of
di
275
The board-box set will be mounted on a structure that will serve as base and will allow its
anchorage to the floor.
These boxes must fulfill with the indicated specifications of construction in the Peruvian codes.
In the superior part of the boxes, a clearly visible identification number and a signboard, which
indicates the following thing, will be installed:
DANGER.
ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT ENERGIZED.
The boards will be installed in all the areas in which electrical energy is needed to feed the
circuits of lighting system and force of the erection tasks. These areas will be determined by
the Contractor, but, a board of distribution per each floor or level of the Machines House will
installed at least. The equipment located in a certain floor must not be fed from another floor.
Single line drawing of low tension facilities

The Contractor will submit to the Client a detailed single line drawing of all the electrical
systems in low tension.
The single line drawing will be updated by the Contractor every time the facilities are modified.
Provisional Lighting Installations

The provisional lighting system of all Works of the plant will be of responsibility of the
Contractor.
Each one of the circuits of lighting system must be provided with a command switch. These
switches will be installed in visible places and easily accessible.
The circuits of plugs and in general those circuits of lighting system that feed zones of high risk
of electrical accidents, will be protected with differential switches of sensitivity non superior to
30 mA.
The intensities of illumination will be as minimum the indicated in the labor Peruvian codes.
The illumination must be operative before the fifth working day after the respective area was
given to the Contractor.
Maintenance and Raising of the Facilities
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
235
of
di
275
The Contractor must maintain in perfect state of use all the electrical systems. Any anomaly
that is originated in them must be repaired immediately.
At the end of the erection work, the Contractor must remove all the electrical installations for
works as they are replaced by the definitive facilities of the project.
13.3.2
Water supplies
The Contractor shall be responsible for making arrangements for any water supplies (both for
the site offices and changing rooms and the construction work area) during the construction of
the plant, including any metering apparatus and the payment of any charges.
The Contractor's scope of work shall include piping to the service water connection, along with
the provision of distribution pipework and flow metering.
Waste water during construction period will be managed by the Contractor in accordance with
local and Owners Requirements.
13.3.3
Certification of materials
Two copies, one to be submitted to the Owner's Representative, of a certificate verifying that
the materials meet the specified requirements shall be obtained by the Contractor for each
delivery of materials together with the results of any tests on such materials that are required
by the Specification and the relevant Peruvian Standards. The Contractor shall submit to the
Owner's Representative a statement detailing his test procedures and testing schedule for on
Site manufactured materials.
13.3.4
Storage of materials
Materials shall be stored to preserve their quality and condition in a manner which complies
with the manufacturer's particular requirements. The electronic equipments must be stored in
a room with temperature and humidity control.
13.3.5
Plant and equipment
The Contractor shall provide details of plant and equipment to be used in the construction of
the civil works including his proposed strategy for use of cranes in construction stage.
13.3.6
Concreting strategy
The specification for concrete, including producing, transporting, sampling, testing and
assessing its compliance shall comply with the codes referred in the paragraph 10.5.1.
The Contractor shall provide full details of his proposed concreting strategy for approval by the
Owner's Representative.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
236
of
di
275
Industrial formworks shall be used, designed and constructed to withstand the worst
combinations of dead, imposed, dynamic and wind loads.
Worked finishes shall be submitted to the approval of the Owner's Representative and shall be
suitable to examined visually in their location.
Steel reinforcement and fabrics shall be specified to comply with relevant codes. Fixing of
reinforcement shall be as shown on the construction drawings.
Joints in concrete shall be designed and constructed to allow for the proper functioning of the
structure.
13.3.7
Setting out and monitoring
Any survey, setting out and leveling shall be carried out using instruments and equipment
which shall be regularly certified by a laboratory recognized by the Owners Representative.
Information regarding Site datum levels and co-ordinates will be provided by the Owner's
Representative.
Setting Out Stations shall be accurately positioned at locations to be agreed with the Owner's
Representative and shall be adequately protected from damage during the construction of the
Works.
The Contractor shall carry out an accurate survey of all setting out stations relative to the site
datum and shall submit details of their co-ordinates and levels to the Owner's Representative
for agreement prior to commencing any setting out of the Works.
Any subsequent survey and monitoring work shall be based upon the setting out stations and
shall record details of the reference station used.
Monitoring for movements / settlements of ground or structures shall, if required by the
Owner's Representative, be carried out by the Contractor at locations and with frequencies as
instructed by the Owner's Representative.
All surveys and setting out work shall be fully recorded and the details and results provided to
the Owner's Representative on completion of each section of the Works.
13.3.8
Access
Access to and exit from the site shall be determined by the Contractor but shall be subject to
agreement with observed at all times.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

13.3.9
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
237
of
di
275
Fencing
The Contractor shall the Owner. Height restrictions Both on and off the site it must be erected
a permanent boundary fencing for the site, which shall be submitted to the approval by the
Owner's Representative. The fencing shall be of the unclimbable security type or anti intruder
type and it shall consist of mesh elements linked chain as specified below.
The main power station access shall be furnished with a vehicular gate with a clear opening of
at least 8 m, together with an adjacent personnel gate and an electrically operated balancing
lifting barrier complete with skirt. The gates shall be operable by push button at the gate and
in the administration area. The entrance and the perimeter fence shall be monitored by Closed
Circuit Television.
Other access points shall be provided around the perimeter as required for normal operation
and maintenance and for emergency vehicle access.
Materials, workmanship and testing shall be in accordance with the reference codes and
technical standards mentioned in paragraph 10.5.1. Furthermore, if not in contrast with the
above mentioned codes, the following Codes and Standards are to be used in the design and
manufacture of fencing: ASTM A121 Specification for Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed
Wire, ASTM A393 Specification for Zinc Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric, ASTM A491
Specification for Aluminum Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric, ASTM A626 Fence Fittings,
ASTM A1083 Pipe, Steel, Hot Dipped, Zinc Coated (Galvanized), Welded for Fence Structures,
ASTM F668 Specification for Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric,
ASTM F900 Industrial and Commercial Swing Gates or similar international or Peruvian
specification.
The Contractor shall clear a strip a one meter wide strip of all growth on both side along the
line of the fence and shall grade off this strip to remove local irregularities before the erection
of the fence commences. The Contractor shall excavate according to the lines and levels
required by the drawings. The base of the excavation shall be consolidated. Suitable material
arising from the excavations shall be used subsequently as backfilling where needed. Surplus
material shall be stored for any possible subsequent use.
Foundations of posts, struts, bases and anti-burrowing curbs shall be in concrete or reinforced
concrete as shown on the drawings. Concrete grade shall be shown on the drawings.
Embedded steelwork in concrete shall be galvanized.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
238
of
di
275
Chain link fencing boards shall be galvanized and comply with the requirements of relevant
standards. The Contractor shall submit samples to the Owner's Representative for approval.
Steel posts and struts shall be galvanized after manufacture. They shall be of hollow section
and the ends shall be capped and sealed. The height of the posts shall be 2.9 m above ground
level.
Barbed wire shall be twin wires and comply with relevant specifications. Fittings shall be
galvanized.
Straining posts shall be provided at all ends and corners of the fence, at changes in direction of
acute variations in level and in straight lengths of fencing at intervals not exceeding 60 m. All
posts shall be founded in concrete bases. The top of the base concrete shall be 50 mm above
ground level.
Anti-burrowing curbs shall be bedded on in situ concrete with the top 50 mm above ground
level.
There shall be 4 rows of evenly spaced line wire. The top wire shall be doubled, making5 line
wires in all. The bottom wire shall not be more distant than 25 mm above the kerb. There shall
be three rows of barbed wire at the top.
The bottom 50 mm of the chain link shall be embedded into the concrete curb.
13.3.10 Landscaping
In areas where the new works adjoin with the existing hard and soft landscaping, a good
quality landscaping shall be provided to match in with the existing environment.
The layout of landscaped areas shall be agreed with the Owner's Representative prior to
commencement of work, including the selection of trees, plants, ground cover etc.
13.3.11 Lay-down area
Lay-down areas shall be established by the Contractor and will be subject to approval by the
Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall allow for any necessary traffic management
measures which are required to satisfy the local authority and highway regulations. On
completion of the works, lay-down areas shall be cleared of all debris, graded and laid to lawn
and left in a tidy condition to the approval of the Owner's Representative.
13.3.12
Other services
The Contractor shall also provide:
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
239
of
di
275
security services, including personnel for vigilance and control activities in access of the
plant during construction and commissioning phases;
voip network;
telephones and fire-fighting equipment;
waste disposal facilities;
sanitary facilities;
First aid facilities;
all necessary temporary equipment for construction, commissioning and testing; until
Completion of the Works.
13.4
SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The Contractor has to adopt an Health & Safety Management System with the purpose to
improve the Management of Occupational Safety.
The Contractor has to commit to apply on site the following measures:
o
Comply the local OH&S laws requirements, designing in advance the safety measures
to be enforced both in phase of prearrangement of the Site and during the development
of the construction and commissioning activities;
Verify in time the relevant safety documentation complying local OH&S laws
requirements to be issued;
Issue a dedicated Project Safety Management System, regarding the risk assessment
and mandatory regulations in matter of OH&S to be respected by all the people
operating on site (including risks evaluation with preventive and protective measures,
site regulation, etc.);
Appoint a Safety Coordinator complying the local OH&S laws requirements;
Appoint an adequate Safety and Health Organization. The Contractor shall keep a safety
organization chart to show the amount of people full time dedicated to safety activities.
This chart will be frequently updated and the safety technicians must hold a valid safety
certificate;
Make
available
the
above
OH&S
documentation in
bid
request
phase
to
all
subcontractors;
o
Bind its
subcontractors to receipt the OH&S regulations stated in the above
documentation;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
240
of
di
275
Bind its subcontractors to hand over the same duties to their subcontractors;
Verify prior to release the site access authorization that personnel possess the required
technical and professional qualifications;
Inform the subcontractors about the risks which affect the construction site prior to the
areas and plants delivery;
Provide a OH&S site training to all the persons entering on site, which will be informed
about the main risks present on site and the regulations to be respected;
Establish a Safety Coordination Committee, headed by the Safety Coordinator and

attended by subcontractors safety engineers and foremen, in order to guarantee an
effective scheduling of activities, coordination between contractors and definition of the
preventive and protective measures to be adopted;
Provide the necessary measures to guarantee an effective emergency (first aid, fire
fighting) response, coherent with the organization established by the Client;
Verify throughout the execution of construction and commissioning activities the respect
by all the employees (including subcontractors personnel) of the OH&S provisions. Any
violation detected will be managed with the application of fines or other disciplinary
measures, according to the contractual clauses;
Record, classify and analyze any accident or incident that should occur on site, in order
to detect the root causes and adopt proper measures to avoid the fault to repeat. If
such events should occur the Contractor will promptly provide detailed information to
Client;
In case the Client will deem as necessary to carry out health & safety inspections in
handed over areas, jointly arrange such inspections.
To provide safe and healthful working conditions.
To reduce occupational injuries and illnesses.
To develop in all employees a recognition that the prevention of occupational injuries

and illnesses is important to the Contractor and de Owner.
To reduce the use of materials, procedures or processes that expose employees to

substances that are potentially toxic, flammable or radioactive, or to other potentially
hazardous conditions.
Prepare safety and hygiene instructions for newly hired project personnel.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
241
of
di
275
Develop emergency, confined space, lock out/tag out, waste containment, et., plans for
the jobsite.
13.5
Inspect and approve any scaffolding, ladders, decking, tools or cribbing before use.
PREFABRICATION LEVEL
Prefabrication level of supply shall be in accordance with the annex. O.4.

Shelters/containers included in the scope of supply shall be delivered complete and
prefabricated with all necessary equipment: HVAC, fire fighting, electrical, I&C, etc.
Only connections will be carry out on site.
MALACAS (PERU)
14.
COMMISSIONING AND START-UP
14.1
GENERAL
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
242
of
di
275
All commissioning specifications described in the following shall be applicable whether for the
commissioning stage of the plant in scope of work.
14.2
SCOPE
The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out all the commissioning and start-up
activities necessary to confirm compliance with design basis.
These tests are:
functional testing;
operational testing;
tests on completion;
performance testing;
reliability run testing.
The Contractor must carrying out all the afore mentioned tests in conformity with the
standards applicable and according to the contractual technical specifications.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all the necessary permanent and temporary
equipment, materials, consumables and services to meet his contractual commitments.
14.3
COMMISSIONING REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION
14.3.1
General
The Contractor is required to prepare the following commissioning documents:
Commissioning and Start-Up Manual;
Commissioning and Start-Up schedule;
Test Forms;
Test Procedures.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
243
of
di
275
At least 120 days before of the start of commissioning activities on site, or according to a
schedule agreed with the Owner, all these documents shall be delivered for Owner approval.
14.3.2
Commissioning and Start-Up Manual
Document that describes the organization and methods / procedures adopted by the Supplier
for the commissioning activity.
The Commissioning Manual must contain at least the following information:
Object: description of the scope and field of application of the document;
General information: introduction to the commissioning activities;
Reference documents: list of main reference documents;
Terms and Definitions: summary of the definitions used in the document;
Commissioning phase: it describes the main activities carried out and the documents
prepared by the Suppliers Commissioning Unit. Activities such as planning and
coordination, the turnover of systems / components / functional groups from Construction
to Commissioning, works and tests execution, the management of design modifications
requests, non-conformities and temporary changes, trips, outstanding events and faults,
plant operation, plant delivery, etc.;
tasks and responsibilities of the on-site Commissioning staff: description of the

organizational structure and tasks / responsibilities of the on-site Commissioning staff.
14.3.3
Commissioning and Start-Up schedule
The Commissioning and start up schedule defines the order of activities execution, the start
and final dates, the links and constraints between them.
The Commissioning and start up schedule, consistent with the Project Master Schedule, should
include at least: the delivery dates (turnover) of systems / sub systems from the Construction
Department to the Commissioning Department; the sequence and duration of commissioning
activities and tests to be performed on the plant; the contractual deadlines (milestones)
relevant to the completion of commissioning tests; the plant interfaces (tie-in, fluids and
electrical power supplies) and the relevant availability dates.
MALACAS (PERU)
14.3.4
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
244
of
di
275
Test Forms
These documents provide a detailed indication of the functional and operational tests to be
carried out on each of the aforesaid elements / components.
The Test Form comprises at least the following information:
COMPONENT DATA: Contains the main information of the components data plate;
PRELIMINARY CHECKS / FUNCTIONAL TESTS: This section defines the activities
necessary to bring the machinery / device from the end of erection state to the ready for
start-up state in a safe way for persons and plant. At the end of the section there are spaces
to be filled with the name of the company, the date, the name and the signature of the test
operator;
OPERATIONAL TESTS: This section lists all activities to be carried out on each
individual component. At the end of the section there are spaces to be filled with the name of
the company, the date, the name and the signature of the test operator.
There must also be a space for final certification of the test form by the person who carried out
the tests.
14.3.5
Test Procedures
The test procedures are used to carry out the functional and operational tests and describe the
system / plant commissioning phase step by step.
For every commissioning operation included in the Commissioning time schedule, the Supplier
must issue a test procedure that describes all the commissioning activities starting from the
preliminary checks up to the operational tests and the verification of the reliability and safety
of the system / plant supplied.
The Test procedure must include at least the following information:

- Title and code of the system being tested;
- Object, description and purpose of the test;
- List of the systems interfacing with the system / plant being tested;
- List of all components being tested;
- List of reference drawings for the test (P&ID, wiring diagrams, control logic diagrams, etc.);
- List of operation and maintenance manuals (O&M manuals) to be used for the tests;
- Quality control plan;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
245
of
di
275
- Data sheets and certificates;

- Calibration certificate of the instruments to be used during the tests in accordance with the
national / international standards in force;
- A detailed description (step by step) of each test to be carried out;
- the activities sequence, the initial conditions, the preliminary checks and operations, the
measurements to be made in field, the methods to be adopted in order to manage faults and
emergencies, the acceptance criteria of the test and the safety prescriptions.
- Indication of the specific risk factors of the test described in the procedure and any necessary
precautions;
- Date, name and signature of the person in charge for the test procedure.
All documents certifying the results of the tests (calibration sheets, data logs, etc.) must be
attached to the test procedure file.
The Test Procedure files must also have attached the Test Forms of all components tested
(i.e.: valves, switchboards, motors, cables, pumps, etc.).
The test procedure files completed with the results of the test must have an editable section
for final certification with the signatures of the supplier and the Owner person in charge for
commissioning.
14.4
COMMISSIONING AND START UP ACTIVITIES ON SITE
14.4.1
General
The Contractor is responsible for carrying out all the commissioning functional and operational
testing of the plant to confirm compliance with design basis and operating criteria and needed
to bring the plant to the commercial operation.
The Contractor must make all the Commissioning Tests of the facilities under his whole charge
and cost, to verify that the equipment is in conditions for working according to the exigencies
and decided guarantees.
The Commissioning Tests of the facilities include the last stage of the tests, and verifications,
before the commercial operation, by of which the Contractor verifies and demonstrates, that
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
246
of
di
275
each one of the elements and the set of the acquisition fulfills the established requirements in
the Contract.
The Contractor shall undertake all installation checks, preliminary mechanical and electrical
checks, pressure testing, flushing and cleaning of equipment and pipework, proving the
integrity of all connections (mechanical and electrical), safety systems and verification that all
plant is functionally complete.
The Contractor is responsible to put in operation everything included in the supply, within the
times laid down in the contract; he will provide an adequate number of resources (coordinators
and supervisors) with the necessary skills and equipment to carry out all the tests required.
The Contractor is responsible for the intervention of any sub-suppliers and / or specialists
required during the commissioning.
The Contractor shall also be responsible for producing a Quality Plan to detail all testing
requirements for the plant. The Owner shall be given the opportunity to witness all such
testing and inspection.
All checks, inspections and test activities and results shall be logged by the Contractor on Test
forms or Test Procedure and shall be available for inspection by the Owner at all times during
the course of the Works. Copies of this documentation shall be passed to the Owner on
completion of the Works.
The Commissioning of works will take place in agreement with the general program of tests
prepared with the due anticipation by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. As
minimum, the
tests
and
verifications that
Commissioning will be, at least:

o
The functional tests;
The operational tests;
The completion tests;
The performance test;
The reliability run test.
the
Contractor must
execute during
the
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
14.4.2
Sheet
Pagina
247
of
di
275
Functional tests
The Functional Tests are performed by Contractor on the single components and on the
machinery in order to prepare them for the first start-up, using auxiliary fluids and auxiliary
power supplies (the components and equipment under test can be operated without activating
process fluids or electrical power supplies).
They include the functional checks of components and machinery, the checks of circuits, the
control and command logics, such as:
o
electrical tests (i.e. insulation tests, protections setup);
regulation tests (i.e. check and setup of regulation and protection channels);
mechanical checks (i.e. leakages, oil levels, vibrations, noise).
The results of Functional Tests and the values of parameters / quantities measured will be
recorded in the appropriate Test Forms.
14.4.3
Operational tests
Tests made on a single component, system / sub system or plant in normal operation
condition,
with
power
supplies
and
with
all
process
fluids
in
operational
condition
(temperature, pressure, etc.). These tests are to determine, in all operating conditions, normal
and accidental and responsiveness to design features, commercial operation and reliability
plant.
The operational test must be carried out according to relevant Test Procedures that will
represent also the certification of results obtained.
Each Operational Test shall include at least:
checks of the rotating machinery;
setup of the cooling system;
tuning of the control system (set-points, gains, timing of relays, etc.);
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

standard
thermal
conditions
tests,
noise
detection,
other
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
tests
248
and
of
di
275
checks
recommended by Suppliers for specific components in operation conditions;

o
inspection of piping for leakages, interferences, vibrations, check of instruments, etc.;
operation of the system for a period of time suitable for the detection of any anomaly
and malfunction;
check and measurement of the plate data (power, consumptions, capacity, head, etc.)
and of performances of components and systems;
no-load tests and tests at different load levels.
The Contractor must consider as Operational tests also the typical commissioning activities,
such as: chemical washes, blowings, first firing of machinery, first synchro, etc.
Upon positive completion of the Operational Tests, the Plant is considered operable and the
stages of completion tests, performance test and reliability run test of the Plant can be started.
14.4.4
Completion tests
The Completion Tests are necessary to demonstrate the reliability of plant start-up / shutdown and of normal operation at any load inside design range and the capability of safely shutdown under planned conditions.
The tests will be monitored and reported by means of the normal plant instrumentation; as a
general principle additional equipment are not required.
A Completion test Procedure shall be required to be submitted to the Owner for approval.
The successful completion of the completion tests is mandatory for the beginning of the
performance tests.
14.4.5
Performance test
The Contractor shall carry out performance test to demonstrate that the plant complies with
the contractual performance guarantees, according to what established in relevant chapter.
The Owner shall witness the Performance test and the test results submitted to the Owner for
approval.
MALACAS (PERU)
14.4.6
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
249
of
di
275
Reliability Run Test
After the successfully completion of Performance test, the Contractor shall carry out the
Reliability Run tests of the plant with all ancillary plant, equipment and services required for
the full, safe and efficient operation, for a period of 4 days (96 hours).
During the Reliability Run tests the Power Plant shall be in its normal operating configuration,
linked on electrical grid and available to designated dispatched electrical demand. No
additional personnel shall operate the plant than the shift numbers scheduled in the design and
no normally operating systems will be taken out of service including the jumpering or
suppressing of alarms or trips.
The configuration of the plant shall be reviewed and verified by the Client.
A Reliability Run test Procedure shall be required to be submitted for approval 6 months prior
to planned date of the tests. The tests shall be conducted strictly in accordance with and
consistent with current engineering knowledge, accepted practices and applicable test codes.
The rejection criteria for the Reliability Run test is:
One or more trip or more than 2% of power plant dispatch time due to a failure.
In case of occurrence of one of the events reported above, the entire Reliability Run test will
be repeated commencing from time zero.
If the test is interrupted due to an event not attributable to the Works, the test shall be
resumed promptly after the cause of the interruption has been removed. The test will resume
when the operating level matches that at the time just prior to the trip and will continue for
the number of hours remaining to be completed at the time of the interruption.
14.5
NOISE PROCEDURE AND TEST
14.5.1
Noise Procedure
The Contractor shall submit a noise test procedure, outlining the proposed method of noise
testing according to applicable local code and international Standards.
The procedure for proving inside the plant and environmental noise levels shall include, at
least:
appropriate locations (point of measures) both inside and outside the Plant;
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
details of proposed measurement instrumentation;
the
relevant
Peruvian
regulations
and
international
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
Standards
by
250
of
di
which
275
the
measurements will be recorded, analyzed and corrected.

14.5.2
Noise Performance Test
The Contractor shall carry out tests at the appropriate locations, following approved noise
procedure, both Near Field: power plant area and equipments and Far field: at receptors to
demonstrate that the noise as Sound Pressure Levels of the overall supply are within the limit
values required in the Technical specification and all applicable laws.
The noise levels to be fulfilled shall be confirmed during the 100 % load tests.
Noise Level Inside Area.
For each point the measures will be done at 1.5 meters above the ground or accessible areas,
such as platform, stairways, etc.
Noise Level for Equipment.
For each of the supplied components and equipment the Sound Pressure Level must be
measured at a distance of 1 meter from the respective equipment and / or acoustic relevant
enclosure (if any), and at 1.5 meters above the ground or accessible areas, such as platform,
stairways, etc.
Noise Level Outside Site boundary and at local receptors.
For each point outside of power Plant, at least as per 1.6.1.1, the Sound Pressure Level must
be measured at 1.5 meters above the ground and at least 1 meter from the faade of nearest
building or other reflecting structure (wall).
14.6
GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE TEST
14.6.1
Guaranteed performance
The Contractor shall guarantee the following performances:
BOP auxiliary power consumption;
Noise emissions.
All the guaranteed performances shall be defined without considering tolerances and measure
uncertainties. This means that the guaranteed values measured during performance test, after
allowable corrections (listed in the following paragraphs), will be compared with the relevant
guaranteed without further corrections due to tolerance or measurement uncertainties.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010

14.6.2
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
251
of
di
275
BOP auxiliary power consumption
The guaranteed BOP power consumption is defined as the total absorbed power by all the
auxiliaries included in scope of supply, including lightining and HVAC system. Detail list of all
the auxiliaries in BOP scope of supply shall be provided and for each of them the maximum
expected consumption shall be declared.
The Guaranteed BOP Auxiliary Power Consumption (PBOP_AUX_G) will be computed as follows:
PBOP_AUX_G [kW] = PBOP_AUX_G (test) [kW] + PBOP_AUX_G (FAT) [kW]
where:
PBOP_AUX_G (test) is the Guaranteed Value @ Testing Conditions regarding all the equipment
included in scope that are necessary for power plant operation during performance test
(e.g. HVAC, DCS, etc.); the measured value PBOP_AUX_M
(test)
will be taken during power
plant performance test
PBOP_AUX_G
(FAT)
is the Guaranteed Value @ FAT Conditions regarding all the equipment
included in scope that are NOT necessary for power plant operation during performance
test of power plant (e.g. liquid fuel pumps, demi water pumps, etc.); the measured
value PBOP_AUX_G (FAT) will be taken during Factory Acceptance Test of equipment
Following values are guaranteed:
PBOP_AUX_G (TEST) = 147,6 kW
PBOP_AUX_G (FAT) = 23,3 kW
PBOP_AUX_G = 170,8 kW
14.6.3
Noise
The Contractor must include in its engineering phase all necessary studies on noise emissions
from equipment, according vendors data sheets, in order to establish and forecast a noise plot
plan model.
Based on this model the Contract must propose noise mitigation works to be implemented in
order to fulfill Peruvian noise codes and regulations both inside and outside the Plant.
Contractor shall carry out tests at the appropriate locations both inside and outside the Plant to
demonstrate that the noise as Sound Pressure Levels of the overall Power plant are within the
limit Values required under the Contract and all applicable Peruvian laws.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
252
of
di
275
The guaranteed noise limits are split for:
Near Field Noise Level Inside Plant;
Far Field Noise Level: outside Site boundary and at local receptors.
They shall be complied with the limits reported in Chapter 1.6.

The noise levels to be fulfilled shall be confirmed during the 100% load tests.
Should the above guaranteed performances be failed, Client reserves the right to request
make-good, in order to restore the guaranteed performances.
MALACAS (PERU)
15.
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
253
of
di
275
DATA TO BE PROVIDED BY BIDDERS
Bidders shall provide a set of data and documentation in the following stages:
Bidders Alignment and Contractor Selection;
During project execution, for OWNERS ENGINEER approval and / or information.
It is essential that the Contractor should visit the site before preparing his tender for the
purpose of examining the extent and nature of the work and evaluating the access to the site,
to familiarize and satisfy himself with respect to local and Site conditions and to ascertain the
availability of all labor, plant and materials for the satisfactory execution of the Works within
the overall project conditions and program. The Tender shall be deemed to meet all local and
Site restrictions.
Please refer to document [G.10].

15.1
DEVIATIONS & CLARIFICATIONS
The BIDDER shall include in his proposal the list of deviations / clarifications to the content of
this general specification and to the relevant attachments.
This list shall be put in a dedicated format (see document [G.11]).
Only explicit deviations / clarifications to the present general specification that are listed in the
above mentioned format will be taken into account. Any further deviation or comment not
listed by Bidder in the dedicated format will not be taken into consideration by Owners
Engineer and therefore shall be implicitly deemed as "not accepted".
In case of NO DEVIATION, its intended that the contents of this Technical Specification and
relative Attachments are entirely accepted without reservations.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
254
16.
REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION, PRIORITY LEVEL AND LAWS
16.1
GENERAL
of
di
275
The tender documents for Malacas plant are integrant parts of this Technical Specification.
Norms, obligations, requirements reported in Section 20 will be prevalent respect to equivalent
norms, obligations requirements required in present Technical Specification and relevant
annexes.
In case of any discrepancy and / or inconsistency between the various documents, shall prevail
in the following order, if not otherwise specified:
[Section 19.1] MINISTERIO DE ENERGIA Y MINAS - Resolucin Directoral N 382-2015MEM-DGAAE - Lima 23/10/2015
[Section Errore. L'origine riferimento non stata trovata.] MINISTERIO DE

ENERGIA Y MINAS - Resolucin Directoral N 142-2015- MEMIDGAAE Lima
14/04/2015 for approving:
o
INFORME
263-2015-MEM-DGAAE/DNAE/DGAE/LQS/CCR/HBC
dated
15/04/2015;
o
Informe
Tcnico
Sustentatorio del
Proyecto
Reemplazo de
las
Unidades
Generadoras TG1, TG2 y TG3 por la Unidad de Generacin TG6 en la Central

Trmica Malacas" dated 30/01/2015.
Present BOP Technical Specification.
In any case the most severe conditions shall be followed.
MALACAS (PERU)
17.
APPENDIXES
[AP1]
Example of Risk Matrix
Example of
Risk
Matri
x
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
255
of
di
275
MALACAS (PERU)
18.
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
256
of
di
275
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The documents listed below form an integral part of this Technical Specification.
These documents shall be adopted in their edition/revision at the date the offer was made. In
case of discrepancies and/or overlaps between the below-listed documents and this
Specification, the Specification governs.
In case of discrepancies among the attachments themselves, the most stringent requirements
shall apply.
It is also intended that national/local rules shall be fulfilled, even if not here recalled.
Any reference to European standards contained in the reference documents listed in the
following (with particular reference to the 999xxx series OWNERS ENGINEER standardized
documents) must be adapted to local laws.
18.1
GENERAL DOCUMENTS
Id
Document nr
Document Title
G.1
999GG01653 Rev.03
Material Management
G.2
999GG01607 Rev.02
Regulation for issuing Supplier technical documentation
G.3
999GG01609 Rev.00
Excel Format for Subcontractors Engineering Plan & Schedule

Batch Loading Fields Map and Formats
G.4
999GG00782 Rev.03
Drawings preparation in AutoCAD environment
G.5
OMISSIS
G.6
PBMAL00015
Technical instruction for the identification of equipment and

components
G.7
PBMAL61000 Rev.01
Site and Environmental conditions, fuels, auxiliary fluids and other

interface data
G.8
999SR05001 Rev.00
Safety and Design Engineering Reviews S&DERs
G.9
999GG01781 Rev.00
3D Model Reviews
G.10
PBMAL00011 Rev.00
Information to be submitted by Bidders during Tender and EPC

phase - BOP
G.11
PBMAL00012 Rev.00
Technical Alignment Sheet - BOP
18.2
MECHANICAL / PROCESS DOCUMENTS
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
257
of
di
275
Id
Document nr
Document Title
M.1
999SR03017 Rev.02
Isolamenti termici per tubazioni, apparecchiature e superfici piane
M.2
999SR03019 Rev.03
General Painting Specification
M.3
PBMAL later
Instruction for Identification colors of components (to be issued by

Owners Engineer after NTP)
M.4
PBMAL60000 Rev.03
P&I Air compression station
M.5
OMISSIS
M.6
PBMAL60002 Rev.00
P&I Demi Water
M.7
PBMAL60003 Rev.03
P&I Liquid fuel storage system
M.8
PBMAL60005 Rev.01
P&ID Fiscal metering
M.9
PBMAL00013 Rev.01
Typical power plant equipment list - BOP
18.3
ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS
Id
Document nr
E.4
omissis
E.5
omissis
18.4
Document Title
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DOCUMENTS
Id
Document nr
Document Title
A.1
999SR01030 Rev.00
Technical Specification Instrumentation
A.2
999SR01012 Rev. 02
Typical Primary Hook-up for instrumentation
A.3
999SR01013 Rev. 01
Typical Pneumatic hook-up for instrumentation
A.4
999SR01014 Rev. 02
Instrument Protection Cabinets and racks
A.5
999SR01015 Rev. 01
Typical Secondary Electrical Hook-up for instrumentation
A.6
999SR07108 Rev. 01
Typical details for junction boxes and terminal boards
A.7
999GG01423 Rev. 03
Summary material list for hook up
A.8
999GG00293 Rev. 04
Technical specification for junction boxes and boards
A.9
999GG01264 - Rev. 01
Electrical actuators for on-off valves / dampers
A.10
999SR01028 - Rev. 00
Control valves
A.11
999SR01079 Rev. 00
I&C Erection Drawings for Skid
A.12
999SR07018 Rev.01
Instrumentation and Thermocouple extension cables
A.13
999SR07016 Rev.03
Component Technical Specification LOW VOLTAGE POWER AND

CONTROL CABLES
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
258
of
di
275
A.14
PBEMP10004 Rev.00
Auxiliary Systems Control General Specification (customized

Specification will follow)
A.15
A.16
PBMAL10000 Rev.02
PBMAL10001 Rev.00
Plant Automation Architecture

I&C testing and inspection
18.5
CIVIL DOCUMENTS
Id
Document nr
Document Title
C.1
999SR00053 Rev.01
Typical Foundations Loads for Buildings and Structures
C.2
999SR00054 Rev.00
Typical Foundations Loads for Equipments
C.3
999SR00037 - Rev. 01
Typical details for hand rails, gratings, stairs, folded sheets, gates,
fencings, protection service walkway
C.4
PBMAL20000 - Rev.00
Civil works and steel structures design requirements
C.5
11-4520.01
Geotechnical Report Malacas TG5 Project (11-4520.01) Paul C.

Rizzo Associates, Inc. October 6, 2011
18.6
ERECTION DOCUMENTS
Id
Document nr
Document Title
O.1
999GG01656 - Rev. 00
Site Organization
O.2
999GG01657 - Rev. 00
Site Planning
O.3
999GG01655 - Rev. 02
Daily Report
O.4
999GG01888 - Rev. 00
Prefabrication Level of Supply
18.7
18.7.1
LAYOUT DOCUMENTATION
DOCUMENTATION OF THE EXISTING PLANT
Existing drawings and documents, if available, can be provided on official request to OWNERS
ENGINEER.
Any discrepancy on the existing documentation shall be promptly highlighted by the Bidder. In
any case the existing documentation shall be verified and confirmed on site by dedicated
investigations during mandatory site visit (see paragraph 15).
MALACAS (PERU)
of drawing
Name of drawing
09519-08-01-IGET-PNL-003
Diagrama Unifilar General
18.7.2
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
259
of
di
275
DOCUMENTATION OF FUTURE PLANT
of drawing
Name of drawing
LAY.1
PBMAL40000
General Plant Lay-out
ELE.1
PBMAL30001
Single Line Diagram
18.8
Document
Documento n.
HEALTH AND SAFETY
Id
Document nr
Document Title
H.1
doc no. MA.SPA.001 dated 26.3.2015
MANUAL DEL SISTEMA DE GESTIN AMBIENTAL, DE

SEGURIDAD Y SALUD OCUPACIONAL
H.2
IPER MANTENIMIENTO
IDENTIFICACIN DE PELIGROS Y EVALUACIN DE

RIESGOS, MANTENIMIENTO
H.3
IPER OPERACIONES
IDENTIFICACIN DE PELIGROS Y EVALUACIN DE

RIESGOS, OPERACIONES
H.4
Doc. no. P.SAP.002 dated 20.5.2014
IDENTIFICACIN DE PELIGROS EVALUACIN DE

RIESGOS Y DETERMINACIN DE CONTROLES
H.5
POLTICA DEL SISTEMA DE GESTIN

INTEGRADO
PRINCIPIOS AMBIENTALES, DE SEGURIDAD Y SALUD

OCUPACIONAL
H.6
Doc. no. P.SG.003 dated 21.4.2014
Almacenamiento, Transporte y Manipulacin de

Materiales Peligrosos
18.9
Id
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Document nr
CPC.1
18.10
Id
Document Title
General Project Schedule Rev4
AUTHORIZATIONS
Document nr
Document Title
MALACAS (PERU)
AUT.1
18.11
PBMAL98000 Rev. 03
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
260
of
di
QUALITY
Document nr
Document Title
QUA.1
PBMAL03000
Testing and inspection
PERMITTING AND ENVIRONMENT
Id
Document nr
Document Title
ENV.1
E.S-001
Especificaciones de seguridad y salud laboral y

ambiental para contratistas de obras y servicios
18.13
275
Preliminary Authorization Plan And Program
Id
18.12
Document
Documento n.
TECHNICAL ALIGNMENT SHEET
Technical Alignment of the Supplier offer has been performed, and the resulting Technical
Alignment Sheet and relevant annexes, signed by Supplier, are below recalled. All the
agreements reported in Technical Alignment Sheet (TAS) are included in this Purchasing
Technical Specification. In case of discrepancies, the TAS takes precedence over the
Purchasing Technical Specification.
Id
Document nr
Document Title
TAS
PBMAL00012
Technical Alignment Sheet for BOP
Main TAS Annexes:

-
Site Division of Responsibilities
Existing Noise Map
GTP Piping and cabling prefabrication level
Existing fire fighting system documents
Sketch for the new position of MV switchgear
GTP equipment delivery schedule
Document schedule GTP and BOP delivery
150616 MoM Site Visit of Malacas6 BOP Bidders rev 1
MALACAS (PERU)
19.
AUTHORIZATION
19.1
RESOLUCION DIRECTORAL
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
261
of
di
275
Resolucin Directoral N 382-2015-MEM/DGAAE

Resolucion Directoral N 142-2015-MEM/DGAAE
19.2
INFORME TECNICO SUSTENTATORIO
GEN-0004P-AMB-DOC-001-A_ITS-Malacas_Rev_Final_29-01-14.pdf
(Informe
Tcnico
Sustentatorio del Proyecto Reemplazo de las Unidades Generadoras TG1, TG2 y TG3 por la
Unidad de Generacin TG6 en la Central Trmica Malacas" dated 30/01/2015)
19.3
PRESCRIPTIONS
IIR Malacas 2010 V5

IIR Malacas 20131213
Recomendaciones Marsh
MALACAS (PERU)
20.
LAWS AND REGULATIONS
20.1
MAIN LOCAL REGULATION AND TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
262
of
di
275
The whole scope of supply, as an assembly, shall be designed, manufactured, tested and
erected according to good engineering practice and in compliance with the provisions of all
applicable Local Regulation, included but not limited to the following:
HEALTH & SAFETY
R.M. no.
MEM/DM
161-2007
Reglamento de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo de las

Actividades Elctricas
- Ley de Seguridad y salud en el Trabajo (ley 29783).
- Reglamento de la Ley de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo (DS
005-2012-TR).
- Reglamento de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo con
Electricidad (RM 111-2013-MEM/DM)
- Ley 28551
- Decreto Supremo N 052-93-EM Reglamento de Seguridad
para el Almacenamiento de Hidrocarburos, Decreto Supremo N
045-2001-EM Reglamento para la Comercializacin de
Combustibles Lquidos y otros Productos Derivados de los
Hidrocarburos.- regulacin para
el
almacenamiento de
hidrocarburos.
- Resolucin Ministerial N 111-2013-MEM/DM Reglamento de
Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo con Electricidad.- criterios de
seguridad para almacenamiento de materiales peligrosos.
- Decreto Supremo 42-F Reglamento de Seguridad Industrial.criterios de seguridad para almacenamiento de materiales
peligrosos.
NOISE
D.S. n. 085-2003-PCM
Peruvian Law for noise of equipments
MALACAS (PERU)
RM no. 162 del 2014
R.M. N 375-2008-TR
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
263
of
di
275
Norma Bsica de Ergonoma y de Procedimiento de Evaluacin

de Riesgo Disergonmico.
CIVIL / STRUCTURAL
DESIGN
E.020
Cargas (Loads)
E.030
Diseo sismoresistente (Sismic Design)
E.050
Suelos y Cimentaciones (Soil and foundation)
E.060
Concredo Armado (Reinforce concrete)
E.070
Albaileria (Mansory)
E.090
Estructuras metlicas (Steel Structure)
ELECTRICAL CODE, I&C
MEM
Peruvian Grid Code: Cdigo Nacional de Electricidad -TOMO V

Sistema de Utilizacin
COES
National Technical Standard for real time data exchange for the
National Interconnected electrical System (SEIN) according
Resolution No. 055-2007-EM/DGE.
Law No. 28532
to ensure the efficient development of power generation.
Law Decree No. 25844
Electricity Concessions Law.
PERMITTING AND ENVIRONMENTAL

-
Ley N 26842 - Ley General de Salud;
Ley N 29338 - Ley de Recursos Hdricos;
D.S. Reglamento para el Diseo de Tanques Spticos;
Ley N 26842, Ley General de Salud, Art. 107;
Decreto Legislativo N 997, Primera Disposicin Complementaria Final;
Ley N 29338, Art. 79 y 80;
Decreto Supremo N 001-2010-AG, Reglamento de la Ley de Recursos Hdricos, Art. 137;
Decreto Supremo N 006-2010-AG, Reglamento de Organizacin y Funciones de la ANA,

Art. 32;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
264
of
di
275
Ley N 27444 Ley del Procedimiento Administrativo General, Art. 29 y 37;
Decreto Ley N 25844 - Ley de Concesiones Elctricas;
DS N 009-93-EM - Reglamento de la Ley de Concesiones Elctricas;
DS N 027-2008-EM - Reglamento del Comit de Operacin Econmica del Sistema;
DS N 027-2007-EM - Reglamento de Transmisin;
D.S. 020-2007-MTC - Texto nico Ordenado del Reglamento General de la Ley de

Telecomunicaciones;
Ley N 29022 - Ley para la expansin de infraestructura en telecomunicaciones;
DS N 016-2009-MTC - Texto nico Ordenado del Reglamento Nacional de Trnsito Cdigo de Trnsito;
Ley N 27972 - Ley Orgnica de Municipalidades;
Ley 27157 de Relularizacion de edificacion;
Ley 29090 de Regulacion de Habilitaciones Urbanas y Edificaciones;
Ley N 27181, Ley General de Transporte y Trnsito Terrestre;
Ley N 29370, Ley de Organizacin y Funciones del Ministerio de Transportes y

Comunicaciones;
DS N 021-2007-MTC - Reglamento de Organizacin y Funciones del Ministerio de

Transportes y Comunicaciones;
DS N 058-2003-MTC - Reglamento Nacional de Vehculos, y sus dems modificatorias DS

N 016-2009-MTC - Texto nico Ordenado del Reglamento Nacional de Transito - Cdigo
de Transito;
DS N 017-2009-MTC - Reglamento Nacional de Administracin de Transporte y sus

dems modificatorias;
Ley N 29380 - Ley de Creacin de la Superintendencia de Transporte Terrestre de

Personal, Carga y Mercancas SUTRAN;
D.S. N 063-70-VI;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
265
of
di
275
DS. N 066-2007- PCM - Reglamento de Inspecciones Tcnicas de Seguridad en Defensa

Civil;
Resolucin Jefatural N 251-2008-INDECI, Aprueba el nuevo Manual de Ejecucin de

Inspecciones Tcnicas de Seguridad en Defensa Civil;
Ley N 25844 - Ley de Concesiones Elctricas (Art. 39);
DS N 009-93-EM.- Reglamento de la Ley de Concesiones;
Elctricas (Arts. 81, 92, 93, 94, 95);
DS N 020-97EM.- Norma Tcnica de Calidad de los Servicios Elctricos;
Resolucin Directoral N 04999EM/DGE.- Norma Tcnica para la Coordinacin de la

Operacin en Tiempo Real de los Sistemas Interconectados.
DS N 0372006-EM Reglamento de Cogeneracin (Art. 4);
DS 045-2012-PCM;
RCD N191-2011-OS/CD - Reglamento del Registro de Hidrocarburos del OSINERGMIN
D.S. N 04-2010-EM Reglamento de Registro de OSINERGMIN aprobado mediante

Resolucin N 091-2010-OS/CD y ampliado con posterior Resolucin N 143-2010-OS/CD;
Ley N 27157 - Ley de Regularizacin de Edificaciones, del Procedimiento para la

Declaratoria de Fbrica y del Rgimen de Unidades Inmobiliarias de Propiedad Exclusiva y
de Propiedad Comn;
DS N 035-2006-VIVIENDA - Aprueban el Texto nico Ordenado del Reglamento de la Ley

N 27157;
Ley N 27444 - Ley del Procedimiento Administrativo General;
Ley N 27180 - Ley que modifica diversos artculos del Decreto Legislativo N 776, Ley de
Tributacin Municipal;
Ley N 28976 - Ley Marco De Licencia De Funcionamiento;
Ley N 29060 - De Silencio Administrativo;
DS N 066-2007-PCM Aprueba el nuevo reglamento de inspecciones tcnicas de seguridad

en Defensa Civil;
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
DS
006-2013-PCM Aprueba
la
relacin de
Sheet
Pagina
266
of
di
275
autorizaciones sectoriales para
el
otorgamiento de licencias.
-
Resolucin Ministerial N 037-2006-MEM/DM Cdigo Nacional de Electricidad Utilizacin.Criterios a tener en cuenta para el caso del almacenamiento de ciertos materiales
combustibles o inflamables as como lo relacionado a zonas declaradas con riesgo de
acuerdo al tipo de Clase o Divisin.
Ley N 28256 Ley que regula el Transporte Terrestre de Materiales y Residuos Peligrosos,
Decreto Supremo N 021-2008-MTC Reglamento Nacional de Transporte Terrestre de
Materiales
Residuos
Peligrosos,
Decreto
Supremo
030-2008-MTC
Modifican
Reglamento Nacional de Transporte Terrestre de Materiales y Residuos Peligrosos, Decreto

Supremo N 047-2008-MTC Incorporan Dcimo Primera Disposicin Complementaria
Transitoria en el Reglamento Nacional de Transporte Terrestre de Materiales y Residuos
Peligrosos.- directivas que incluyen la manipulacin y transporte de materiales y residuos
peligrosos.
-
DECRETO SUPREMO N 29-94-EM Reglamento de Proteccin Ambiental en las Actividades

Elctricas, Ley 27314 Ley General de Residuos Slidos, Decreto Supremo N 057-2004PCM Reglamento de la Ley N 27314, Ley General de Residuos Slidos.- criterios para el
almacenamiento de residuos peligrosos.
HAZARDOUS AREA
CDIGO NACIONAL DE ELECTRICIDA, seccin 110, Lugares Peligrosos.
MECHANICAL
DS 040-2008-EM decree, Reglamento Nacional de Edificaciones, Reglamento para la Proteccin
Ambiental en las Actividades de Hidrocarburos (N 015-2006-EM supreme decree).
Materials
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
Heat exchangers
TEMA
Tubular Exchangers Manufacturers Association
HEI
Heat Exchange Institute
Pressure Vessels
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
267
of
di
ASME VIII Div. 1
ASME/AWWA
Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage
ASME/AWWA
Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage
API Std 650
API Std 620
Welded Tanks for Oil Storage, latest edition with Addenda

Design and Construction of Large, Welded Low-Pressures Storage
Tanks
275
Valves
Valves included in the scope of supply shall be constructed according with ASME B 16.34
Standards.
ANSI B16.34
Steel butt-weld end valves
ANSI B16.10
Face to face end to end dimensions of ferrous valves
ANSI B16.104
Control Valve Seat Leakage
API 520
Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Devices in

Refineries
API 521
Pressure-relieving and depressuring systems
Piping
Flanges shall be in accordance with ASME B 16.5 Standard.
Threaded connections shall be in accordance with ASME B 2.1 Standard.
ANSI B31.3
Power piping
ASME B31.3
Process piping
ANSI B16.5
Steel pipe flanges and flanged fittings
ANSI B16.20
Ring-joint gaskets and grooves for steel pipe flanges
Pumps
ISO
API 610
with Suppliers deviations
API 676
with Suppliers deviations
Welding and NDT
ASME IX
Welding and brazing qualification
ANSI B31.1
Power piping
ASME V
Boiler and Pressure

Examination
AWS D1.1-10
Structural Welding Code - Steel
Gas Turbine
Vessel
Code,
Section
V:
Non
destructive
MALACAS (PERU)
ISO 3977
Gas Turbines Procurement
ISO 2314
Gas Turbines Acceptance Tests
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
268
of
di
275
Fin Fan Coolers
API 661
Gas Turbines Acceptance Tests
Natural Gas
DS N 081-2007-EM Reglamento de Transporte de Hidrocarburos por Ductos.
HVAC
SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible;
1995 SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Dampers Installation Guide for HVAC Systems;
2002 SMACNA HVAC Systems Test, Adjustment and Balancing;
ASHRAE Handbook 2013;
ISO 14644 - Cleanrooms and associated controlled environments.
20.2
ELECTRICAL
IEC and IEEE
IEC 60034
IEEE 693-2005
IEEE 50.10
IEEE 50.13
IEEE 485
IEEE 48
IEC 60072
IEC 60085
IEC 60298
IEC 62271
IEC 694
IEC 60185
IEC 60186
IEC 61271
IEC 61641
IEC 896 1
All Recommendations, in particular those listed below

Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations
MALACAS (PERU)
IEC 146
IEC 60228
IEC 60287
IEC 60332
IEC 60502
IEC 60540
IEC 62305
ANSI C37.23
ANSI C37.13
ANSI C37.13A
ANSI C37.23
20.3
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
269
of
di
275
INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL
ISA
Standard and practices for instrumentation.
ISA S51.1
Standard process instrumentation terminology.
IEC 144
Degree of protection of enclosures.
IEC 60870-6
TASE.2-ICCP Protocol (Inter Center Control Protocol) for real time

data Exchange, between control centers of an electric system.
SEIN
National Technical Standard for real time data exchange for the
National Interconnected electrical System (SEIN) according Resolution
No. 055-2007-EM/DGE.
Law No. 28532
to ensure the efficient development of power generation.
Law Decree
25844
IEEE
Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers.
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials.
ANSI
American National Standard Institute.
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
API
American Petroleum Institute.
NBS
National Bureau of Standards.
BSI
British Standards Institute.
ISO
International Organization for Standardization.
AWS
American Welding Society.
ASA
American Standard Association.
DIN
Deutsche Industrie Normen.
No.
Electricity Concessions Law.
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
270
of
di
275
The design shall consider the application of KKS for numbering system, on instruments and
equipments and allow the use of operational maintenance inventory even during the Gas
Turbine plant organization design.
All equipment associated with the measurement and control, including measurement cabinets,
must have their identification number according to plant KKS standard.
20.4
NOISE EMISSIONS, GAS EMISSION
Methods and instruments for measurements shall be according to the Peruvian Law, in absence
of a Peruvian law / norm, will be applied international standards.
Local Law / Code:
D.S. n. 085-2003-PCM Aprueban el Reglamento de Estndares Nacionales de Calidad
Ambiental para Ruido.
International Standards
ISO 1680:2013
Acoustics - Test code for the measurement of airborne noise emitted

by rotating electrical machines.
ISO 1996-1:2003
Acoustics Description, measurement and

assessment of
environmental noise - Part 1: Basic quantities and assessment
procedures.
ISO 1996-2:2007
Acoustics Description, measurement and

assessment of
environmental noise - Part 2: Determination of environmental noise
levels.
ISO 3744:2010
Acoustics - Determination of sound power levels of noise sources

using sound pressure - Engineering method in an essentially free field
over a reflecting plane.
ISO 3746:2010
Acoustics - Determination of sound power levels of noise sources

using sound pressure - Survey method using an enveloping
measurement surface over a reflecting plane.
ISO 10494:1993
Gas turbines and gas turbine sets - Measurement of emitted airborne

noise - Engineering/survey method.
IFC guidelines
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power

Plants, dated December 19, 2008 (International Finance Corporation,
World Bank Group).
20.5
FIRE FIGHTING
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
271
of
di
275
For the design of fire protection system of the plant, the Contractor should consider the
following as needed:
The design of the fire fighting and alarm system and the equipment contained therein shall be
in accordance with the latest codes and standards published by the National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) combined with the latest edition of the applicable Local / national Standard
(widely based on NFPA Standards) and with the requirements of the Specification.
The project must be submitted for approval, if requested, by the Fire Department of the
Municipality of plant location, and should address the systems, equipment, components,
redundancies and the requirements of the entity.
In any case, the project must therefore consider the most stringent scenario between the
aspects mentioned above.
NFPA 12
CO2 systems.
NFPA 15
Spray deluge systems.
NFPA 37
Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion

Engines and Gas Turbines.
NFPA 850
Recommended practice for fire protection for electric generating

plants and high voltage direct current converter stations.
20.6
VIBRATIONS
ISO 10816
Mechanical vibration.
ISO 7919
Mechanical vibrations of non-reciprocating machines Measurement

on rotating shafts and evaluation criteria.
ISO 1940
Balance quality requirements for rotors in a constant (rigid) state.
ISO 11342
Mechanical vibration - Methods and criteria for the mechanical

balancing of flexible rotors.
20.7
EQUIPMENT CODIFICATIONS
The Code applicable for equipment codifications will be KKS.

20.8
PERFORMANCE TEST
ASME PTC-10
ASME PTC-22
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
272
of
di
275
ASME PTC 4.4
20.9
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL
Civil works shall be designed and erected in compliance with Peruvian and local laws and
regulations, in co-ordination with the civil requirements mentioned in the Owners Engineer
technical specifications. In addition, when complementary and no-conflicting with the above
specified regulations International standards and codes, and relevant international code of
practice shall also be applied.
In case of any conflict between reference documents, Contractor shall refer to Owners
Engineer and shall propose a resolution based on all necessary analysis to determine the most
stringent requirements, providing supporting documentation as required to justify the
selection.
Except where otherwise stated, the applicable codes and standards shall be the latest edition
at the time of the Contract, including all amendments.
The list of codes and standards that the contractors intend to use must be declared during
bidding stage.
a)
Peruvian
Standards
As indicate As indicate ad par. 20.1 Section CIVIL / STRUCTURAL
b)
Codes
International
AASHTO
Specifications
(American
and
Association of
State
Highway and Transportation
Officials)
standards, taking into account a truck HS20-44 type as design loads;
ACI 117 Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials;
ACI 121R Guide for Concrete Construction Quality Systems in Conformance with ISO
9001;
ACI 201.2R Guide to Durable Concrete;
ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete;
ACI 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete;
ACI 305.1 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting;
ACI 308.1 Specification for Curing Concrete;
ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete;
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
273
of
di
275
ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures;
ACI 350.3-06 Practice for the Seismic Design of Liquid Containing Structures;
ACI 351.2R Foundations for Static Equipment;
ACI 351.3R Foundations for Dynamic Equipment;
ACI 360R Design of Slabs-on-Ground;
ACI 543R Guide to Design, Manufacture, and Installation of Concrete Piles;
ACI SP-17 The Reinforced Concrete Design Manual;
AISC 303 Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges;
AISC 325 Steel Construction Manual;
AISC 327 Seismic Design Manual;
AIST Tech. Report N. 13, Guide for the Design and Construction of Mill Buildings, 2003;
ANSI/AISC 341-10 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings;
ANSI/AISC 360-10 Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings;
ANSI/AISI S100-07 North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel
Structural Members;
ANSI/AISI S110-07/S1-09 Standard
for
Seismic
Design
of
Cold-Formed
Steel
Structural Systems Special Bolted Moment Frames;
API 686 Recommended Practice for Machinery Installation and Installation Design;
API Std 620-13 Design and Construction of Large, Welded Low-Pressures Storage
Tanks;
API Std 650-13 Welded Tanks for Oil Storage (Annex B - Recommendations for Design
and Construction of Foundations; Annex E - Seismic Design of Storage Tanks), latest
edition with Addenda;
ASCE/SEI 7-10 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, 2010;
ASME B31.1-12 Power Piping;
ASME B31.3-12 Process Piping;
ASME/AWWA D100-11 Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage;
ASME/AWWA D115-06 Circular Pre-Stressed Concrete Water Tanks;
ASTM Related codes for materials definitions and testing (latest version);
ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction - Characteristics of Soil
Using Modified Effort;
MALACAS (PERU)
Document
Documento n.
PBMAL00010

REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
274
of
di
275
ASTM D2487 Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes;
ASTM D3282 Standard Practice for Classification of Soils and Soil - Aggregate Mixtures
for Highway Construction Purposes;
ASTM D420 Standard Guide to Site Characterization for Engineering Design and
Construction Purposes;
AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code Steel;
AWS D1.8 Structural Welding Code - Seismic Supplement;
BS 5930 Code of practice for site investigations;
BS 6031 Code of practice for earthworks;
BS EN 1997 Geotechnical design (Part 1: General rules; Part 2: Ground investigation

and testing);
BSI CP 2012 Code of Practice for Foundations for Machinery;
DIN 4024 Machine foundations; foundations for machinery with periodic excitation.
(Part1 - Flexible structures that support machines with rotating elements; Part2 - Rigid
Foundations for Machinery with Periodic Excitation Except for the formula (4) that
shall be replaced by:
0,5 G It / J I
ISO 14688 Geotechnical investigation and testing - Identification and classification of

soil (Part 1: Identification and description; Part 2: Principles for a classification);
ISO 1940/1 Mechanical vibration Balance quality requirements of rigid rotors;
ISO 2372 Mechanical vibration of machines with operating speeds from 10 to 200 rev/s
1974;
Seismic Design of Storage Tanks (1986) Priestley, M.J.N. (Ed.), Davidson, B.J., Honey,
G.D.,
Hopkins, D.C.,
Martin,
R.J., Ramsay, G., Vessey, J.V.
and
Wood,
J.H.
Recommendations of a Study Group of the New Zealand National Society for

Earthquake Engineering. December;
20.10
VDI 2056 Criteria for assessing mechanical vibrations of machines.
H&SE- QUALITY MNG SYSTEMS
ISO 9001
Quality Assurance.
OSHAS 18001
Safety Assurance.
ISO 14001
Environmental Assurance.
Document
Documento n.
MALACAS (PERU)
PBMAL00010
REV. 01
04/12/2015
Sheet
Pagina
275
of
di
275
Resolucin
Ministerial N 0372006-MEM/DM
Cdigo Nacional de
Electricidad
Utilizacin
Criterios a tener en cuenta para el caso del almacenamiento de

ciertos materiales combustibles o inflamables as como lo relacionado
a zonas declaradas con riesgo de acuerdo al tipo de Clase o Divisin.
Ley N 28256
Ley que regula el Transporte Terrestre de Materiales y Residuos

Peligrosos.
Decreto Supremo
N 021-2008-MTC
Reglamento Nacional
Residuos Peligrosos.
Decreto Supremo
N 030-2008-MTC
Modifican Reglamento Nacional de Transporte Terrestre de Materiales

y Residuos Peligrosos.
Decreto Supremo
N 047-2008-MTC
Incorporan Dcimo Primera Disposicin Complementaria Transitoria

en el Reglamento Nacional de Transporte Terrestre de Materiales y
Residuos Peligrosos.
de Transporte
Terrestre de Materiales
Decreto Supremo
N 052-93-EM
Reglamento de Seguridad para el Almacenamiento de Hidrocarburos.
Decreto Supremo
N 045-2001-EM
Reglamento para la Comercializacin de Combustibles Lquidos y otros

Productos Derivados de los Hidrocarburos.
Resolucin
Ministerial N 1112013-MEM/DM
Reglamento de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo con Electricidad.
Decreto
42-F
Reglamento de Seguridad Industrial.
Supremo
DECRETO
SUPREMO N 2994-EM
Reglamento de Proteccin Ambiental en las Actividades Elctricas.
Ley 27314
Ley General de Residuos Slidos.
Decreto Supremo
N 057-2004-PCM
Reglamento de la Ley N 27314, Ley General de Residuos Slidos.

General Technical Specification

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

General Technical Specification

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

General Technical Specification

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Specification

ENGINEERING AND RESEARCH DIVISION

Unit 6 - SCGT POWER PLANT

BOP General Technical Specification

DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS / Descrizione delle revisioni

Issued for RdO

Revised for order

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 16

PLANT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 16

GENERAL WORKING PLAN ................................................................................ 17

Project Time Schedule ............................................................................... 17

PLANT SITE CHARACTERISTICS ........................................................................ 18

GENERAL DATA ............................................................................................... 19

Lay-out area description ............................................................................ 19

Meteorological conditions ........................................................................... 21

Wind conditions ........................................................................................ 22

NOISE GENERAL CRITERIA ............................................................................... 22

Near field noise......................................................................................... 22

Far field noise ........................................................................................... 26

PERMITS, ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY ............................................................. 26

LAYOUT CONSTRAINTS .................................................................................... 27

REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION .......................................................................... 28

REGULATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS..................................................... 28

REFERENCE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION................................................... 29

RISK STUDIES AND REVIEWS ........................................................................... 29

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) approach to Project ............................ 29

Project Health, Safety and Environmental Reviews (PHSERs) ......................... 30

Design and safety reviews .......................................................................... 30

HAZard and OPerability study (HAZOP) ........................................................ 30

3D Model Safety Review............................................................................. 32

Input for Hazardous area classification......................................................... 32

Management of design changes .................................................................. 32

Other Studies ........................................................................................... 32

SIL Assessment ........................................................................................ 33

EXTERNAL TERMINAL POINTS ........................................................................... 33

Medium Voltage System............................................................................. 34

I&C Battery .............................................................................................. 34

INTERNAL BATTERY LIMITS .............................................................................. 34

Mechanical & Piping ................................................................................... 34

Other Terminal Points ................................................................................ 36

GENERAL SPECIFICATION .................................................................................... 37

DOCUMENTS STAMP AND SIGNATURE ............................................................... 37

ACCOMODATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND .................................................. 37

BUILDINGS AND FOUNDATIONS ....................................................................... 38

ERECTION AND CHECKING OF WORK ................................................................ 38

QUALITY OF MATERIALS .................................................................................. 39

DESIGN AND STANDARDIZATION ..................................................................... 39

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL ................................................... 41

Contractor Quality Management System ...................................................... 41

Subcontractor / Subcontractors Quality System ............................................ 43

Quality audits on Quality Management Systems ............................................ 44

Inspection and testing ............................................................................... 44

Quality Control Plans (QCP) ........................................................................ 45

Inspection Test at Receiving ....................................................................... 45

Metrology Management System .................................................................. 46

Final Dossier (Manufacturing and Erection) ................................................ 46

Activities progress monitoring.................................................................. 46

Environmental management system ......................................................... 46

SPECIAL TOOLS .............................................................................................. 48